Pg.bk PDF NEC MCU 5000A Equipment Manual

MCU 5000A Equipment Manual MCU 5000A Equipment Manual

User Manual: PDF T E X T F I L E S

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 702

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

NECA 340-414-000
ISSUE 2
DOI-E09003
STOCK # 0293922

M C U 5000A M U LT IP O IN T
C O N T R O L U N IT
EQUIPMENT MANUAL

SEPTEMBER, 1998

NEC America, Inc.

LIABILITY DISCLAIMER
NEC America, Inc. reserves the right to change the specifications, functions, or features, at any time, without notice.
NEC America, Inc. has prepared this document for use by its employees
and customers. The information contained herein is the property of NEC
America, Inc. and shall not be reproduced without prior written approval
from NEC America, Inc.

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

Manual Contents

Manual Contents
NECA 340-414-100

General Description
Contains physical description, features, equipment, applications, equipment
description, and customer information.

NECA 340-414-210

Installation
Describes shelf installation, unit installation, external cabling connections,
equipment power-up, and initial settings. Also provides information on switch/
strap setting with LED functions.

NECA 340-414-220

System Parameters
Contain system parameters and parameter setting procedures.

NEAC 340-414-300

Console Operation
Describes the control commands for the equipment using external console such as
personal computer.

NECA 340-414-500

Maintenance
Contains troubleshooting, unit replacement, and preventive/corrective
maintenance procedures.

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

Manual Contents

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

NECA 340-414-100
ISSUE 2
DOI-E09003
PART OF STOCK # 0293922

MCU 5000A MULTIPOINT
CONTROL UNIT
GENERAL DESCRIPTION MANUAL

SEPTEMBER, 1998

NEC America, Inc.

LIABILITY DISCLAIMER
NEC America, Inc. reserves the right to change the specifications,
functions, or features, at any time, without notice.
NEC America, Inc. has prepared this document for use by its employees and customers. The information contained herein is the
property of NEC America, Inc. and shall not be reproduced without
prior written approval from NEC America, Inc.

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

Table of Contents

Table of Contents
1: GENERAL ................................................................................................................. 1
Overview ......................................................................................................................... 1

2: SYSTEM CONFIGURATION .................................................................................... 3
Basic Configuration .......................................................................................................... 3
Option............................................................................................................................... 3
Line Growth..............................................................................................................................
Simultaneously Connecting Teleconference............................................................................
Connecting Cable.....................................................................................................................
Accessories..............................................................................................................................

3
3
4
4

3: SYSTEM FEATURES ............................................................................................... 5
Basic Connection ............................................................................................................. 5
Usable Teleconference Terminal ..................................................................................... 5
Start-up of Equipment ...................................................................................................... 6
Start-up .................................................................................................................................... 6
System Parameter Setting ....................................................................................................... 6

Teleconference Type ....................................................................................................... 6
Point-to-Point Teleconference..................................................................................................
Broadcast Teleconference .......................................................................................................
Multipoint Teleconference (RCON) ..........................................................................................
Multipoint Teleconference (MCON)..........................................................................................
Multipoint Lecture Connection..................................................................................................

6
6
7
8
9

Teleconference Start and Completion............................................................................ 11
Line and Teleconference Terminal Number................................................................... 12
Physical Line Number ............................................................................................................ 12
Logical Line Number .............................................................................................................. 12

Logical Line Number Assignment on ISDN Interface Unit Installation ........................... 14
Teleconference Port Number ................................................................................................. 17
Teleconference Terminal Number.......................................................................................... 17

Line Interface ................................................................................................................. 18
1.5M LIF Unit..........................................................................................................................
RS-422/HSD IF Unit...............................................................................................................
H0-INF Unit ............................................................................................................................
Common Item for Each LIF Unit.............................................................................................

18
19
19
20

Cascade-Connection...................................................................................................... 20
Console Through-Pass .................................................................................................. 21
Supplementary Functions .............................................................................................. 22
Automatic Start Setting Function............................................................................................ 22
Memory Card Copy Function ................................................................................................. 22
Loopback Function................................................................................................................. 22

4: HARDWARE CONFIGURATION............................................................................ 23
1.5M LIF Unit................................................................................................................. 24
Genera ...................................................................................................................................
Functions................................................................................................................................
Functional Block Diagram ......................................................................................................
1.5M LIF Unit Interface...........................................................................................................
Line Management ..................................................................................................................

24
24
25
25
27

RS-422 LIF Unit ............................................................................................................. 28
General .................................................................................................................................. 28
Functions................................................................................................................................ 28

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

Page i

Table of Contents

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

Interface Specification ........................................................................................................... 28

H0-INF Unit .................................................................................................................... 31
General.................................................................................................................................. 31
Functions ............................................................................................................................... 31

EC H211 MUX Unit ........................................................................................................ 34
General.................................................................................................................................. 34
Functions ............................................................................................................................... 34

V SW/LSD IF Unit .......................................................................................................... 36
General .................................................................................................................................. 36
Functions ............................................................................................................................... 36

A CODEC Unit ............................................................................................................... 39
Functions ............................................................................................................................... 39

A SUM Unit .................................................................................................................... 42
General.................................................................................................................................. 42
Function................................................................................................................................. 42

PG/SIO Unit ................................................................................................................... 45
Genera...................................................................................................................................l 45
Functions ............................................................................................................................... 45

M CONT Unit ................................................................................................................. 47
General.................................................................................................................................. 47
Functions ............................................................................................................................... 47

VDSW Unit ..................................................................................................................... 49
General.................................................................................................................................. 49
Functions ............................................................................................................................... 49

5: SOFTWARE ............................................................................................................ 51
Task Description ............................................................................................................ 51
Loader (LO) ...........................................................................................................................
Timer (TM) .............................................................................................................................
Memory Card Driver (MD) .....................................................................................................
Conference Management (CM) .............................................................................................
Console Control (CC) ............................................................................................................
Console Driver (CD1 to CD3) ................................................................................................
Command Generator .............................................................................................................
Real-Time Clock Management (RM) .....................................................................................
Line Management (LM) .........................................................................................................
AMI Line Control (LCA) .........................................................................................................
RS-422 Line Control (LCR) ...................................................................................................
ISDN Line Control (LCI).........................................................................................................
FIFO Driver (FH)....................................................................................................................
Line Exchange (LX) ...............................................................................................................
Picture Switching (PS) ...........................................................................................................
Voice Input/Output Control (VC) ............................................................................................
Multipoint Control (TCA, TCB) ...............................................................................................
Electrical Whiteboard Control for MCU..................................................................................
LAP-B Drive (LD1 to LD8) .....................................................................................................
BAS Driver (BD1 to BD8) ......................................................................................................

51
51
51
51
52
52
52
52
52
52
52
52
52
52
53
53
53
53
53
53

6: SPECIFICATIONS................................................................................................... 57
Physical Specification .................................................................................................... 57
Electrical Specification ................................................................................................... 57

Page ii

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

Table of Contents

7: SYSTEM CONTROL AND VARIOUS APPLICATIONS ......................................... 61
Line Switching Control ................................................................................................... 61
Data Highway.........................................................................................................................
Multipoint Connection.............................................................................................................
Voice Signal ...........................................................................................................................
Picture Signal .........................................................................................................................
Low-speed Data .....................................................................................................................
Point-to-Point Connection ......................................................................................................
Broadcast Connection............................................................................................................

61
62
62
63
64
65
66

Picture Switching Control ............................................................................................... 67
Automatic Switching Mode.................................................................................................... 67
Manual Switching Mode ......................................................................................................... 67

Voice Detection Control ................................................................................................. 68
Teleconference Terminal Interface ................................................................................ 69
Command Details................................................................................................................... 70
Interface Format..................................................................................................................... 73
Sequence Example ................................................................................................................ 74

Loopback Test................................................................................................................ 77
MCU 5000A Loopback ................................................................................................... 78
Self Diagnostic Function ................................................................................................ 80

8: MCU CONSOLE...................................................................................................... 81
Console .......................................................................................................................... 81
Console Command ........................................................................................................ 81

9: SYSTEM PARAMETER .......................................................................................... 85
Application...................................................................................................................... 85
System Parameter ......................................................................................................... 85

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

Page iii

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

List of Figures

List of Figures
Figure 3-1:
Figure 3-2:
Figure 3-3:
Figure 3-4:
Figure 3-5:
Figure 3-6:
Figure 3-7:
Figure 3-8:
Figure 4-1:
Figure 4-2:
Figure 4-3:
Figure 4-4:
Figure 4-5:
Figure 4-6:
Figure 4-7:
Figure 4-8:
Figure 4-9:
Figure 4-9:
Figure 4-10:
Figure 4-11:
Figure 4-12:
Figure 4-13:
Figure 4-14:
Figure 4-15:
Figure 5-1:
Figure 5-2:
Figure 6-1:
Figure 6-2:
Figure 6-3:
Figure 7-1:
Figure 7-2:
Figure 7-3:
Figure 7-4:
Figure 7-5:
Figure 7-6:
Figure 7-7:
Figure 7-8:
Figure 7-8:
Figure 7-8:
Figure 7-8:
Figure 7-9:

Typical Connecting Diagram ....................................................... 5
Logical Line Number Assignment ............................................ 13
Logical Line Number Assignment (line Rate 64 kbps)............ 14
Logical Line Number Assignment (Line Rate 2×64 kbps) ...... 15
Logical Line Number Assignment (Line Rate 384 kbps) ........ 16
Casade-Connection of Two MCU 5000A .................................. 21
Two Groups Casade-Connection.............................................. 21
Example of Console Through-Pass Connection ..................... 22
Block Diagram of MCU 5000A ................................................... 23
Block Diagram of 1.5M LIF Unit................................................. 25
1.5M LIF (CH1 to CH16) Connector Pin Assignment............... 26
RS-422 LIF (CH1 to CH16) Connector Pin Assignment........... 29
Block Diagram of RS-422 LIF Unit ............................................ 30
Block Diagram of H0-INF Unit ................................................... 32
H0-INF (CH1 to CH16) Connector Pin Assignment.................. 33
Block Diagram of EC H221 MUX Unit ....................................... 35
Block Diagram of V SW/LSD IF Unit (1of 2).............................. 37
Block Diagram of V SW/LSD IF Unit (2 of 2)............................. 38
Block Diagram of A CODEC Unit .............................................. 41
Block Diagram of Voice Signal Process 1................................ 43
Block Diagram of Voice Signal Process 2................................ 44
Block Diagram of PG/SIO Unit................................................... 46
Block Diagram of M CONT Unit................................................. 48
Block Diagram of VDSW Unit .................................................... 50
MCU 5000A Task Diagram ......................................................... 54
MCU 5000A Memory Mapping ................................................... 55
MCU 5000A Outline .................................................................... 57
Detailed Rear View of MCU 5000A ............................................ 58
MCU 5000A Unit Installation Layout ......................................... 59
Block Diagram of Basic Signal Flow ........................................ 61
Signal Flow of Voice Signals..................................................... 63
Signal Flow of Picture Signals .................................................. 63
Low-speed Data Flow................................................................. 64
Data Flow on Point-to-Point Connection.................................. 65
Data Flow on Broadcast Connection........................................ 66
Command/Response Format..................................................... 73
Sequence Example (1 of 4) ........................................................ 74
Sequence Example (2 of 4) ........................................................ 75
Sequence Example (3 of 4) ........................................................ 76
Sequence Example (4 of 4) ........................................................ 77
Loopback Points......................................................................... 79

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

Page v

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

List of Tables

List of Tables
Table 2-1:
Table 2-2:
Table 3-1:
Table 3-2:
Table 4-1:
Table 4-2:
Table 4-3:
Table 4-4:
Table 4-5:
Table 4-6:
Table 4-7:
Table 4-8:
Table 4-9:
Table 6-1:
Table 7-1:
Table 7-1:
Table 7-1:
Table 8-1:
Table 9-1:

MCU 5000A Unit Component.................................................................. 3
MCU 5000A Cable Component............................................................... 4
Line Rate ................................................................................................ 12
Number of Logical Lines ...................................................................... 12
Electrical Specification ......................................................................... 25
1.5M LIF (CH1 to CH16) Signal Assignment ....................................... 26
User Side Primary Tributary Rate Layer 1 Status Transition ............ 27
Electrical Specification ......................................................................... 28
RS-422 LIF (CH1 to CH16) Signal Assignment ................................... 29
Electrical Specification ......................................................................... 33
H0-INF (CH1 to CH6) Signal Assignment ............................................ 33
Voice Signal Level Setting Value ......................................................... 40
RS-232C Parameter ............................................................................... 45
MCU 5000A Electrical Specification .................................................... 60
Detail Command/Response (1 of 3) ..................................................... 70
Detail Command/Response (2 of 3) ..................................................... 71
Detail Command/Response (3 of 3 ...................................................... 72
Console Command List ........................................................................ 81
System Parameter Setting.................................................................... 85

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

Page v

List of Tables

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page vi

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

General Description Manual

1: GENERAL
A:

Overview

1.01
The MCU 5000A is a network control equipment which interconnects the
plural remote teleconference terminals in multimedia conference system. The
MCU 5000A transmits audio, motion/still picture image, etc. via transmission
line. The MCU 5000A located at the center in the network as the radical topology,
performs the line connection, video signal switching, and audio sum process.
1.02
The MCU 5000A is able to control maximum 16 lines. Maximum eight
lines in 16 lines are available to the multipoint teleconference, and the rest
lines are available to point-to-point or broadcasting teleconference. When two
MCU 5000As are connecting by cascade-connection, maximum 14 lines are
available to the multipoint teleconference. The number of point-to-point or
broadcasting connecting terminals is flexible according to the transmission rate.
In the H.243 mode, the maximum is 20 sites, with 3 cascaded MCUs.
1.03
During multipoint teleconference performance, received picture image is
automatically switched current talker according to the talker voice detection or
level decision. The MCU 5000A mixes audio signals whenever it receives then
from all terminals and returns the mixed signals back to all terminal. Each
terminal receives the audio signals of all other terminals constantly except its own
signal.
1.04
The MCU 5000A with the teleconference terminal (VisuaLink AD series)
provides the following features.
•

Broadcasting: To broadcast the picture image of any teleconference
terminal to all the other participating teleconference terminals.

•

Selective receiving: To select receiving picture image of any terminal out
of those of all the participating teleconference terminal. Does not apply to
cascaded terminals.

•

Operator switching: To control the switching of the broadcasting picture
image collectively.

•

Still picture signal transmitting: To transmit still picture image to all the
other participating teleconference terminal.

•

Camera remote control: To control the camera of the terminal from which
signal is received. In proprietary mode.

1.05
The tele-education connection can be performed using the optional
software. The terminals are divided to one instructor site and plural
classroom in this connection state. The instructor site broadcasts own video
and voice data to classroom, and control the system. All cameras are controlled
instructor site. The instructor and privilege listener are able to send their data
(video, voice, and electrical whiteboard) to other terminals.

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

Page 1

General Description Manual

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

General Description Manual

2: SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
A: Basic
Configuration

2.01
The combination of units as shown in the Table 2-1 is required depending
on the line type or number of lines.

B: Option

Line Growth
2.02
To expand any teleconference terminal into MCU system, the line
interface increasing is required only. In conformity with the line interface, one of
the following units is added in the MCU 5000A.
•

1.5M LIF unit:

4 lines per unit

•

RS-422 LIF unit: 4 or 2 lines per unit (In case of 2×B, 2 lines per unit)

•

H0-INF unit:

2 lines per unit

Simultaneously Connecting Teleconference
2.03
To expand the teleconference terminals due to the multipoint connection,
the following 2 units must be added in the MCU 5000A with line expanding
action in paragraph 2.02.
•

EC H221 MUX Unit: 1 terminal per unit (Maximum 8 units per subrack)

•

A CODEC unit:

4 terminals per unit (Maximum 2 units per subrack)

Table 2-1: MCU 5000A Unit Component
UNIT ITEM

Common

PWR
(1 unit per subrack)

DESCRIPTION

CODE

MCU 5000A SUBRACK (F1341G)
V53 M CONT
(Y2573A)
PG SIO
(Y1441A)
A SUM
(Y1439A)
V SW/LSD IF
(Y1440A)
MEMORY CARD
(Y32-MC0003-07+F1341-0606)

1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc
1 pc

AC117V POWER

E32-014-Y1573-0B00

DC -48V (UL) POWER

E32-014-Y3757-0A00

A CODEC
A CODEC
(Maximum 2 units per subrack)

(4CH/UNIT)

E32-441-Y1438-0A00

EC H221 MUX
EC H221 MUX
(Maximum 8 units per subrack)

(1CH/UNIT)

E32-482-Y3118-0B00

A
LIF UNIT
B
(Maximum 4 units per subrack)
C
Data Switch
(for Data Distribute)

VDSW

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

1.5M LIF

(4CH/UNIT)

E32-484-Y1442-0A00

RS-422/HSD IF

(4CH/UNIT)

E32-484-Y1443-0A00

H0-INF

(2CH/UNIT)

E32-484-Y2761-0A00
E32-465-Y4775-0A00

Page 3

General Description Manual

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

Connecting Cable
2.04
The connection between MCU 5000A and teleconference terminals is
performed by the connecting cable required for user specification. Table 2-2
shows the cable components of MCU 5000A.
Accessories
2.05

The accessories for MCU 5000A are as follows.

•

Mounting Screws on subrack (Special screw):

8 pcs.

•

Connector for LIF interface (D-sub 15-pin) :

16 pcs.

•

Power connection cable

1 pc.

•

Memory Card

1 pc.

•

User’s Manual

1 copy

Table 2-2: MCU 5000A CABLE COMPONENT
UNIT ITEM
T1 Cable

15Pin-15Pin Conversion (Straight)10 meter
(for T1 DCE Interface Device Connection)

15Pin-15Pin Conversion (Cross)10 meter
(for T1 DTE Interface Device Connection)

A
Conversion Cable for RS-422/HSD IF Unit
(When a given cable (1 meter) is shortage.)

15Pin-37Pin Conversion (Straight)10 meter
(for RS-449 DCE Interface Device Connection)

15Pin-37Pin Conversion (Cross)10 meter
(for RS-449 DTE Interface Device Connection)

RS-449 Cable

37Pin-37Pin Conversion (Straight)10 meter

Conversion Cable for H0 INTF Unit

X21 Connection Cable

RS-232C Cable

Page 4

DESCRIPTION

15 Pin Modular jack Conversion Cable 3 meter
(for ISDN Connection)

15 Pin Modular jack Conversion Cable 5 meter
(for ISDN Connection)

15 Pin Modular jack Conversion Cable 10 meter
(for ISDN Connection)

15Pin-15Pin Conversion (Straight) 2 meter

15Pin-15Pin Conversion (Cross) 2 meter

25Pin-25Pin Conversion (Straight) 2 meter

25Pin-25Pin Conversion (Cross) 2 meter

25Pin-25Pin Conversion (Cross) 5 meter

25Pin-25Pin Conversion (Cross) 10 meter

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

General Description Manual

3: SYSTEM FEATURES
A: Basic Connection

3.01
The MCU 5000A rearplate contains sixteen line connection ports, eight
HSD data ports, and four RS-232C interface ports. These ports are located on as
shown in Fig. 3-1. Refer to the NECA 340-414-210.
3.02
The line connection ports (LIF: CH 1 to CH 16) access to the line of the
teleconference terminal. The MCU 5000A cascade-connection is required to
connect between two MCU 5000A line connectors using
the suitable cable (reverse) as LIF unit.
3.03
The console connection connectors (RS-232C: CH 1 to CH 4) access to
the MCU 5000A Control Console or plural MCU 5000A Control Console with the
through-pass cable* (CH 2 or CH 3 only). The RS-232C CH4 port is used to
connect debug station, therefore CH4 can not be used for normal operation.
* Through-pass Cable for serial connection

This cable is used for connecting between plural MCU 5000As (Maximum eight).
Refer to Section K in this manual.

B: Usable
Teleconference
Terminal

3.04
The MCU 5000A can be connected to the CODEC which conforms with
ITU-TS Recommendation H.221/H.242. The remote control function can be
performed to operate from NEC’s CODEC or terminal only. NEC does not
guarantee for connecting to the CODEC or terminal which is provided by other
manufacture.

RS-232C

HSD

LIF

CH1

CONSOLE

CH2
LINE
CH3

FOR DEBUG
CH4

Figure 3-1: Typical Connecting Diagram

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

Page 5

General Description Manual

C: Start-up of
Equipment

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

Start-up
3.05
Turn ON the power switch inside of the MCU 5000A front cover after
confirm the memory card is installed. The memory card is of SRAM or ROM
type and backed up by a lithium battery. The operation program for the MCU
5000A is registered in the memory card and downloaded at system starting. The
system start-up has completed normally following message is displayed in MCU
console.

****

Multipoint Teleconference control unit MCU 5000A Ver XX.XX ****

****

XX.XX indicates the version number of the memory card in the MCU
5000A

System Parameter Setting
3.06
On installation, line rate and interface parameters setting are required
according to the user installation environmental and performing condition.
System parameters are stored in the backup inside memory (backup by lithium
battery). When system parameters is set once, parameter setting is not required
since then. Refer to the NECA 340-414-220.
D: Teleconference
Type

3.07
The MCU 5000A provides the following type of teleconference. These
plural teleconferences can be performed simultaneously.
Point-to-Point Teleconference
3.08
The line is connected with point-to-point regarding the video and audio
without MCU 5000A. Possible connecting number of lines is flexible for line
rate that line capacity of point-to-point (Line rate×2×number of point-to-point)
and line capacity of broadcasting connection are added. It is possible to lineconnect up to total 16 Mb/s (2 Mb/s×8).
Broadcast Teleconference
3.09
This type broadcasts the video and audio signal of one originating source
to the plural points. For the video and audio signal, the MCU 5000A does not
control as same as Point-to-Point teleconference. This connecting condition is the
unidirection (one way). The teleconference terminal operation is required without
H.242 capacity conversion mode. Local loopback connection is also available.
The possible connecting number is the same to point-to-point teleconference.

Page 6

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

General Description Manual

Multipoint Teleconference (RCON)
3.10
Multipoint teleconference is the teleconference system as the terminals of
more than three points with the console or wireless remote controller of terminal
is connected.
3.11
The video, audio, and control data are extracted from H.221 frame signal,
and MCU 5000A processes and controls such as video switching and audio sum
with their data. Their data is multiplexed again, then transmit to the teleconference
terminals. The following features are provided in multipoint teleconference.

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

•

One MCU 5000A has the ability to connect eight (8) terminals, and three
(3) MCU 5000As cascade-connection can be connected to maximum
twenty (20) terminals in one multipoint teleconference simultaneously.

•

One MCU 5000A has the ability to perform two (2) multipoint
teleconference groups within maximum eight (8) terminals per one group
(enable different line rate). Two MCU 5000As cascade-connection can
provide the maximum three (3)groups.

•

The video signal of terminal joined at first is broadcasted.

•

Through the broadcasting source is switched to the originating image
automatically by the talker detecting function, that switching operation can
be changed forcibly with the [LOCAL SEND] key on remote controller.

•

One of the teleconference terminals can be specified as chairman. The
terminal as chairman forcibly operates to switch the video image ([OPR]
key on remote controller). In this case, talker detection does not function
spontaneously.

•

The specific receiving video signal can be selected by the [SLCT RCV]
key on remote controller prior to the video signal switching function.

•

The incoming audio signals from all the terminal are mixed, and then
distributed to all of the terminals. The mixed audio signal sent to each
terminal is cut the audio signal of its own terminal off.

•

The teleconference terminal name can be indicated on the screen of
terminal with the superimpose using by [SITE LIST] key on remote
controller.

•

The teleconference terminal is identified by beginning “1” number
(teleconference number) assigned by MCU 5000A.

•

H.242 capacity conversion function can adjust the line rate between the
different line rate terminals on the MCU 5000A side.

•

Any still picture signal can be sent to all of the terminals. ([STILL SEND]
key on remote controller)

•

Message tone can be sent to all of the terminals.

•

H.243 Data Distribution function is available. (Needs VDSW unit)

Page 7

General Description Manual

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

Multipoint Teleconference (MCON)
3.12
Multipoint teleconference is the teleconference system as the terminals of
more than three points with the console or wireless remote controller of terminal
is connected.
3.13
The video, audio, and control data are extracted from H.221 frame signal,
and MCU 5000A processes and controls such as video switching and audio sum
with their data. Their data is multiplexed again, then transmit to the teleconference
terminals. The following features are provided in multipoint teleconference.

Page 8

•

One MCU 5000A has the ability to connect eight (8) terminals, and two (2)
MCU 5000As cascade-connection can be connected to maximum fourteen
(14) terminals in one multipoint teleconference simultaneously.

•

One MCU 5000A has the ability to perform two (2) multipoint
teleconference groups within maximum eight (8) terminals per one group
(enable different line rate). Two (2) MCU 5000As cascade-connection can
provide the maximum three (3)groups.

•

The video signal of terminal joined at last is broadcasted (last terminal
indicates the video image of the prior terminal).

•

The specific receiving video signal can be selected by the [SLCT RCV]
key on remote controller prior to the video signal switching function. The
console command, switching the current video image to the specific
terminal image, is provided without use of the specified receiving function
for the broadcasting source.

•

The incoming audio signals from all the terminal are mixed, and then
distributed to all of the terminals. The mixed audio signal sent to each
terminal is cut the audio signal of its own terminal off.

•

The teleconference terminal name can be indicated on the screen of
terminal with the superimpose using by [SITE LIST] key on remote
controller. When setting the system parameter, the teleconference terminal
name registered is transferred to all of the terminals on connecting. Using
the console command, the terminal name can be changed temporarily.

•

The teleconference terminal is identified by beginning “1” number
(teleconference number) assigned by MCU 5000A.

•

H.242 capacity conversion function can adjust the line rate between the
different line rate terminals on the MCU 5000A side.

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

General Description Manual

•

Any still picture signal can be sent to all of the terminals. ([STILL SEND]
key on remote controller)

•

The camera sending the signals can be controlled remotely from receiving
terminal. ([LC/RT] key on remote controller.)

•

Message tone can be sent to all of the terminals.

•

Message can be sent optionally to the any terminal.

•

Remote control operation can be inhibited by console.

•

The control function between terminals can be performed via MCU
5000A.

Multipoint Lecture Connection
3.14
Tele-education connecting conception is basically the same as the
multipoint conference. All of the teleconference terminals are identified the
instructor site and classroom. The instructor site has an management privilege.
This system is available using the optional software for tele-education connection.
The following features is provided.

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

•

As well as the multipoint conference, one MCU 5000A has the ability to
connect to eight terminals, and two MCU 5000A cascade-connection has
maximum 14 terminals in this one tele-education connecting system. One
MCU 5000A has the ability to contain the two groups of the tele-education
and multipoint teleconferences within maximum eight terminals per one
group. (Possible to contain the different line rate.)

•

The instructor site is specified when beginning lesson. (one instructor site
per one group.)

•

In normal state, the audio signal of the instructor site is sent to the
classroom in one way direction, and the audio signals from the classroom
to the instructor site is in off state. The command of the instructor site
allows to mix the audio signal of the classroom.

•

The instructor site optionally allows to originate from classroom. The
classroom to be permitted to originate is selected by [TK ALW]+[SITE
SELECTION] keys. Continuous depressing [SITE SELECTION] key
permits to keep originating only one teleconference terminal. The plural
classroom are able to originate simultaneously by the depressing repetition
of [TK ALW]+[SITE SELECTION] keys. The console flexibly permits/
inhibits to originate from each classrooms. (includes the instructor site
originating).

•

The picture on screen for the instructor site is the last classroom or
originating classroom. Though the picture of the instructor site is
continuously sent to the classroom in operation, the picture from instructor
site to classroom can be switched to the originating classroom picture by
the command from the instructor site. ([INS/TK] key on remote controller
in case that the originating classroom exists.) Using the console, the
broadcasting from the specific teleconference terminal can be performed.

•

The tele-education connecting mode inhibits [OPR] and [LOCAL SEND]
keys. [SLCT RCV], [VOICE ACTIVATE], and [SITE SELECTION] keys
are available to the instructor site only.

Page 9

General Description Manual

Page 10

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

•

When the classroom permitted to originate does not exist, the instructor
site has the application to switch receiving video signal temporally by
[SITE SELECTION] key. When its existence, [SITE SELECTION] key is
not prohibited.

•

[SLCT RCV] key operation of the instructor site can select the receiving
picture to the instructor site. In receive selecting mode, the other function
keys ([TK ALW] key etc.) is prohibited. This application is not available
to the classroom.

•

When the classroom permitted to originate exists, the talker picture can be
automatically switched between the instructor site and classroom by the
voice (talker) detection. The voice (talker) detecting operation ON/OFF is
performed by [VOICE ACTIVATE] key at the instructor site. This
application is not available to the classroom.

•

The classroom can request to originate for the instructor site ([TALKER
RQT] key on remote controller). If requesting to originate, the
teleconference terminal number on the display of each terminal changes
from blue indication to red flashing. When canceling the request
([TALKER CANCEL] key), the teleconference terminal number returns to
blue indication. The instructor originating command turn to the red
indication.

•

The instructor site has the ability to cancel forcibly the originating request
from the classrooms ([TK CNL] key on remote controller).

•

The instructor site inhibits the originating request from the classroom, and
then can switch to the picture of the instructor site using [START] and [TK
CNL] keys. The [START] key holds the originating request, and [TK
CNL] key forcibly cancels the originating request.

•

Any still picture transmission is available to the instructor site and
classrooms permitted to originate.

•

The camera (sending the signals) control operation is available to the
instructor site only.

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

E: Teleconference
Start and
Completion

General Description Manual

3.15
The teleconference start and completing operation is performed by the
console command. Refer to NECA 340-414-300.
•

Point-to-Point teleconference
Start:

BCON command (Point-to-point connection)

Completion: BDSC command (Point-to-point connection release)
•

Broadcasting teleconference
Start:

UCON command (One way direction connection)
LCON command (One way direction monitor connection)

Completion: UDSC command (One way direction connection release)
LDSC command (One way direction monitor connection release)
•

Multipoint teleconference
Start:

MCON command (Multipoint connection)
MCNR command (Cascade-connection)

Completion: MDSC command (Multipoint connection release)
MDCR command (Cascade-connection release)
•

Tele-education
Start:

ECON command (Tele-education connection)
MCNR command (Cascade-connection)

Completion: EDSC command (Tele-education connection release)
MDCR command (Cascade-connection release)
•

Multipoint Teleconference (RCON: H.243 mode)
Start:

RCON command (Multipoint connection)

Completion: RDSC command (Multipoint connection release)

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

Page 11

General Description Manual

Line and
Teleconference
Terminal Number

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

3.16 The MCU 5000A accommodates the plural lines. To simultaneously
perform the plural terminals, the line and teleconference terminal numbers is
assigned. The line and teleconference terminal numbers are as follows.
•

Physical line number (1 to 16)

•

Logical line number (1 to 254, or 0)

•

Teleconference port number (1 to 8)

•

Teleconference terminal number (1 to 14, or 0)

Physical Line Number
3.17
The MCU 5000A rearplate contains sixteen connectors for line
connection. The private line, TA, and Multiplexer (MMM) etc. can be connected
to the rearplate. The usable physical line number (value of 1 to 16) determines
according to the LIF unit type and mounting condition. Accordingly each LIF unit
is assigned physical line number (LIF1 to LIF4) respectively. The usable physical
number with LIF unit type is required as shown in the following Table 3-1.
Logical Line Number
3.18
Each LIF unit line capacity is T1=1536 kbps: 24 time slots, RS-422=1920
kbps: 30 time slots, ISDN=1472 kbps: 23 time slots respectively. The number of
time slot per line is different in accordance with the line rate. The number is
assigned according to this time slot is the logical number. This number, which is
specified the LIF1 through LIF4 unit (maximum 48 per unit), is the value of 0
through 254. (Value 0 is available to the multipoint connecting command
(MCON/ECON) operation only.) The line rate in the system parameters is
defined to each LIF unit, and the relation of one physical line and logical line
numbers (Usable logical line number per physical line) is shown in the Table 3-2.
(The mixture of ISDN, T1, and RS-422 is available.)
Table 3-1: LINE RATE
UNINSTALLED

T1 (1.5M-LIF)

RS-422/HSD

ISDN (B, 2B, H0)

LIF1

Not applicable

01, 02, 03, 04

01, 02

LIF2

Not applicable

05, 06, 07, 08

05, 06

LIF3

Not applicable

09, 10, 11, 12

09, 10

LIF4

Not applicable

13, 14, 15, 16

13, 14

Table 3-2: Number of Logical Lines
Line Rate (kbps)
Number of Logical
Lines

Page 12

128

192

256

384

512

768

1152

1536

RS-422

ISDN

1920
1

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

General Description Manual

3.19
The logical line number is assigned 1 through 254 from LIF1 to LIF4 in
sequence within the logical line number range of system parameter. The
assigning requirement of more than two logical line number per physical line is
available for the multiplexer (MMM) usage.
When the line rate is 1536 kbps (T1×2 unit installation) and the logical line
number is six, to MCON-connect the physical line number 1 to 3, assign MCON
1, 2, 3 as the following Fig. 3-2 (a).
0

Logical Line Number

Physical Line Number

(Time Slot)

LIF1

LIF2

(a)

Line Rate 1536kbps

When the line rate is 384 kbps (T1×2 unit installation) and the logical line number
is ten, to MCON-connect the physical line number 1 to 3, assign MCON 1, 5, 9 as
the following Fig. 3-2 (b).
0

Logical Line Number

Physical Line Number

(Time Slot)

LIF1

Not Used

Not Used
LIF2

Not Used
12

3
4 Not Used
7

*
(b)

When these time slots are used, multiplexer (MMM) is required.
Line Rate 384 kbps
Figure 3-2: Logical Line Number Assignment

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

Page 13

General Description Manual

G: Logical Line
Number
Assignment on
ISDN Interface
Unit Installation

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

3.20
This requires the different procedure with minimum line rate (system
parameter) setting. The logical line number is assigned according to the relation
of minimum line rate and communication rate as shown in the Fig. 3-3, 3-4, and 35.
0

Logical Line Number

(Time Slot)

....................
....................
....................

1 2 3 4

LIF1
LIF2

25 26 27 28
49 50 51 52

22 23
46 47
70 71

(a) Communicating by 64 kbps
0

Logical Line Number

(Time Slot)

LIF1
LIF2

....................
....................
....................

(b) Communicating by 2×64 kbps
0

Logical Line Number

(Time Slot)

LIF1
LIF2

Page 14

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

General Description Manual

Logical Line Number

(Time Slot)

LIF1
LIF2

....................
....................
....................

(a) Communicating by 64 kbps
0

Logical Line Number

(Time Slot)

LIF1
LIF2

....................
....................
....................

(b) Communicating by 2×64 kbps
0

Logical Line Number

(Time Slot)

LIF1
LIF2

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

Page 15

General Description Manual

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

Logical Line Number

(Time Slot)

LIF1

LIF2

(a) Communicating by 64 kbps
0

Logical Line Number

(Time Slot)

LIF1

LIF2

(b) Communicating by 2×64 kbps
0

Logical Line Number

(Time Slot)

LIF1
LIF2

(c) Communicating by 384 kbps
Note: The assignment of logical line number by the number of lines conforms to
T1 interface.
Figure 3-5: Logical Line Number Assignment (Line Rate 384 kbps)

Page 16

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

General Description Manual

Teleconference Port Number
3.21
The MCU 5000A provides maximum eight points in multipoint
teleconference. MUX unit port number in that multipoint teleconference is called
the teleconference port number that is the value of 1 through 8. Eight-point
teleconference contains the value of 1 through 8, and 4-point teleconference
contains the value of 1 through 4 in the valid teleconference port number. When
multipoint connecting mode, one teleconference port number per logical line
number is assigned continuously beginning minimum number. The
teleconference port number of the cascade-connecting mode is assigned
continuously beginning maximum number.
Teleconference Terminal Number
3.22
The teleconference terminal number is assigned from beginning “1” to
both A and B groups respectively using the multipoint connection command
issue. One MCU 5000A contains the number 1 through 8. (Amount of two
groups is less than 8.) The cascade-connection mode contains number 1 through
14. When multipoint connection, one teleconference terminal number has one
logical line number except cascade port. The teleconference terminal number “0”
assignment has the simultaneous activity for all of the teleconferences in the
group.

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

Page 17

General Description Manual

H: Line Interface

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

3.23
The MCU 5000A provides the following 3 types of LIF unit for the line
interface. The MCU 5000A accommodates maximum four individual LIF units.
Mixed LIF unit combination is also available. The individual interfaces are
identified automatically by software. Any item of the line rate and line number
etc. In the system parameter is required as following per each unit.
1.5M LIF Unit
3.24
Four number of channels are accommodated in one 1.5M LIF unit. When
not using the multiplexer, the number of usable lines is four lines which use the
head of time slot for individual line rate. However, the multiplexer usage
increases the more number of usable line owing to multiplex the plural lines for
one channel. As for the following items, the system parameter setting is required
to every 1.5M LIF unit.
Line rate and logical line number (+30H to +37H):
•

64 kbps/56 kbps:

0 to 96 lines

•

64 kbps x 2/56 kbps x 2

0 to 48 lines

•

128 kbps/112 kbps:

0 to 48lines

•

192 kbps/168 kbps:

0 to 32 lines

•

256 kbps/224 kbps:

0 to 24 lines

•

384 kbps/336 kbps:

0 to 16 lines

•

384 kbps x 2/336 kbps x 2 0 to 8 lines

•

512 kbps/448 kbps:

0 to 12 lines

•

768 kbps/672 kbps:

0 to 8 lines

•

1152 kbps/1008 kbps:

0 to 4 lines

•

1472 kbps/1288 kbps

0 to 4 lines

•

1536 kbps/1344 kbps:

0 to 4 lines

Frame format (+38H):
•

ESF (24MF)

•

F12

•

F72

Line code (+39H):
•

B8ZS

•

AMI

•

AMI (ZCS)

RAI type (+3AH):

Page 18

•

ISDN

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

General Description Manual

RS-422/HSD IF Unit
3.25
Four number of channels are accommodated in one RS-422/HSD IF unit
which is normally used as LIF. The HSD interface is available with strap setting.
(Refer to NECA 340-414-210.) The RS-422 IF unit, which does not support
multiplexed signal as 1.5M LIF unit, accommodates only four channels. The
system parameter setting is as follows:
Line rate and logical line number (+30H to +37H):
•

64 kbps/56 kbps:

0 to 4 lines

•

64 kbps×2/56 kbps×2:

0 to 2 lines

•

128 kbps/112 kbps:

0 to 4lines

•

192 kbps:

0 to 4 lines

•

256 kbps:

0 to 4 lines

•

384 kbps/336 kbps:

0 to 4 lines

•

384 kbps x 2/336 kbps x 2

0 to 2 lines

•

512 kbps:

0 to 4 lines (Internal clock no activity)

•

768 kbps:

0 to 4 lines

•

1152 kbps:

0 to 4 lines (Internal clock no activity)

•

1536 kbps:

0 to 4 lines

•

1920 kbps:

0 to 4 lines (Internal clock no activity)

H0-INF Unit
3.26
Two number of channels are accommodated in one H0-LIF unit which is
normally as ISDN LIF unit. The private interface can be used with strap setting.
H0-INF unit accepts optional time slot by reason that ISDN network provides the
multiplex function. The system parameter setting is as follows.
Line rate and logical line number (+30H to +37H):
•

64 kbps/56 kbps:

0 to 48 lines

•

64 kbps×2/56 kbps×2:

0 to 24 lines

•

384 kbps/336 kbps:

0 to 8 lines

•

384 kbps x 2/336 kbps x 2

0 to 4 lines

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

Page 19

General Description Manual

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

Common Item for Each LIF Unit
3.27

The common setting items for each LIF unit are as follows.

Clock source (+3BH):
The clock source is specified in the following clock mode.
•

Automatically

•

External clock of physical line number (1 to 16)

• Internal clock
Clock source mask:
The physical line required to mask can be specified by bit in automatic mode of
clock source.
I:

CascadeConnection

3.28
When two MCU 5000As are cascade-connected, the number of the
terminal in multipoint teleconference become 14 terminals. Fig. 3-6 shows the
cascade-connection of two MCU 5000As. One (Master) of two MCU 5000As
has the initiative controls to the other equipment (Slave).
3.29
The lines between the master and slave in near access is directly
connected with through-pass, and if require, also the console is connected with
through-pass. When two MCU 5000A are installed in far access (long distance),
they are connected using the existing line (Private or ISDN). In this case, the
console is connected via the modem.
3.30
In case of the multipoint or Tele-education connection, the slave terminal
stands by after issuing the cascade line connecting reservation command
(MCNR). Then the slave receives the connecting data after issuing the connecting
command (MCON or ECON) from the master, and the line connection in the
slave side is completed. The reverse command issue order between the master
and slave is also accepted. In this case, the teleconference terminals in the master
is first accepted. The terminals in the slave is just accepted at the time of the
command issue of the slave.
3.31
After connecting, all of the teleconference control commands within the
group is entered from the master terminal. (not execute from the slave terminal.)
The command indication is displayed on the master side. The request from the
terminal (remote controller) is accepted at both of the master and slave the MCU
5000A.
3.32
One teleconference group is assigned to the slave MCU 5000A with the
connecting command entering. One MCU 5000A provides two teleconference
groups so that it can simultaneously contain both two groups of the slave and
master with another cascade-connection or multipoint teleconference. Refer to
Fig. 3-7. In this case, the teleconference group in the master side is used. (The
teleconference in the slave side is ignored.)

Page 20

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

RS-232C

General Description Manual

LIF

HSD

RS-232C

HSD

CH1

CH2

CH3

LIF

Console

Console Through-Pass
CH4

CH4

Cascade Line

Figure 3-6: Casade-Connection of Two MCU 5000A

MCU1

MCU2

Master

Slave

Master

Figure 3-7: Two Groups Casade-Connection

Console ThroughPass

3.33
The MCU 5000A, which provides the three console ports, is
simultaneously controlled from the three consoles connected using the console
through-pass with CH2/CH3 of the MCU 5000A. The plural MCU 5000As
(maximum 9) can be controlled by one console. Fig. 3-8 shows for through-pass
connection. Set individual identification code for system parameter to each MCU
5000A. The plural MCU 5000A are connected from smaller identification code
of the MCU 5000A in sequence between CH3 and CH2. (In this case, the system
parameter of CH2/CH3 must be set “Console through-pass set”.) The operating
console connects to CH1 in the MCU 5000A with smallest identification code.
3.34
When issuing the command from local console connected to CH1, to
identify the individual MCU 5000A enter the command with the identification
code in the head of the command. The command without the identification code
is performed in local MCU 5000A connected to the console. The command with
the identification code is transported until the identification codes of command
and MCU 5000A match. The response for the command with identification code
return to the originating MCU 5000A connected to the local console, and then is
displayed on the console. The response to all of the MCU 5000A can be executed
by system parameter setting. For that parameter refer to NECA 340-414-220.

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

Page 21

General Description Manual

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

K: Supplementary
Functions

3.35

The following supplementary functions are provided.

Automatic Start Setting Function
3.36
The teleconference opening is normally performed by the command
entering from the console, MCU simple control terminal, or the teleconference
reservation system. The opening system with multipoint connection is
particularly provided. Automatic Start Setting function is that the multipoint
connection is automatically set by power on. This setting method is that the
connecting command for automatic starting is registered in the memory card using
CGPR command from the console. Refer to NECA 340-414-300.
Memory Card Copy Function
3.37
Using the console command (CPMC), the data in the memory card can
be copied another memory card. Refer to NECA 340-414-300.

Loopback Function
3.38
The MCU 5000A provides the local/remote loopback function for line,
video, audio, and data. Refer to NECA 340-414-500.

Local

MCU1

Local

MCU2

Local

MCU3

Console
Identification Code = 00H

Identification Code = 10H

Identification Code = 20H

Figure 3-8: Example of Console Through-Pass Connection

Page 22

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

General Description Manual

4: HARDWARE CONFIGURATION
4.01
The MCU 5000A consists of the units in the Table 2-1 in paragraph 2.01.
Fig 4-1 shows the MCU 5000A block diagram.
MUX DATA R
LINE DATA R
LINE DATA S
LB BUS
PG BUS
CH1

LIF
"1"

CPU BUS

CH3

CH4

CPU BUS

EC H221

CH2

L
I
N
E

MUX DATa S
PG BUS
LSD S, R

T1
or
RS-422

MUX

"1"

4
8
8

CH7

8 8

LIF
"2"

CH6
T1
or
RS-422

"1"

A SUM

8 8
CH5

A CODEC

EC H221
4

MUX

"8"

A CODEC

"2"

CH1

HSD IF

CH1
R
S
2
3
2
C

V SW/LSD

CH2

CH3
CH4

8
CH3

CH2

PG/S IO

HSD
CH1

CH4

CH2
HSD IF
#2

CH3
CH4
DCV
+5 +12 -12

M CONT

PWR

AC IN
100/200 V

Figure 4-1: Block Diagram of MCU 5000A

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

Page 23

General Description Manual

A: 1.5M LIF Unit

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

General
4.02
1.5M LIF unit receives AMI (B8ZS) signal from 1.544 Mbps
transmission line, extracts the clock pulse with IPAT (PEB2235), converts bipolar
signal to unipolar, and sends it to ACFA (PEB2035). ACFA detects frame
synchronization and transmission line failure. ACFA converts incoming signal to
standard signal (Octet pulse 8 kHz, 4 MHz clock) within the equipment by the
elastic memory in LSI, and outputs to MTSC (PEB2045). MTSC arranges the
outgoing line (minimum 64 kbps: per 1 time slot) to out the signals from the four
transmission lines to the multipoint teleconference data bus with CPU control.
4.03
Contrariwise, MTSC arranges the outgoing line to send each signal from
the data bus to the corresponding ACFA, and send it. ACFA adds frame signal,
converts bit rate from 2.04 Mbps to 1.544 Mbps, and sends the converted signal to
IPAT. IPAT converts the signal from unipolar to 1.544 Mbps AMI (B8ZS), and
sends it to the transmission line. If a transmission line failure occurs the unit
sends RAI with CPU control. Furthermore, the loopback for line side and within
the equipment can be executed independently, and also the LED lights for line
failure.
Functions
4.04

This unit provides the following functions.

(1)

Primary Tributary Access
•

Four output/input ports for 1.544 Mbps interface (B8ZS) is
accommodated.

•

Clock extraction and frame synchronizing detection is executed in every
line.

(2)

Line Loopback
•

(3)

Alarm Indication
•

(4)

The line alarm per channel is indicated.
Selection of Receive Clock for synchronization

•

(5)

The one clock source in line 1 through 4 is selected with CPU control, and
the received clock signal for synchronization is sent to PG unit.
Data Multiplex

•

Page 24

The loopback for line side and within the equipment can be executed
independently with CPU control.

When the data signal of the plural teleconferences is multiplexed by
Multiplexer (MMM), the data multiplexing/demultiplexing per 64 kbps
time slot is performed.

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

General Description Manual

Functional Block Diagram
4.05

Fig. 4-2 shows 1.5M LIF unit block diagram.
OSP, 4M CLK

1.544 Mbps
LINE INF 1

IPAT

ACFA
MULTICONFERENCE DATA BUS
(LD S/R)

1.544 Mbps
LINE INF 2
IPAT

TO/FROM
MUX UNIT

ACFA
MTSC
x4

1.544 Mbps
LINE INF 3
IPAT

ACFA
POINT-TO-POINT
CONFERENCE BUS

1.544 Mbps
LINE INF 4

(LB)

TO/FROM
LIF 2, 3, 4

ACFA

IPAT

CPU BUS

RELAY
LOOPBACK

LED

ICU

(UPD71059)

Figure 4-2: Block Diagram of 1.5M LIF Unit

1.5M LIF Unit Interface
(1)
Table 4-1 shows the electrical specification. This interface conforms to
ITU-TS G.703, I.431.
Table 4-1: Electrical Specification
ITEM
Transmission Rate
Line code
Frame
Pulse amplitude
Spectrum half width
Impedance
Equalizing distance
Connector

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

SPECIFICATION
1.544 Mbps ±50 ppm (Data rate: 64 to 1536 kbps, 64k step)
AMI (B8ZS)
12/24 Multiframe format
3.0 ± 0.7 V
324 ± 38 nsec
100 _ balanced
0 to 210 m 7 steps programmable setting
D-sub 15 pin female

Page 25

General Description Manual

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

(2)

Table 4-2 and Fig. 4-3 shows 1.5M LIF Connector Pin Assignment

Table 4-2: 1.5M LIF (CH1 to CH16) Signal Assignment
PIN NO. SIGNAL NAME
1
SHIELD
2
T (A)3
4
R (A)5
6
7
8
SG

I /O
OUT

REMARKS
Cable shield
Transmitting Data (A)

Receiving Data (A)

PIN NO.
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

SIGNAL NAME
T (B)+
R (B)+
-

I /O
OUT

REMARKS
Transmitting Data (B)

Receiving Data (B)

Signal ground

-: Not Used

8
15

1
9

Figure 4-3: 1.5M LIF (CH1 to CH16) Connector Pin Assignment

Page 26

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

General Description Manual

Line Management
4.06
4-3.

The MCU 5000A manages for line state according to the following Table

Table 4-3: User Side Primary Tributary Rate Layer 1 Status Transition (Pick-up)
STATE
DEFINITION
STATE
DEFINITION
NEW RECEIVE
EVENT
NEW RECEIVE
EVENT
NEW RECEIVE
EVENT
NEW RECEIVE
EVENT
NEW RECEIVE
EVENT
NEW RECEIVE
EVENT

INITIAL STATE
Operation or Failure
state
Signaling
for Interface

Power OFF
Power ON
Normal Active Frame
from Network
RAI Receive
Out of Frame or Loss of
Signal
AIS Receive

_:
/:
Fz:

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

F0
Power OFF
(user side)
No Data

F1
Active

F2
FC1

F3
FC2

Normal
Normal
Frame with
Active Frame Active Frame
RAY
F0
F0
F0

F4
FC3

F5
FC4

Frame with
Normal
RAY
Active Frame
F0
F0

Not transit
Not existed
Transit to Fz state TABLE 4-3

Page 27

General Description Manual

B: RS-422 LIF Unit

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

General
4.07
The RS-422 Line Interface unit receives a signal with RS-422 level
(corresponds to X.21) from a transmission line. After extracting the clock pulse,
TTL level and bit rate within the equipment conversion is performed. The
processed signal is detected H.221 frame synchronization, and then output to
MTSC (PEB2045).
4.08
The MTSC arranges the outgoing lines (minimum 56 kbps per 1 time slot)
to output the signals from the four transmission lines to the multipoint
teleconference data bus with CPU control.
4.09
Contrary, the RS-422 LIF unit arranges the outgoing lines to send each
signal from the data bus to the corresponding line on MTSC, converts the bit rate
from 2.048 Mbps to that of the transmission line sends it to the transmission line.
The loopback for line side and within the equipment can be executed
independently, and also the LED lights for line failure. This unit provides DTE
interface.
Functions
(1)

Line Interface
•

Four RS-422 (corresponds to X.21) interface is accommodated.

•

Clock extraction and frame synchronizing detection are executed in every
line.

•

In 56 kbps×2 or 64 kbps×2, the phase compensation is performed.

(2)

Loopback
•

(3)

The near-end/far-end remote loopback can be executed independently with
CPU control.
Alarm Indication

•
(4)

The line alarm per channel is indicated with CPU control.
Selection of Receive Clock for synchronization

•

The one clock source in line 1 through 4 (sending/receiving 4) is selected
with CPU control, and the received clock signal for synchronization is sent
to PG unit.

Interface Specification
(1)

Table 4-4 shows electrical specification

.
Table 4-4: Electrical Specification
ITEM
Transmission Rate
Electrical Interface
Connector

Page 28

SPECIFICATION
56/56×2/64/64×2/128/192/256/384/768 kbps/1.5/1.92 Mbps
ITU-TS X.21 equivalent (X.27, V.11)
D-sub 15Pin Female

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

(2)

General Description Manual

Table 4-5 and Fig. 4-4 show RS-422 LIF Connector pin assignment.

Table 4-5: RS-422 LIF (CH1 to CH16) Signal Assignment
PIN NO. SIGNAL NAME
1
SHIELD
2
T (A)_
3
C (A)_
4
R (A)_
5
I (A)_
6
S (A)_
7
S (A)_
8
SG

I /O
OUT
OUT
IN
IN
IN
OUT

REMARKS
Cable shield
Transmitting Data (A)
Control (A)
Receiving Data (A)
Indication (A)
Timing (A IN)
Timing (A OUT)
Signal ground

8
15

PIN NO.
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

SIGNAL NAME
T (B)+
C (B)+
R (B)+
I (B)+
S (B)+
S (B)+
FG

I /O
OUT
OUT
IN
IN
IN
OUT

REMARKS
Transmitting (B)
Control (B)
Receiving (B)
Indication (B)
Timing (B IN)
Timing (B OUT)
Frame Ground

1
9

Figure 4-4: RS-422 LIF (CH1 to CH16) Connector Pin Assignment

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

Page 29

General Description Manual

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

(3)

Fig. 4-5 shows the Block diagram of RS-422 LIF unit.
4

PORT1
IN

T
E
R
M
I
N
A
L
1

OUT

MTSC
LIF

LEVEL CONV
RATE CONV

SYNC

IN1

OUT1

OUT

IN2

OUT2

DELAY
&
MUX

H221
SYNC DET

MULTI
FRAME
TS31

OUT

OUT IN
14 14

IN
14

OUT
14

IN3

OUT3

LEVEL CONV
RATE CONV
IN4

OUT4

EC
H221 MUX
(LD S/R)

4
OUT2

OUT IN
14 14

OUT3

LIF

OUT1
IN2

PORT3

T
E
R
M
I
N
A
L
2

IN1

H221
SYNC DET

RATE CONV

SYNC

TERMINAL1
B1 + B2

LIF
LEVEL CONV

OUT
14

SYSTEM

PORT2
IN

IN
14

TERMINAL2
B1 + B2

H221
SYNC DET

DELAY
&
MUX

H221
SYNC DET

IN
14

IN3

OUT
14

OUT4
MULTI
FRAME
TS31

4
IN4

OUT IN
14 14

POINT-TOPOINT
LINE BUS
(LB)

PORT4
IN

LIF

IN
14

LEVEL CONV
OUT

OUT
14

RATE CONV
4
4

OUT IN
14 14

(a) 2 Port for 1 Terminal [2 x B]
SYNC

T
E
R
M
I
N
A
L
1

PORT1

T
E
R
M
I
N
A
L
2

PORT2

T
E
R
M
I
N
A
L
3

PORT3

T
E
R
M
I
N
A
L
4

PORT4

OUT

MTSC

SYNC

IN1

OUT1

IN2

OUT2

IN3

OUT3

IN4

OUT4

LIF

IN OUT
14
14
4

LEVEL CONV

8
EC
H221 MUX
(LD S/R)

OUT IN
14 14

RATE CONV

OUT

H221
SYNC DET

LIF
LEVEL CONV

DELAY
&
MUX

H221
SYNC DET

RATE CONV
NOT
USED

OUT

LIF
LEVEL CONV

H221
SYNC DET

DELAY
&
MUX

H221
SYNC DET

OUT IN
14 14

LIF

OUT IN
14 14

IN OUT
14
14

RATE CONV

IN OUT
14
14

LEVEL CONV
OUT

NOT
USED

RATE CONV

IN OUT
14
14

POINT-TOPOINT
LINE BUS
(LB)

4
4

OUT IN
14 14

(b) 1 Port for 1 Terminal

Figure 4-5: Block Diagram of RS-422 LIF Unit

Page 30

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

C: H0-INF Unit

General Description Manual

General
4.10
The H0-INF unit receives 1.5 Mbps data signal from ISDN line. After
extracting the clock pulse in IPAT, bipolar to unipolar conversion is executed, and
sends it to ACFA. ACFA performs frame synchronization, internal data high-way
bit rate conversion, and detection of transmission line failure for the data signal,
and sends it to MTSC. MTSC performs the line setting with time slot (1 time slot
per 64 kbps) to output the data signal of two ports to the multipoint teleconference
data bus (LMB) and point-to-point teleconference data bus (LB).
4.11
This unit sends the receive data signal for D ch control to PIIFC from the
receive data bus between ACFA and MTSC. PIIFC protocol-converts the
receive data signal of the D ch (time slot 24) specified
at HSCX.
4.12
The port to which the data signal from individual teleconference data bus
is sent is specified by MTSC, and sends the data signal to ACFA. ACFA
performs the bit rate conversion from internal data high-way (2 Mbps) to line rate
(1.5 Mbps) and frame addition, and sends it to IPAT. IPAT sends the data signal,
which is converted unipolar to bipolar, to ISDN transmission line.
4.13
The data signal of time slot 24 only from HSCX of PIIFC in D ch is
multiplexed, and sends the multiplexed signal to the transmission data path from
MTSC to ACFA. Furthermore, the loopback for line side and within the
equipment can be executed independently, and also the LED lights for line failure.
This unit provides DTE interface.
Functions
(1)

ISDN line Access
•

2 ports of the primary tributary bit rate interface per panel are provided.

•

One port accommodates three channels.

•

D ch protocol conversion is executed in PIIFC.

•

T1 (private line) interface is available with the parameter setting.
Line Setting

•

The line setting per channel unit is possible.

•

Teleconference type can be selected with multipoint connection or pointto-point connection path.
Selection of Receive Clock

•

The receive clock from any connection port is selected with CPU control.
The extracted clock signal is sent to PG/SIO unit.
Line Alarm Indication

•

The line alarm per channel is indicated.
Remote/Local loopback

•

Remote/Local loopback per port is performed with CPU control.

(2)

(3)

(4)
(5)

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

Page 31

General Description Manual

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

4.14

Fig. 4-6 shows block diagram of H0-INF unit.

4
PORT2

RELAY

IPAT#2

ACFA#2

MTSC#4
4
DCL (2M)
4

4
PORT1

RELAY

ACFA#1

IPAT#1

MTSC#3
4

LDR LDS

MTSC#2
4
ICU

H221
MUX

MTSC#1

DIP SW

DEBUG2

PIIFC
#2

CPU
G/A
ROM
RAM
HSCX

INT
DCL (2M)

232C

DIP SW

CPU BUS

(TS24)

LED

DEBUG1

(TS24)

LED

PIIFC
#1

CPU
G/A
ROM
RAM
HSCX

DCL (2M)

DIP SW
CLOCK (4M, 8K)

232C
LED

+5V

Figure 4-6: Block Diagram of H0-INF Unit

Page 32

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

General Description Manual

H0-INF Unit Interface
(1)
Table 4-6 shows the electrical specification. This interface conforms to
ITU-TS G.703, I.431.
Table 4-6: Electrical Specification
ITEM

SPECIFICATION

Transmission Rate

1.544 Mbps ±50 ppm (Data rate: 64 to 1536 kbps, 64k step)

Line code

AMI (B8ZS)

Frame

12/24 Multiframe format

Pulse amplitude

3.0 ± 0.7 V

Spectrum half width

324 ± 38 nsec

Impedance

100 _ balanced

Equalizing distance

0 to 210 m 7 steps programmable setting

Connector

D-sub 15 pins female

(2)

Table 4-7 and Fig. 4-7 shows H0-INF Connector Pin Assignment.

Table 4-7: H0-INF (CH1 to CH6) Signal Assignment
PIN NO.

SIGNAL
NAME

SHIELD

T (A)-

R (A)-

I /O

REMARKS

PIN NO. SIGNAL NAME

Cable shield

T (B)+

R (B)+

OUT

Transmitting Data (A)

Receiving Data (A)

I /O

REMARKS

OUT

Transmitting Data (B)

Receiving Data (B)

Signal ground

8
15

1
9

Figure 4-7: H0-INF (CH1 to CH16) Connector Pin Assignment

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

Page 33

General Description Manual

D: EC H211 MUX
Unit

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

General
4.15
In EC H211 MUX unit, the received data signal from terminal CODEC via LIF
unit is synchronized with H.221 or multiframe. This unit also demultiplexes the
synchronized data signal to the audio coding data, video coding data, and MCU Control
Data. This unit also multiplexes the sum-processed audio coding signal in A CODEC
and A SUM units, converted video coding signal in V SW/LSD IF unit, and LSD, and
sends the multiplexed data signal to LIF unit. In this time, The control data, alarm and
bit error rate data are transferred between MCU 5000As via service channel with H.221
frame.
4.16
This unit is assigned one unit per one teleconference terminal in multipoint
teleconference. Maximum 8 units can be mounted in a subrack.
Functions

Page 34

•

H.221 synchronizing detection or synchronizing phase adjustment.

•

Multiplexing and demultiplexing for the data signal in service channel.

•

Conversion to H.221 synchronous signal.

•

Alarm detection

•

Loopback test and Self-diagnosis

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

4.17

General Description Manual

Fig. 4-8 shows block diagram of EC H221 MUX unit.

MTSC

LD1 OUT

LD1 IN
H221
LD2 IN

LD3 IN

SYNCHRONIZATION
4-1
SEL

DETECTOR

DELAY
CONT

LD2 OUT

DMUX
DIST

LD4 IN

V SW/LSD
A CODEC
LD3 OUT (MD-R)
LD4 OUT

TO/FROM
LIF
(LD S/R)
CPU

V SW/LSD
(LSD)

LD1 IN

LD1 OUT

LD2 IN

LD2 OUT
DIST

MUX

LD3 OUT

4-1
SEL

LD3 IN

V SW/LSD
A CODEC
(MD-S)

LD4 IN

LD4 OUT

CPU INF

FROM PG/S IO

TO M CONT

Figure 4-8: Block Diagram of EC H221 MUX Unit

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

Page 35

General Description Manual

E: V SW/LSD IF Unit

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

General
4.18
The V SW/LSD IF unit switches the video signal between RD IN and SD
OUT from EC H221 MUX unit. This unit receives the low-speed data
demultiplexed from service channel in EC H221 MUX unit, and the proceed lowspeed data is sent back to the EC H221 MUX unit.
Functions

Page 36

(1)

V SW
This unit sends the video signal of the transmitting teleconference
terminal received from the EC H221 MUX bus (MD-R) to EC H221
MUX bus (MD-S) of the receiving terminal. The video signal of
maximum 8 points can be switched.

(2)

LSD IF
Receiving/sending low-speed data within the data from service data. The
monitoring function is provided. low-speed data with frame format of
HDLC frame is sent/received from HDLC controller (HSCX). The data
of the electrical whiteboard (option) and MCU control is sent/received
through LSD between the terminal and MCU 5000A.

(3)

LED
LEDs indicate the teleconference, originating, and operator terminal are
provided.

(4)

PN Pattern Generator/Checker
The test functions for this unit and other unit in the MCU 5000A are
provided.

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

General Description Manual

4.19

Fig. 4-9 shows the block diagram of V SW/LSD IF unit.

MTSC
MDR
4

OUT
DB

MDS

TSC

MTSC
8
IN
4
D

OUT

MDS

TSC

DETECTING
ERROR

8
HC151
TDB

PN
PATTERN
CHECKER

S
4MCK -

D
HC151

TSC

BURST
CLK

8
C
B
A

W
S

2MCK -

D
G2

B
A

TSC

HC273

C
B
A

BURST
CLK

TDH

TEST

HC138

Y
C
B
A
VLB

PN
PATTERN
CHECKER

TDS
TEST:
VLB:
TSC:
TDR:

TESTING CONTROL
VIDEO LOOPBACK
TBY STATE CONTROL
PN PATTERN OUT

Figure 4-9: Block Diagram of V SW/LSD IF Unit (1of 2)

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

Page 37

General Description Manual

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

LSD R IN

SEL

LSD S OUT

R x D1
T x D1
T x CK1
R x D2
T x D2
T x CK2

H
S
C
X

R x D1
T x D1
T x CK1
R x D2
T x D2
T x CK2

H
S
C
X

R x D1
T x D1
T x CK1
R x D2
T x D2
T x CK2

H
S
C
X

R x D1
T x D1
T x CK1
R x D2
T x D2
T x CK2

H
S
C
X

CN3

V11 CLK
2M CLK
4M CLK

CPU BUS

D71054

DIST

LSD R0
LSD S0
LSD CK0

Figure 4-9: Block Diagram of V SW/LSD IF Unit (2 of 2)

Page 38

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

F: A CODEC Unit

General Description Manual

4.20
The A CODEC unit, which accommodates four audio channels per unit.
Two A CODEC units can be installed in a MCU 5000A subrack (Total eight
channels per subrack).
(1)

The received audio coding signal (64/56/48 kbps, µ-law PCM or SBADPCM) from multiplexing/demultiplexing part (EC H221 MUX unit) is
decoded to PCM signal (8 kHz×14 bit or 16 kHz×16 bit). The output
level is adjusted with attenuator, and is sent to the audio summing (A
SUM) unit as the received audio decoding signal.

(2)

The received audio decoding signal is subtracted from the added PCM
signal from the audio summing part (A SUM unit), and the summed
signal is compress-coded with 64/56/48 kbps or µ-law PCM/SBADPCM. The compress-coded signal is sent to the multiplexing/
demultiplexing part (EC H221 MUX unit).

Functions
(1)

Audio Signal Decoding
The received audio coding signal (64/56/48 kbps, µ-law PCM or SBADPCM) from multiplexing/demultiplexing part (EC H221 MUX unit) is
decoded to PCM signal (8 kHz×14 bit or 16 kHz×16 bit).

(2)

Audio Level Detection
The decoded PCM signal is smoothed for a time (called “frame”), and the
mean power as the result of the smoothing is sent to the audio sum part (A
SUM unit) and control part (M CONT unit) as audio level. (1 frame: 20.0
msec, frame position free)

(3)

Voice Detection
This unit verifies with audio level whether the incoming audio signal is in
voice or non-voice frame, and sends it to the audio sum part (A SUM
unit) and control part (M CONT unit). The threshold level can be set
between -36 and -12 dBm by the M CONT unit and dip switch.

(4)

Talker Detection
The unit send talker detection signal, which is made voice detection
signal with forward/backward guard time. Forward guard time can be set
the 10 to 630 ms, and backward guard time can be set the 10 to 310 ms by
dip switch and M CONT unit.

(5)

Load Insertion
As the talker information from A SUM unit. The unit inserts load to the
coded PCM signal.

(6)

Audio Signal Substructing
The received audio decoding signal is subtracted from the summing PCM
signal in the audio sum part (A SUM unit).

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

Page 39

General Description Manual

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

(7)

Audio Signal Coding
The subtracted PCM signal is compress-coded with 64/56/48 kbps, µ-law
PCM or SB-ADPCM. This signal is sent to the multiplexing/
demultiplexing part (EC H221 MUX unit) as send audio coding signal.

(8)

Muting
When receiving the muting signal from the control part (M CONT unit),
the receive audio decoding signal (MUTE 1) or substructed summing
PCM signal (MUTE 2) is muted.

(9)

Test Tone Output
The test tone is inserted to the receive audio decoding signal (TONE 1) or
substructed summing PCM signal (TONE 2) by specifying the level
signal (4 stages) and frequency number (4 stages) from the control part
(M CONT unit).

(10)

Loopback
The remote and local loopback are simultaneously performed by setting
loopback from the control part (M CONT unit).

Note:

These functions above are independent in every channel. The different
function can be set per each channel. Table 4-8 shows the voice signal
level setting value, and Fig. 4-10 shows the block diagram of A CODEC
unit.

Table 4-8: Voice Signal Level Setting Value

Standard Level
Level Range
Standard Level
(Maximum Average)

4WS

µ-law PCM

SB-ADPCM

0 dBr

4WR

0 dBr

4WS

+ 7.5 to -8 dBr

+4 to -11.5 dBr

4WR

+4 to -11.5 dBr

+2 to -13.5 dBr

-9 dBrm

(4.5 VU)

(Voice Signal Level)

9 dB (3 σ)

15 dB

3 dB

Overload Level

+3 dBm

+9 dBm

Overload Point

+3 dBm 0 (G.711)

+9 dBm 0 (G.722)

Peak Factor
Overload Allowance

Page 40

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

General Description Manual

TONE1

LOOP MUTE1

THR

VOICE POW
INFORMATION
DATA

M
U
X
VOICE LEVEL
CALCULATION

VOICE
DETECTION

SPEECH
DETECTION
ATTENUATION

SB-ADPCM
DECODER

64/56 kbps
VOICE
DATA
(RECEIVE)

LINEAR VOICE
DATA
(RECEIVER)

ATTENUATION

(+5v)

64 kbps
µ-Law PCM
DECODER

TEST TONE
OSCILLATOR

(+5v)

DELAY

SB-ADPCM
DECODER

64/56 kbps
VOICE
DATA
(SEND)

VOICE POWER
INFORMATION
DATA

LINEAR VOICE
DATA
(SEND)

64 kbps
µ-Law PCM
DECODER

MUTE2 ASEL

TONE2

LEV

FRQ

Figure 4-10: Block Diagram of A CODEC Unit

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

Page 41

General Description Manual

G: A SUM Unit

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

General
4.21
unit.

This unit provides the audio sum function for maximum 8 channels per

Function

Page 42

(1)

Audio Sum Distributing
The decoding PCM signal from the audio codec part (A CODEC unit) is
added with maximum 8 channels. The decoding PCM signal which is
processed with the sum is sent to the audio codec part (A CODEC unit).
The number of the summing channels is instructed from the control
processing part (M CONT unit).

(2)

Load Control
The load value of each channel is determined with the comparison of the
audio signal and the audio level (maximum 8 channels per two
teleconferences). The processed signal is sent to the audio codec part (A
CODEC unit).

(3)

Talker Identifying
The main talker is verified with the comparison for the talker and nontalker signal from the audio codec part (A CODEC unit). The talker
change is notified to the control part (M CONT unit). The main talker
forced switching request does not affect the method. The identifying
method is as follows:
•

When the talker is single, talker channel number is identified.

•

When the talker is multiple, the channel number with the most of the past
continuous talker frame is identified.

•

When no talker, the channel number of the former talker is identified.

•

The initial value of channel number is “1”.

(4)

Message Tone Insertion
The message tone (1200 Hz -10 dBm0 or + 1225 Hz -10 dBm0) is added
to PCM signal, and distribute to all of the teleconference channels.

(5)

Monitor Output
The summing PCM signal (one of teleconference A or B) is converted to
analog signal and output to the front connector on the unit. (600 Ω
unbalanced). This function is used for test purpose.

Note:

This unit contains independent two systems for the functions above.
These functions is available to the individual two teleconferences. Fig. 411 and 4-12 show the block diagram of A SUM unit and voice signal
process unit respectively.

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

General Description Manual

TO M CONT

TO A CODEC

VOICE/NON-VOICE CH 1
CASADE CONNECTION
CH SPECIFICATION

VOICE/NON-VOICE CH 8

LOAD
CONTROLLER

LOADING VALUE CH 1

FORCED SPECIFICATION

CH NO.
LOADING VALUE CH 8

TALKER/NON-TALKER CH 1

TALKER
IDENTIFIER

TALKER/NON-TALKER CH 8

CH 1 PCM
CH 2 PCM
CH 3 PCM
CH 4 PCM
CH 5 PCM
CH 6 PCM
CH 7 PCM
CH 8 PCM

MAIN TALKER CHANNEL

IN
OUT
IN
OUT
IN
OUT
IN
OUT
IN
OUT
IN
OUT
IN
OUT
IN

MESSAGE TONE
OSCILLATOR

M TONE

OUT
D/A

MONITOR OUT

FROM CONF B

Figure 4-11: Block Diagram of Voice Signal Process 1

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

Page 43

General Description Manual

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

VOICE/NON-VOICE
TALKING/NON-TALKING (APD)

A.T.T. VALUE (AAD)
(MDRn)
CODED VOICE
SIGNAL INPUT

DEC

(MDRn)
CODED VOICE
SIGNAL OUTPUT

DOC

DECODED VOICE OUTPUT (LDR)

−

SUM VOICE SIGNAL INPUT (LSD)

A CODEC #1
(E32-441-Y1438-0A00)
TALK DECISION
LOAD CONTROL

CH 1

TELECONFERENCE A
MAIN TALKER CH

CH 2
MUX
DEM

TELECONFERENCE A
CH EXCEPT TALKER CH

CH 3
Σ
CH 4

A CODEC #2
(E32-441-Y1438-0A00)
CH 5

TALK DECISION
LOAD CONTROL

TELECONFERENCE B
MAIN TALKER CH

CH 6
MUX
DEM

TELECONFERENCE B
CH EXCEPT TALKER CH

CH 7
Σ
CH 8

Figure 4-12: Block Diagram of Voice Signal Process 2

Page 44

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

H: PG/SIO Unit

General Description Manual

General
4.22
This unit generates the clock which is locked the phases of the internal
clock within MCU 5000A and external clock extracted from the line by LIF
unit. The four RS-232C interface ports are provided. Fig. 4-13 shows the Block
Diagram of PG/SIO unit.
Functions
(1)

Clock Phase Locking (PLO: Phase Locked Oscillator)
Each internal clock phase (1.544 MHz, 4.096 MHz, or 10.752 MHz)
generated in this unit is locked for the external clock from the line in LIF
unit. The locked clock signal is sent to the other units. (Internal clock
duty is 50%.) When the loss of external clock or internal clock phase slip
etc. occur, this unit requests the troubleclearing to the master CPU in M
CONT unit. The system clock is generated with 4.0966 MHz above, and
sent it to the other units.

(2)

Console Communication
Four RS-232C interfaces are provided for M CONT unit I/O interface for
console communication. The communication condition for the RS-232C
interface is determined in accordance with the parameters in the serial
controller (MB89371A) of this unit set by master CPU on the M CONT
unit. Table 4-9 shows the parameter for RS-232C interface.

(3)

Interrupting Control
The interruption (RS-232C sending/receiving interruption) in this unit
and the interruption (main talker change) in the A SUM unit are collected
to the interrupting controller, and the interruption is performed to the M
CONT unit.
Table 4-9: RS-232C Parameter

PARAMETER
Synchronization mode

FUNCTION
Start-stop Synchronization Mode

Baud Rate

1200/2400/4800/9600 bps

Character Bit Length

8 bit

Stop Bit Length

1 bit

Parity Check

Null

Loopback Function

from SD to RD Loopback in IC inside

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

Page 45

General Description Manual

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

PG/SIO

CPU BUS

RS-232C CH4

SERIAL
CONTROLLER

LINE

CH8
CH7
CH6
CH5

RS-232C CH4

SERIAL
CONTROLLER

CPU INF

M CONT UNIT

RS-232C CH4
1.5M LIF UNIT
4

CLK LOSS
DETECTOR

INTERRUPT
CONTROLLER

LINE
CH4
CH3
CH2
CH1

INTO
1.5M LIF UNIT

SEL

INTERRUPTION REQUEST
INTERRUPT
CONTROLLER

OSCILLATOR

1.544 MHz
CLK LOSS

SLIP1
1.544 MHz
PLO CIRCUIT
4.096MHz OCTET
FRAME MF

SLIP2
4.096 MHz
PLO CIRCUIT

4
10.752 MHz

SLIP3
10.752 MHz
PLO CIRCUIT

PLO: PHASE LOCKED OSCILLATOR

Figure 4-13: Block Diagram of PG/SIO Unit

Page 46

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

I: M CONT Unit

General Description Manual

General
4.23
The M CONT unit consists of V53CPU (UPD70236), 256 kbytes ROM
(UPD27C1001×2), 3.6 Mbytes RAM (UPD424400×8), (UPD431000×2),1
Mbytes Memory Card, and Real-time Clock (RTC-62421) etc., and which
controls the MCU 5000A. The interruption and serial communication control
operation are performed with the V53 ICU or SCU. Fig. 4-14 shows the Block
Diagram of M CONT unit.
Functions
(1)

MPU

V53 (UPD70236R-8, 8 MHz)

(2)

Memory

ROM
256 kbytes (UPD27C1001AD×2)
DRAM
3.5 Mbytes (UPD424400×8)
SRAM
128 kbytes (UPD431000×2)
Memory Card1 Mbytes

(3)

Oscillator

Crystal oscillator (31.9488 MHz)

(4)

Real-time Clock

RTC-62421

(5)

RS-232C Controller :

V53 internal peripheral (UPD71051 sub set)
(Program test usage)

(6)

Timer/Counter

V53 internal peripheral (UPD71054 sub set)

(7)

Interruption Detector:

V53 internal peripheral (UPD71059 sub set)

(8)

DMA

V53 internal peripheral (UPD71071 sub set)

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

Page 47

General Description Manual

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

UPD424400
UPD70236 (V53)

SYS BUS
UPD27C1001AD

CLOCK IN

ROM X 2
(256 KB)

OSC 31.9488 MHz

UPD431000

DRAM X 2
(3.5 MB)

SRAM X 2
(128 KB)

ADDRESS
DEC

ADDRESS
ADDRESS BUS

DATA
DATA BUS

CONT
CONTROL BUS

INT

REAL TIME
CLOCK

RAM
CARD

UPD4711A

SCU

CN3

TTL/
RS-232C

Figure 4-14: Block Diagram of M CONT Unit

Page 48

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

J: VDSW Unit

General Description Manual

General
4.24
The VDSW unit switches the video signal between RD IN and SD OUT
from EC H221 MUX unit. This unit receives the LSD/HSD/MLP demultiplexed
from service channel in EC H221 MUX unit, and the proceed LSD/HSD/MLP is
sent back to the EC H221 MUX unit.
Functions
(1)

(2)

MLP IF
Receiving/sending MLP data within the data from service data. The
monitoring function is provided. MLP data with frame format of HDLC
frame is sent/received from HDLC controller (HSCX).

(3)

LED
LEDs indicate the teleconference, originating, HSD/LSD data source and
operator terminal are provided.

(4)

PN Pattern Generator/Checker
The test functions for this unit and other unit in the MCU 5000A are
provided.

(5)

HSD/LSD IF
This unit sends the HSD/LSD data of the transmitting teleconference
terminal received from the EC H221 MUX unit to EC H221 MUX unit.

Note: This unit requires H.243 data distribution function.
4.25

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

Fig. 4-15 shows the block diagram of the VDSW unit.

Page 49

General Description Manual

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

CPU
BUS
MLP R

S/P

HSCX
INF
P/S

HSCX

P/S

HSCX

MLP S

S/P

LSD R

LSD S
8

MD R

HSCX
SW

SEL

8
8

MD S

8
SEL

HSCX
8
8

PN PTN
GEN/CHK

Figure 4-15: Block Diagram of VDSW Unit

Page 50

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

General Description Manual

5: SOFTWARE
5.01
The RX136 operating system of the control real-time/multitask OS is
used in the MCU 5000A. The RX136 OS conforms to the ITRON specifications.
5.02
The multitask operation is established that each control task is executed
per each function, and also each driver task is executed per each hardware. The
individual task is independently separated under that OS. Each task operation
switching is caused by trigger of the transported messages with priority. The
program is stored in the memory card. For software version up for the function
upgrade, the new memory card replacement is required only.
A: Task Description

5.03
Fig. 5-1 shows the task diagram for the MCU 5000A, and Fig. 5-2 shows
the MCU 5000A Memory Mapping. The following task functions are available.
Loader (LO)
•

The code data in the memory card is loaded to the equipment memory

•

Every task is started up according to the start table file

•

Transference of task processing to CM

Timer (TM)
•

Time-out mail issue for task request

Memory Card Driver (MD)
•

File read-out/write-in from memory card

•

Data read-out/write-in from memory card

•

File system management

Conference Management (CM)

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

•

Initialization of every task

•

Line exchange setting

•

Multipoint connection setting

•

Teleconference group management

•

Command analyses from CC

•

Pass-through of teleconference control indication

•

Pass-through of teleconference control command from CC

•

Site name management

•

Encryption key management

•

Loop test management

•

Slave console control

Page 51

General Description Manual

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

Console Control (CC)
•

Internal formal conversion of console command/indication

•

Exclusive control of CD1 to CD3

•

Teleconference control indication ON/OFF (each console)

•

Execution of command terminated within CC

•

Command send/receive in cascade-connection mode

•

Slave console control

•

Console through-pass control

•

Overlay of program file in CPMC

Console Driver (CD1 to CD3)
•

RS-232C port input/output [per one line including carriage return (CR)]

Command Generator
•

Automatic execution command transference

Real-Time Clock Management (RM)
•

Real-time clock setting/read-out

Line Management (LM)
•

Line state management

•

Line exchange setting management

•

Conversion of line setting (disconnection) parameter

AMI Line Control (LCA)
RS-422 Line Control (LCR)
ISDN Line Control (LCI)
FIFO Driver (FH)
•

Parameter data transportation to PIIFC

•

PIIFC task start-up

•

Call control

Line Exchange (LX)

Page 52

•

Line Exchange setting (MTSC)

•

Line switching management

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

General Description Manual

Picture Switching (PS)
•

Picture Switching of conference room

•

HSD switching

Voice Input/Output Control (VC)
•

Audible (voice) teleconference group setting

•

Voice detection

•

Audible alert sending

Multipoint Control (TCA, TCB)
•

Teleconference management

•

Video signal switching control by voice (talker) signal

•

Video signal switching control from terminal request

•

Operator management

•

Voice detection ON/OFF

•

Site name data transporting

•

BAS command control

•

Still picture transporting control

•

Cascade-connection control

Electrical Whiteboard Control for MCU
•

Distribution of electrical whiteboard data

•

Management of electrical whiteboard data sending privilege

•

Distribution of camera data

LAP-B Drive (LD1 to LD8)
•

Low-speed data sending/receiving

•

link connection management

•

Error re-sending

•

Distribution of MCU control data/electrical board/cascade control data

BAS Driver (BD1 to BD8)

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

•

MUX unit control

•

H.221state management

•

H.242 control

Page 53

General Description Manual

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

14
FHn

8
1

LCI

BCx

BDn

LCA
8
LM

LDn

LCX
CM
TCx
LX

CDn
CC
CG

OS (RX-136)
TCx:
BCx:
DCx:
LDn:
BDn:
FHn:

TCA, TCB
BCA, BCB
CD1~CD3
LD1~LD8
BD1~BD8
FH1~FH14

Figure 5-1: MCU 5000A Task Diagram

Page 54

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

General Description Manual

400000H
MEMORY CARD
COPY AREA
300000H
NOT USED

2E0000H

NOT USED
2C0000H
BANK 14

BCB

BANK 13

BCA

BANK 12

TCB

BANK 11

TCA

BANK 10

BANK 9

BANK 8

LCI

2A0000H
280000H

100000H
ROM
0C0000H
MEMORY CARD BANK

0B0000H

260000H
240000H
220000H
200000H
1E0000H

SRAM

LCR

BANK 6

LCA

BANK 5

BANK 4

BANK 3

BANK 2

BANK 1

1C0000H

080000H
060000H

BANK 7

BANK WINDOW

TASK AREA

1A0000H
180000H
160000H
140000H

000000H

120000H
128 KBYTE
100000H

Figure 5-2: MCU 5000A Memory Mapping

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

Page 55

General Description Manual

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 56

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

General Description Manual

6: SPECIFICATIONS
A: Physical
Specification

6.01
The MCU 5000A is installed in the 19-inch subrack. Fig. 6-1 shows the
outline of the MCU 5000A. The rear view of MCU 5000A is shown in Fig. 6-2.
The installing units layout in the subrack is illustrated in Fig. 6-3. The MCU
5000A unit component is listed in Table 2-1 in paragraph 2.01.

B: Electrical
Specification

6.02

The electrical specifications of MCU 5000A are shown in Table 6-1.

REAR VIEW

TOP VIEW

19 in (48.26 cm)

15.7 in (39.88 cm)

MCU
MULTIPOINT CONTROL UNIT

14 in
(35.56 cm)

NEC

SIDE VIEW

FRONT VIEW
Figure 6-1: MCU 5000A Outline

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

Page 57

General Description Manual

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

HSD IF

RS-232C

CH1

CH5

CH2

CH6

LIF

CH1

CH13

CH9

CH1

CH14

CH10

CH6

CH5

CH1

CH2

CH3

CH7

CH3

CH15

CH11

CH7

CH3

CH4

CH8

CH4

CH16

CH12

CH8

CH4

SG
+ + +

* RC-232C
CONNECTOR

AC POWER

EARTH
TERMINAL

HSD IF
CONNECTOR

LIF
CONNECTOR

NAME
PLATE

LIST OF CONNECTORS
CONNECTOR NAME
LIF CH1 - CH16
HSD IF CH1 - CH8
RS-232C CH1 - CH4

CONNECTOR PIN QUANITY
15 pins
15 pins
25 pins

* : THE CH4 AT RS-232C PORT IS FOR FACTORY USE.

Figure 6-2: Detailed Rear View of MCU 5000A

Page 58

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

General Description Manual

1U = 1.75'' (4.45 cm)
(U) 8

L
I
F
#
1

L
I
F
#
2

L
I
F
#
3

L
I
F
#
4

E
C

H
2
2
1

M
U
X
#
1

M
U
X
#
2

M
U
X
#
3

M
U
X
#
4

M
U
X
#
5

M
U
X
#
6

M
U
X
#
7

M
U
X
#
8

V
S
W
/
L
S
D

H
S
D

I
F
#
1

I
F
#
2

C
O
D
E
C
#
1

C
O
D
E
C
#
2

S
U
M

P
G
/
S
I
O

PWR

C
O
N
T

1
CABLE SPACE
0

28
(B)

1B = 0.59''

Figure 6-3: MCU 5000A Unit Installation Layout

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

Page 59

General Description Manual

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

Table 6-1: MCU 5000A Electrical Specification
UNIT ITEM

DESCRIPTION

Terminal

Teleconference:
CODEC:

Accommodating Transmission rate

Same line rate terminal.

Connected
Terminal and
Line
Line Rate

Audio Signal Control Option

Visual Switching Control Option

Teleconference
control

AMI (B8ZS)

64/2x64/128/192/256/384/2x384/512/768/1152/
1472/1536 kbps.

RS-422

56/56×2/64/64×2/128/192/256/384/2x384/512/
768/1152/1536/1920 kbps.

ISDN (H0)

64/2x64/384/2x384 kbps.

Selection

µ-Law PCM (ITU-TS G.711 3.4 kHz)
SB-ADPCM (ITU-TS G.722 7 kHz)

Automatic
Switching

Performs the comparison of audio level of each
teleconference terminal, and the identification of
talker. (Talker’s terminal displays the image of
primary talker.)

Teleconference
Transmitting
Control (option)

Broadcasts the video signal of the required
teleconference terminal to all of the remote
terminal.

Operator Control
(option)

Operator terminal, which has been preliminarily get,
determined and switches the broadcasting video
signal.

Receiving Select
Control (option)

Each teleconference terminal determines and
receives the individual terminal image.

Point-to-Point

Sets the terminals on point-to-point in bidirectional.

One Way

The terminals are connected in unidirectional.
Broadcasting to the plural terminal specified is
available.

One Way Monitor

Sends the video signal of a terminal to the plural
terminals specified. The sending terminal monitors
the video image of the specified terminal in video
receive mode.

Multipoint

Multipoint teleconference is provided.

Tele-education

Tele-education system is established.

Line Exchange Control

Other

Condition

Page 60

VisuaLink AD series
VisuaLink 5000

Loopback Test

Local/Remote Independent Loopback Control.

Test Tone

Generation/Output of System test tone.

Video Switching Time

Average time from teleconference request to requested video signal
output: about 3 seconds (VisuaLink 5000 and line rate 384 kbps case.)

Input Voltage

AC 117V, DC -48V

Power Consumption

approx. 150 VA.

Environment Condition

Temperature: 32° to 104° F (0 to 40° C) Humidity: 45 to 85%

Dimension

19 in (W) × 15.7 in (D) × 14 in (H)
48.26 cm (W) x 39.88 cm (D) x 35.56 cm (H)

Weight

approx. 77.16 pounds (28.78 kilograms)

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

General Description Manual

7: SYSTEM CONTROL AND VARIOUS APPLICATIONS
A: Line Switching
Control

7.01
The outline of line switching control which is carried out within MCU
5000A inside is explained in the following paragraphs.
Data Highway
7.02
The block diagram of basic signal flow for video and audio signals is
shown in Fig. 7-1. The transmission rate of incoming line data is converted into
the rate of internal data highway (2Mbps) in LIF unit and the data is transmitted to
each unit. The internal data highway is composed of LB bus applied to point-topoint connection, LD bus (S and R) applied to multipoint connection, MD bus (S
and R), and LSD (S and R).

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4) (5)

(6)

LINE 1

LIF
CH1

EC H221 MUX
CH1

A CODEC
CH1

LINE 2

LIF
CH2

EC H221 MUX
CH2

A CODEC
CH2

A SUM

V SW/
LSD

LINE 8

Note:

EC H221 MUX
CH8

LIF
CH8

(1) LB bus (0 - 7)

(4) LSD (S, R)

(2) LD bus R (0 - 7)

(5) MD bus R (0 - 7)

(3) LD bus S (0 - 7)

(6) MD bus S (0 - 7)

A CODEC
CH8

Figure 7-1: Block Diagram of Basic Signal Flow

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

Page 61

General Description Manual

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

Multipoint Connection
7.03
Multipoint teleconference is controlled with the Conference Management
(CM) and multipoint Teleconference Control (TC) tasks. The conference is
controlled with two Teleconference Control (TCA/TCB) tasks individually,
therefore multipoint teleconferences of two groups can be held at the same time.
7.04
When Conference Management (CM) task receives request message for
multipoint connection from Console Control (CC) task, it activates the relating
tasks to lines (LM, LC, LX) first, and makes multipoint line connection with the
specified line rate. After that, it transfers the request message for multipoint
connection to multipoint Teleconference Control (TCA/TCB) task and transfers
the control to the task. Multipoint Teleconference Control (TCA/TCB) task
transfers the received request message for multipoint connection to Picture Switch
(PS) task and Voice Control (VC) task. At the same time Picture Switch (PS) task
and Voice Control (VC) task is controlled to broadcast the picture and voice of
the terminal which receives the information message of CODEC alignment
recovery from BAS Driver (BD) task.
7.05
When these tasks, multipoint teleconference control task determines the
transmission rate and voice coding mode to exchange the capacity with CODEC
via BAS Driver (BD) task. Teleconference operating status is transferred to the
teleconference terminals when receiving the request message for connecting to the
teleconference terminal from LAP-B driver. The following controls of multipoint
teleconference with four terminals (example) are provided.
Voice Signal
7.06
Among the line data of four terminals, the voice signal is received on A
CODEC unit via LIF unit and EC H221 MUX unit. A CODEC unit decodes the
coded voice signal and sends it to A SUM unit. A SUM unit sums voice signal
received from each terminal, and sends it back to each terminal. At that time, the
mixed voice signal (summed up voice signal of the terminals from the second to
the fourth) except the voice signal of the originating terminal (the first terminal)
is sent back to the originating terminal.
7.07
Namely, each terminal receives the sum-processed voice signal of all
terminals by MCU 5000A except its own voice signal. The voice signal level
except that of picture broadcasting terminal is limited to lower level than that of
broadcasting terminal. The signal flow of voice signals are as shown in Fig. 7-2.

Page 62

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

LB
LINE 1

LINE 2

General Description Manual

LDR LDS

LSD MDR

MDS

LIF
CH1

EC H221 MUX
CH1

A CODEC
CH1

LIF
CH2

EC H221 MUX
CH2

A CODEC
CH2
A SUM

LINE 3

LINE 4

LIF
CH3

EC H221 MUX
CH3

A CODEC
CH3

LIF
CH4

EC H221 MUX
CH4

A CODEC
CH4

CH 1 TRANSMIT SIGNAL

CH 1 RECEIVE SIGNAL (PICTURE OF CH 2, 3, 4)

CH 3 RECEIVE SIGNAL (PICTURE OF CH 1, 2, 4)

CH 2 TRANSMIT SIGNAL

CH 4 TRANSMIT SIGNAL

CH 2 RECEIVE SIGNAL (PICTURE OF CH 1, 3, 4)

CH 4 RECEIVE SIGNAL (PICTURE OF CH 1, 2, 4)

Figure 7-2: Signal Flow of Voice Signals

Picture Signal
7.08
Among the line data of 4 terminals, the picture signal is received on V
SW/LSD IF unit via LIF unit and EC H221 MUX unit. V SW/LSD IF unit
distributes the coded video signal of the broadcasting terminal to the other
terminals by the control of CPU. The signal flow of video signals are as shown in
Fig. 7-3.
LB
LINE 1

LINE 2

LINE 3

LINE 4

LDR LDS

LSD MDR

LIF
CH1

EC H221 MUX
CH1

LIF
CH2

EC H221 MUX
CH2

LIF
CH3

EC H221 MUX
CH3

LIF
CH4

EC H221 MUX
CH4

MDS

V SW/LSD

CH 1 TRANSMIT SIGNAL

CH 1 RECEIVE SIGNAL (PICTURE OF CH 2)

CH 3 RECEIVE SIGNAL (PICTURE OF CH 1)

CH 2 TRANSMIT SIGNAL

CH 4 TRANSMIT SIGNAL

CH 2 RECEIVE SIGNAL (PICTURE OF CH 1)

CH 4 RECEIVE SIGNAL (PICTURE OF CH 1)

Figure 7-3: Signal Flow of Picture Signals

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

Page 63

General Description Manual

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

Low-speed Data
7.09
The control data for the multipoint teleconference is transmitted/received
to/from the terminals through the LSD bus, the EC H221 MUX unit, and the LIF
unit under control of the CPU. The electrical whiteboard data received from the
LDS bus is distributed again to the LSD buses. Fig. 7-4 shows an example of the
distribution of the electrical whiteboard data is received by the CPU and then
transmitted from the CPU.
LB
LINE 1

LINE 2

LDR LDS

LSD MDR

LIF
CH1

EC H221 MUX
CH1

LIF
CH2

EC H221 MUX
CH2

MDS

M CONT
LINE 3

LINE 4

LIF
CH3

EC H221 MUX
CH3

LIF
CH4

EC H221 MUX
CH4

V SW/LSD

CH 1 TRANSMIT SIGNAL

CH 1 RECEIVE SIGNAL

CH 3 RECEIVE SIGNAL (DATA OF CH 1)

CH 2 TRANSMIT SIGNAL

CH 4 TRANSMIT SIGNAL

CH 2 RECEIVE SIGNAL (DATA OF CH 1)

CH 4 RECEIVE SIGNAL (DATA OF CH 1)

Figure 7-4: Low-speed Data Flow

Page 64

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

General Description Manual

Point-to-Point Connection
7.10
Different from multipoint connection, point-to-point connection sets up
face-to-face video-teleconference. This connection is controlled with Conference
Management (CM) task. When Conference Management (CM) task receives
request-to-connect from Console Control (CC) task, it activates the relating tasks
to lines (LM, LC, LX) and exchanges lines with the specified bit rate. In this case,
the two conference terminals are connected with both ways.
7.11
When two points are connected, LIF unit outputs line data to the specified
channel of LB bus with CPU control. Line data is output to the line from LIF unit
of the specified channel through LB bus. Both two points receive the picture and
the voice each other. Fig 7-5 shows examples of point-to-point connections of
two groups.
LB
LINE 1

LINE 2

LDR LDS

LSD MDR

LIF
CH1

EC H221 MUX
CH1

LIF
CH2

EC H221 MUX
CH2

LIF
CH3

EC H221 MUX
CH3

LIF
CH4

EC H221 MUX
CH4

MDS

V SW/LSD
LINE 3

LINE 4

CH 1 TRANSMIT SIGNAL

CH 1 RECEIVE SIGNAL (DATA OF CH 2)

CH 3 RECEIVE SIGNAL (DATA OF CH 4)

CH 2 TRANSMIT SIGNAL

CH 4 TRANSMIT SIGNAL

CH 2 RECEIVE SIGNAL (DATA OF CH 1)

CH 4 RECEIVE SIGNAL (DATA OF CH 3)

Figure 7-5: Data Flow on Point-to-Point Connection

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

Page 65

General Description Manual

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

Broadcast Connection
7.12
Different from Multipoint connection, Broadcast connection provides a
video teleconference which is similar to television transmission, namely a
broadcasting TV station. In this case, the line data of the specified terminal is
transmitted and distributed to all the other terminals through LB bus. Fig 7-6
shows an example of broadcast connection, point 3 as broadcasting terminal.
LB
LINE 1

LINE 2

LDR LDS

LSD MDR

LIF
CH1

EC H221 MUX
CH1

LIF
CH2

EC H221 MUX
CH2

MDS

V SW/LSD
LINE 3

LINE 4

LIF
CH3

EC H221 MUX
CH3

LIF
CH4

EC H221 MUX
CH4

CH 1 TRANSMIT SIGNAL

CH 1 RECEIVE SIGNAL (DATA OF CH 3)

CH 3 RECEIVE SIGNAL (DATA OF CH 4)

CH 2 TRANSMIT SIGNAL

CH 4 TRANSMIT SIGNAL

CH 2 RECEIVE SIGNAL (DATA OF CH 3)

CH 4 RECEIVE SIGNAL (DATA OF CH 3)

Figure 7-6: Data Flow on Broadcast Connection

Page 66

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

B: Picture Switching
Control

General Description Manual

7.13
Switching Control of Picture display includes two modes, one is
automatic switching and the other is manual switching.
Automatic Switching Mode
7.14
The role of this mode is to recognize a terminal as a talker when voice
level of the terminal exceeds a definite value, and to broadcast the picture of the
terminal to each conference room automatically.
7.15
When the Voice Control (VC) task recognizes a talker by the interruption
caused by A SUM unit, talker detection message is transferred to a multipoint
Teleconference Control (TCA/TCB) task.
7.16
When the multipoint Teleconference Control (TCA/TCB) task receives
the talker detection message, it sends necessary message to each related task in
order to broadcast the picture of the conference room where a talker is detected to
all the participating conference rooms.
7.17
First, in order to still the picture on screen momentarily, the
teleconference control task sends a picture freeze command from EC H221 MUX
unit to picture codec of the terminals via BAS Driver (BD) task, and then Picture
Switch (PS) task switches picture broadcasting terminal with controlling V SW/
LSD unit. Successively, Picture Switch (PS) task sends picture refresh command
to the broadcasting terminal via BD task. Voice control task mixes the voice
signals of all the participant terminals, however the voice signal of broadcasting
terminal is the highest level.
Manual Switching Mode
7.18
The role of this mode is to switch a picture on screen with the command
sent from a MCU console of each conference room. Picture switching request
message from the terminals of each conference room is transferred to multipoint
teleconference control task through V SW/LSD unit and via LAP-B Driver (LD)
task.
7.19
When a picture switching command is entered from a console, it is
converted to picture switching request message with console control (CC) task
and moreover it is transferred to multipoint Teleconference Control (TCA/TCB)
task via Conference Management (CM) task.
7.20
According to those messages, multipoint Teleconference Control (TCA/
TCB) task controls picture switching similar to automatic switching mode, so as
to broadcast the picture of the specified conference room.

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

Page 67

General Description Manual

C: Voice Detection
Control

Page 68

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

7.21
Voice Detection Control is carried out with the occurrence of interrupting
Voice Control (VC) task when a talker is detected on A CODEC unit. This
control is available to broadcast the picture of a primary talker on the above
mentioned automatic switching mode.

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

D: Teleconference
Terminal
Interface

General Description Manual

7.22
The control command is multiplexed in the picture data (called MLP) and
transmitted from each conference terminal. At a receive terminal, this control
command is extracted from the picture data and taken into the LAP-B Driver (LD)
task, where it is analyzed. Analyzed control command is transferred to the
electrical Whiteboard Control (BCA/B) task or the multipoint Teleconference
Control (TCA/B) task to processing the each task.
7.23
When the teleconference condition has changed, such as the number of
participating rooms and broadcasting location, the current teleconference
condition is informed by the multipoint Teleconference Control (TCA/B) task, via
the LAP-B Driver (LD) task, to all the participating terminals. This information is
superimposed on the monitor display in the respective rooms.

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

Page 69

General Description Manual

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

Command Details
7.24

Table 7-1 shows the detail command/response in this interface.

Table 7-1: Detail Command/Response (1 of 3)
TYPE

DESCRIPTION
Operator privilege request

COMMAND

DIRECTION

OPR

Terminal → MCU

Provide operator privilege to request
terminal.

OPI

Terminal ← MCU

Operator privilege indication is sent to
every entry terminal by broadcasting
style.

SPR

Terminal → MCU

A terminal is allowed to broadcast the
picture to all the terminals participating in
the teleconference, when it has requested
so.

SPI

Terminal ← MCU

The notice of broadcasting terminal is
send to all the terminals, participating in
the teleconference.

Authorized picture receive
request

RPR

Terminal → MCU

A terminal is allowed to receive the
picture of a specific terminal, when it has
requested so.

Authorized picture receive
indicate

RPI

Terminal ← MCU

The notice of receiving of the specific
picture is broadcasted to all the terminals
participating in the teleconference.

Talker detect control request

VCR

Terminal → MCU

A terminal is allowed to turn ON/OFF its
talker detection function, when it has
requested so.

Terminal ← MCU

The notice of talker detection control is
broadcasted to all the terminals
participating in the teleconference.

Operator privilege indication

Broadcasting request

Broadcasting indicates

Multipoint
control
Talker detect control indicate VCI

Still picture transmission
request

SSR

Terminal → MCU

A terminal is allowed to broadcast its
stationary picture to all the terminals
participating in the teleconference, when
it has requested so.

Still picture transmission
permission

SSC

Terminal ← MCU

The notice of permission of transmitting
the stationary picture is sent to only the
requesting terminal.

Still picture transmission
complete

SSE

Terminal → MCU

After the MCU has received the
completion notice of transmitting the
stationary picture, it restores the previous
teleconference conditions.

Teleconference terminal
connection request

JNR

Terminal → MCU

A terminal is allowed to participate the
designated group of the multipoint
teleconference, when it has requested so.

Terminal ← MCU

The notice of the teleconference terminal
connections broadcasted to all the
terminals participating in the
teleconference.

Teleconference terminal
connection indicates

Page 70

FUNCTION

JNI

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

General Description Manual

Table 7-1: Detail Command/Response (2 of 3)
TYPE

Multipoint
control

DESCRIPTION

COMMAND

DIRECTION

FUNCTION

Status read of teleconference
terminal request

SRR

Terminal → MCU

A terminal is allowed to receive the
current condition of the designated
teleconference group.

Status read of teleconference
terminal response

SRC

Terminal ← MCU

The notice of receiving information on the
designated teleconference condition is
sent to only the requesting terminal.

Asking request

EQR

Terminal → MCU

In the Tele-education mode, a receiving
terminal requests a transmitting terminal
to speak. The receiving terminal can send
a message with the speaking request.

Asking request indicates

EQI

Terminal ← MCU

The notice of speaking request is
broadcasted to all the terminals
participating in the teleconference.

Asking request cancel

ERC

Terminal → MCU

In the Tele-education connection mode, a
receiving terminal requests a transmitting
terminal to cancel the speaking
request.The receiving terminal can send a
message with the speaking request cancel.

Asking request cancel
indicates

ECI

Terminal ← MCU

The notice of the speaking request cancel
is broadcasted to all the terminals
participating in the teleconference.

Talking permission

ETK

Terminal → MCU

A terminal is allowed/inhibited to speak
and turns ON/OFF the voice signal input.

Talking permission indicates

ETI

Terminal ← MCU

The notice of speaking permission is
broadcasted to all the terminal
participating in the teleconference.

Switching monitor picture
request

MPR

Terminal → MCU

The broadcasting terminal is allowed to
monitor a room other than currently
monitored one.

Switching monitor picture
indicates

MPI

Terminal ← MCU

The notice of object monitoring change is
broadcasted to all the terminal
participating.

Terminal ← MCU

A terminal is allowed to expel from the
designated group of the teleconference,
when it has requested so.
The notice of the current teleconference
connection is sent to all the terminals
participating in the teleconference.

Status of teleconference
terminal indicates

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

STI

Page 71

General Description Manual

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

Table 7-1: Detail Command/Response (3 of 3)
TYPE

DESCRIPTION

COMMAND

DIRECTION

Read site name indicates

PDI

Terminal → MCU

The MCU sends the terminal locations
names to each terminals participating in
the teleconference.

Message indicates

MSD

Terminal → MCU

The MCU requests each terminal
participating in the teleconference to
display the message.

BRCV

Terminal → MCU

A terminal transmits and receives the
electrical whiteboard data.

BSND

Terminal ← MCU

A terminal transmits and receives the
electrical whiteboard data.

Multipoint
control

Electrical whiteboard data
receive
Electrical
whiteboard Electrical whiteboard data
transmission
Move camera request

Camera status indicates
Remote
station
control

Remote station data receive
Remote station data
transmission

Talker name indicates

Page 72

FUNCTION

CAMS

A local terminal requests the movement
Terminal → MCU → Terminal of camera in the conference room of
remote station.
The notice of the camera state is sent to
only the requesting terminal.

CAMI

Terminal ← MCU ← Terminal

RRCV

Terminal → MCU → Terminal A terminal is allowed to transmit and
receive the message from the designated
Terminal ← MCU ← Terminal terminal.

RSND

CPNI

The name of a speaker, who is going to
speak in the conference room where the
Terminal ← MCU ← Terminal camera is pre-set, is sent to all the
terminals participating in the
teleconference.

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

General Description Manual

Interface Format
7.25
Fig. 7-7 shows the format of this interface. Format of line are HDLC
frame format.
COMMAND
+0

COMMAND CLASSIFICATION

+1
+2

COMMAND CODE

PARAMETER

RESPONSE
+0

RESPONSE CLASSIFICATION

1 BYTE

RESPONSE CODE

1 BYTE

(MAX. 254 BYTE)

COMMAND/RESPONSE CLASSIFICATION:

PARAMETER
(MAX. 254 BYTE)

01H = FOR MULTIPOINT CONTROL
02H = FOR CASCADE COMMUNICATION
03H = SLAVE CONSOLE CONTROL
10H = FOR CONTROL CAMERA OF REMOTE TERMINAL
14H = FOR ELECTRICAL WHITEBOARD DATA
OTHER = RESERVED

Figure 7-7: Command/Response Format

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

Page 73

General Description Manual

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

Sequence Example
7.26

Fig. 7-8 shows the sequence example. (Request from terminal 1.)

COMMUNICATION TO TELECONFERENCE TERMINAL (TC5000)
COMMUNICATION TO CODEC (VL5000)
MCU

TERMINAL2

TERMINAL1

TERMINAL3

SPR (01)
DEPRESS [LOCAL SEND] KEY ON REMOTE CONTROLLER
[FPR]
PICTURE OF CONFERENCE ROOM EXCEPT ORIGINAL REQUESTING TERMINAL IS FREEZED.
[FPR]
SWITCHING
[FUR]
PICTURE OF ORIGINATING CONFERENCE ROOM IS SET TO DISTRIBUTE ALL ROOMS

SPI (02)

SPI INDICATION

THE ORIGINATING TERMINAL IS NOTIFIED TO OTHER ROOMS.

SPI (02)

SPI
INDICATION

SPI (02)

SPI INDICATION

(a) Broadcasting Request (Except Operator)
MCU

TERMINAL1

TERMINAL2

TERMINAL3

SPR (02)
DEPRESS [2] KEY ON REMOTE CONTROLLER
[FPR]
PICTURE OF CONFERENCE ROOM EXCEPT ORIGINAL REQUESTING TERMINAL IS FREEZED.
[FPR]
SWITCHING
[FUR]
PICTURE OF ORIGINATING CONFERENCE ROOM IS SET TO DISTRIBUTE ALL ROOMS

SPI (02)

SPI INDICATION

SPI (02)

THE ORIGINATING TERMINAL IS NOTIFIED TO OTHER ROOMS.
SPI
INDICATION

SPI (02)

SPI INDICATION

(b) Broadcasting Request (Operator)
MCU

TERMINAL1

TERMINAL2

TERMINAL3

OPR (01)
DEPRESS [OPR] KEY ON REMOTE CONTROLLER
OPI (01)
OPI (01)
OPI (01)

OPI INDICATION

NOTIFY CHAIRMAN TO ROOM
OPI
INDICATION
OPI INDICATION

Figure 7-8: Sequence Example (1 of 4)

Page 74

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

MCU

General Description Manual

TERMINAL1

TERMINAL2

TERMINAL3

RPR (03/01)
DEPRESS [SLCT RCV] KEY ON REMOTE CONTROLLER
[FPR]
PICTURE OF CONFERENCE ROOM EXCEPT ORIGINAL REQUESTING TERMINAL IS FREEZED.
SWITCHING

[FUR]
PICTURE OF ORIGINATING CONFERENCE ROOM IS SWITCHED IN ALL DATA MODE.

RPI (03/01)

RPI INDICATION

RPI (03/01)

RESPONSE TO ORIGINAL REQUESTING TERMINAL IS NOTIFIED
RPI
INDICATION

RPI (0)

RPI INDICATION

(d) Authorized Picture Receive Request (Authorized Picture is Terminal3)
MCU

TERMINAL1

TERMINAL2

TERMINAL3

VCR (01)
DEPRESS [VOICE ACTIVATE] KEY ON REMOTE CONTROLLER
VCI (01)

VCI INDICATION

VCI (01)

NOTIFY TERMINALS
VCI
INDICATION

VCI (01)

VCI INDICATION

(e) Talker Detect Control Request
MCU

TERMINAL1

TERMINAL2

TERMINAL3

SSR (01)
DEPRESS [STILL SEND] KEY ON REMOTE CONTROLLER
[FPR]
STILL PICTURE SENDING NOTIFICATION IS RETURNED TO ORIGINAL REQUESTING TERMINAL

[FUR]
STILL PICTURE IS SENT TO ALL OF TERMINALS

SSE (01)
SENT STILL PICTURE COMPLETION IS NOTIFIED TO MCU 5000A

(f) Still Picture Send Request
MCU

TERMINAL1

TERMINAL2

TERMINAL3

SRR (01)
QUERY OPERATION STATE TO MCU 5000A
SRC (01)
VERIFIED NOTIFICATION IS RETURNED TO ORIGINAL REQUESTING TERMINAL

(g) Status Read of teleconference Terminal Request

Figure 7-8: Sequence Example (2 of 4)

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

Page 75

General Description Manual

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

CONSOLE (PC)

MCU

INSTRUCTOR

CLASSROOM1

CLASSROOM2

EQR
INDICATION

[TALKER RQT]

EQI
EQI
EQI

EQI

EQR
INDICATION

[TALKER RQT]

EQI
EQI
EQI
EQI

ERC

[TALKER CANCEL]

ECI
INDICATION

ECI
ECI
ECI

ETK
INDICATION

[TK ALW]

ETI
ETI

MPR
INDICATION

[SITE SELECTION]

MPI
MPI

SPR
SPI
INDICATION

[INS/TK]

SPI
SPI
SPI

ETK
[START]

ETI
INDICATION

ETI
ETI
ETI

[ ] : KEY ON THE MCU CONTROLLER

(h) Tele-education Mode (1 of 2)

Figure 7-8: Sequence Example (3 of 4)

Page 76

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

CONSOLE (PC)

General Description Manual

MCU

SPEAKER
ETK

LISTENER1

LISTENER2

[TK ALW] [TK CNL]

ERC
[TALKER CANCEL]

EQI

INDICATION

ETI
ETI

ETI
ECI

INDICATION

ECI
ECI
ECI

(h) Tele-education Mode (2 of 2)
CONSOLE (PC)

REQUEST
REQUEST

MCU (MASTER)

TERMINAL M1

MSU SLAVE

TERMINAL S1

RLCS (M1)
RLCS (S1)

RLI (S1)

RLCI (M1)

REMOTE LOOP
REQUEST

RLCI (S1)

RLI (S1)

REMOTE LOOP REQUEST

(i) Remote Loop Setting

Figure 7-8: Sequence Example (4 of 4)

E: Loopback Test

7.27
Loopback tests are conducted to sectionalize the faulty units when a
failure has occurred in the MCU 5000A. Some of the loopback tests are carried
out from the MCU console by inputting commands, and others are conducted by
the switches mounted on the units.
7.28
The MCU 5000A has loopback points in each unit. The MCU 5000A can
loop a signal (internal or external) back on remote or local side. The MCU 5000A
can also generate pseudo noise pattern and carry out self-diagnostic test by
checking the returned noise pattern.

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

Page 77

General Description Manual

MCU 5000A
Loopback

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

7.29
The MCU loopback has two functions; one is to generate the test signal
and check the signal looped back inside of the equipment (Local Loopback) is
called the local side loop hereafter, the other is to loopback the external signal
outside of the equipment (Remote Loopback) is called remote side loopback
hereafter. The local side and remote side loops are set at points A to H as shown
in Fig. 7-9. Moreover, following functions to generate the test signal and check
the looped back signal (loopback test) are available:
•

Video signal loopback test

•

Audio signal loopback test

•

LSD loopback test

•

Console loopback test

7.30
Video signal loop test: The video signal loop test is carried out using the
PN pattern generator/checker in the V SW/LSD IP unit. The PN pattern from the
PN pattern generator is looped back at the preset loopback point and inputted into
the PN pattern checker, which checks the transmitted pattern with the received
one. When a line rate of 1.536 Mbps is selected for the loop test, the MUX strap
in the EC H221 MUX unit must be set to OFF position. The MCU software, the
Video Switch I/O (PS) task, controls the video signal loop test
7.31
Video signal loop test: The voice signal loop test is performed by using
the test tone generation mode function of the A CODEC unit. The output level
(0, -12, -24, -36 dBm0) and frequency (500, 800, 1000 and 1600 Hz) of test tone
are selected. The continuous output level of the test tone is measured, while the
level of looped-back test tone is checked. When the level measurement is selected
as the test, the measured level value is indicated on the console display. The MCU
software, Voice Control I/O (VC) task, controls the voice signal loop test.
7.32
LSD loop test (four 00H to 7FH data flames): The LSD loop test is done
by the HSCX in the V SW/LSD IF unit. The LSD from the HSCX is looped back
at the preset loopback point and received by the HSCX. The received LSD is
checked with the transmitted LSD. The MCU software, LAP-B Driver (LD) task
controls the LSD loop test.
7.33
Console loop test: The console loop test is carried out by the Serial
Controller in the PG/SIO unit. The test loop is set automatically. Two loopback
points is selected: one for the Serial Controller, the other for the control signal
test, which is located at the outside of RC-232C connector, When the loopback
point for control signal test is specified, a loop connector must be connected. The
MCU software, Console Drivers 1 and 2 (CD1 and CD2) control the console loop
test.

Page 78

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

General Description Manual

1.5M LIF UNIT

RELAY

IPAF

EC H221 MUX UNIT

MTSC

V SW/LSD UNIT

MTSC

PN
CHECKER

PN
GENERATOR

POINT F

POINT E

POINT D

POINT C

POINT B

POINT H

POINT A

POINT G

HSCX

A CODEC

(a) 1.5M LIF Loopback Points

RS-422 LIF UNIT

RELAY

EC H221 MUX UNIT

MTSC

V SW/LSD UNIT

MTSC

PN
CHECKER

PN
GENERATOR

POINT F

POINT D

POINT C

POINT B

POINT H

POINT A

POINT G

HSCX

A CODEC

(b) RS-422 LIF Loopback Points
Figure 7-9: Loopback Points

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

Page 79

General Description Manual

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

7.44
The loopback point setting, the loopback test and loopback release
mentioned above are conducted by the execution of the MCU console commands.
To conduct loopback test, it is necessary to set. However, the console loopback
test does not require the loopback point setting because it automatically sets
loopback points.
G: Self Diagnostic
Function

Page 80

7.45
When power switch is turn-on, the self-diagnostic for the following
hardware is performed.
•

RAM test: Read/write test of RAM area is executed. If any error is
detected, the program activity is stopped.

•

ROM test: The matching of the check sum and programed value is
verified. If any error detected, the program activity is stopped.

•

Hardware initializing test: When initializing the hardware with program,
the normal initializing operation is verified. If any error is detected, the
critical error cause to stop the program activity, the minor error indicates
the alarm on the console.

•

Unit installation test: Unit installation state is verified. When any
necessary unit is not installed, the alarm is indicated on the console.

•

System parameter back-up test: CRC in the system parameter area is
verified. When any error is recognized, and then the program activity is
stopped.

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

General Description Manual

8: MCU CONSOLE
8.01
The MCU console provides the functions of the system parameter and
teleconference setting, the memory card control, and the maintenance with MCU
console as equipment controller. The MCU console provides operator
management/video switch control which is operated by teleconference terminal
TC5000 with optional software. Refer to NECA 340-414-300.
A: Console

8.02
The MCU console consists personal computer, which is connectable to
the RS-232C serial interface. The MCU console provides various functions by
entering console command.

B: Console Command

8.03

Table 8-1 lists all of the console commands provided.

Table 8-1: Console Command List (1 of 4)
COMMAND CATEGORY

System Setting Monitor

Switching Control

Multipoint/Lecture Connection
Control

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

COMMAND

FUNCTION

CGPR

Creates auto start command generator program.

LCKS

Displays synchronization clock source for line.

LCNQ

Displays type of LIF unit mounted and its bit rate.

LECR

Resets error counter for physical line.

LERQ

Displays number of error occurrence on physical line.

LSTQ

Displays each physical line status.

RCGP

Retrieves (reads) and displays auto start command generator program.

BCON

Makes both direction connections between two terminals.

BDSC

Disconnects both direction connections between two terminals.

LCON

Connects one transmit terminal to specified receive terminals and simultaneously
causes transmit terminal to monitor (receive) picture sent from one specified
terminal.

LDSC

Disconnects multiple connections.

SDSC

Disconnects all connections in the system.

RCNN

Retrieves and displays connection status on all transmission lines in use.

UCON

Broadcasts one picture for all specified terminals.

UDSC

Disconnects broadcast connection.

ECON

Makes multipoint connections for education mode.

EDSC

Disconnects multipoint connections for education mode.

MCNR

Sets local terminal to waiting status for cascade connection by master MCU.

MCON

Makes multipoint connections.

MDCR

Releases cascade connection status or cascade connection waiting status.

MDSC

Disconnects multipoint connections.

RATT

Displays current status of multi-connected terminals in the system.

RRNM

Retrieves and displays logic line numbers, logic room numbers, and port numbers
for multi-connected terminals.

Page 81

General Description Manual

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

Table 8-1: Console Command List (2 of 4)
COMMAND CATEGORY

Multipoint Teleconference
Control

Multipoint Teleconference
Terminal Control

Memory Card Control

H.243 Multipoint Connection
Control

Page 82

COMMAND

FUNCTION

ALRM

Sends or stops alarm tone to all teleconference terminals (rooms).

COPR

Assigns or cancels operator privilege of specified teleconference room
(terminal).

CSPR

Broadcasts picture of specified terminal.

CRPR

Connects or disconnects between transmit and receive terminals.

CVCR

Controls voice (talker) detect function of specified terminal.

CMPR

Changes monitor picture on display from broadcasting terminal to the picture
from specified terminal.

CSRR

Displays status concerning specified terminal.

CMSG

Displays message into the terminal taking part in multipoint conference.

GRRC

Sends global indication to all MCU consoles.

EQUR

Requests question/speech from specified lectured terminal to instructor terminal.

EQRC

Cancels request of question/speech from specified lectured terminal to instructor
terminal.

ETLK

Limits talk to one (specified) terminal with in a multipoint teleconference
session.

RCAP

Retrieves and displays capability parameter values of specified multi-connected
terminal.

RMOD

Retrieves and displays transmit modes of specified terminal.

STPR

Broadcasts still pictures of specified terminal.

SNAM

Registers or deletes area name of multi-connected terminal.

RNAM

Retrieves and displays area name of multi-connected terminal.

CPMC

Copies data from source memory card to target memory card.

RDIR

Retrieves and displays file directory in memory card.

RMCS

Displays status and type of memory card.

RMCV

Displays software version of memory card.

RCON

Makes multipoint connections (H.243 mode)

RDSC

Disconnects multipoint connections. (H.243 mode)

RADD

Adds multipoint connections to RCON conference.

RDRP

Drops multipoint connections from RCON conference.

RASN

Indicates relation between conference room number and terminal number
assigned by RCON.

RRAT

Acquire conference participation of terminal for specific conference room group
RCON.

RCNQ

Indicate connection situation of multipoint conference, setup by RCON.

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

General Description Manual

Table 8-1: Console Command List (3 of 4)

ISDN Control

System Setting and Maintenance

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

NCRN

Send a call of ISDN line. In case of 2xB, two lines are connected at one time for
the call. In case of 2xB and multipoint (when H.242 on) second call will be
processed after the first H.242 negotiation sequence.

NDSC

Disconnect ISDN line. In case of 2xB, disconnect twice.

NCIC

When reception report is manual reception received by NINC indication, specify
whether to accept this reception.

NIWT

Set up to wait for reception to receive wait for ISDN line.

NIWQ

Indicate the logical line in ready receive status line numbers (none a, s, c).

NIWR

Release reception wait.

INET

ON/OFF indication report related to ISDN.

NSTQ

Display transmission status of ISDN line (complete the digit).

NLGC

Delete communicate history.

NPDS

NPDR

Display register contents of speed dial (complete the digit. When parameter was
omitted, display all registered contents.

NDSS

NDSR

Display the registered local number (complete the digit). When omitted, display
all registered lines.

NLGQ

Display the maximum of 100 transmission history (complete the digit). When
omitted, indicate all history. When the specified number exceeds the number of
accumulate, display all history.

ISPR

Initialize system parameter

RCLK

Read system clock

RLCS

Remote loop command send

RROM

Read ROM version

RRST

Request system reset

RSPR

Read system parameter

RTLP

Release loopback test

SSPR

Set system parameter

STLP

Set for test of loopback

SVSP

Save system parameter

TLOP

Test of loopback

WCLK

Write system clock

Page 83

General Description Manual

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

Table 8-1: Console Command List (4 of 4)
COMMAND CATEGORY

COMMAND
CJNI

Global Indication

Page 84

FUNCTION
Indicates notifies that teleconference terminal is connected to the control terminal
unit

CMPI

Indicates notifies that the picture of the broadcasting terminal has been changed

COPI

Indicates modifies the assignment or cancellation of the operator privilege

CRPI

Indicates notifies one transmitting terminal and one receive terminal

CSPI

Indicates notifies that a terminal is broadcasting

CSTI

Indicates notifies that the status of a terminal is changed

CVCI

Indicates notifies that a terminal is detecting a voice

EQCI

Indicates notifies that the question request

EQRI

Indicates notifies that a lectured terminal is asking

ERRI

Indicates notifies that the status

ETKI

Indicates notifies that the talk the specified terminal is permitted

MCNI

Indicates notifies that cascade connection is established

MDCI

Indicates notifies that cascade connection is disconnected

RLCI

Indicates notifies that a terminal requests

STEI

Indicates notifies that the still picture of the terminal is broadcasting

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

General Description Manual

9: SYSTEM PARAMETER
A: Application

9.01
The MCU 5000A provides the system parameters in accordance with
various operation of the teleconference system. The system can be customized
with user requirement condition. Refer to NECA 340-414-220.

B: System Parameter

9.02

The main system parameter and the descriptions are shown in Table 9-1.
Table 9-1: System Parameter Setting

NO.

SYSTEM PARAMETER

FUNCTION

Line rate

Sets the connecting line bit rate.

Frame Format

Sets the Frame Format used in the connecting line. (T1 only)

Line Code

Sets the Line Code used in the connecting line. (T1 only)

RAI type

Sets the receiving RAI type. (T1 only)

Clock Source

Sets the Clock Source (line/internal)

Line Equalizer

Sets the Line Equalizer with port unit. (T1 only)

Video signal switching timer

Sets the standard level as the communication rate.

Transfer Rate Capability

Sets the transfer rate as the communication rate.

Network Classification Capability

Sets the network controlled or not controlled

Audio Mode

Sets the connected terminal voice capability.

Network Classification Mode

Sets the network controlled or not controlled

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

Page 85

General Description Manual

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 86

NECA 340-414-100 Revision 2.0

NECA 340-414-210
ISSUE 2
DOI-G05184
PART OF STOCK # 0293922

MCU 5000A MULTIPOINT
CONTROL UNIT
INSTALLATION MANUAL

SEPTEMBER, 1998

NEC America, Inc.

LIABILITY DISCLAIMER
NEC America, Inc. reserves the right to change the specifications,
functions, or features, at any time, without notice.
NEC America, Inc. has prepared this document for use by its employees and customers. The information contained herein is the
property of NEC America, Inc. and shall not be reproduced without
prior written approval from NEC America, Inc.

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

Table of Contents

Table of Contents
INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................. INT-001
MOUNT MCU 5000A TO 19-INCH RACK........................................................... INP-001
REMOVE MCU 5000A FROM 19-INCH RACK................................................... INP-002
OPEN/REMOVE FRONT COVER ....................................................................... INP-003
INSTALL/CLOSE FRONT COVER ..................................................................... INP-004
TURN ON/OFF POWER SWITCH....................................................................... INP-005
MOUNT UNIT TO SHELF.................................................................................... INP-006
REMOVE UNIT FROM SHELF............................................................................ INP-007
INTERNAL CONNECTION.................................................................................. INP-008
LIF (CH1 to CH16) CABLE CONNECTION........................................................ INP-009
POWER CORD CONNECTION........................................................................... INP-011
START-UP OF MCU CONSOLE......................................................................... INP-012
SETTING FOR CODEC....................................................................................... INP-013
1.5M LIF UNIT ................................................................................................... GSD-001
RS-422 LIF UNIT ............................................................................................... GSD-002
H0-INF UNIT ..................................................................................................... GSD-003
EC H221 MUX UNIT .......................................................................................... GSD-004
V SW/LSD IF UNIT ............................................................................................ GSD-005
A CODEC UNIT ................................................................................................. GSD-006
A SUM UNIT ...................................................................................................... GSD-007
PG/SIO UNIT ..................................................................................................... GSD-008
M CONT UNIT ................................................................................................... GSD-009
VDSW UNIT....................................................................................................... GSD-010

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

Page i

Table of Contents

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

INT-001

INTRODUCTION
1: GENERAL
A: Introduction

1.01
This practice provides installation and turn-up of Multipoint Control Unit
5000A (MCU 5000A).
1.02
This equipment appearance is shown Fig. 1-1. The equipment is installed
in 19-inch wide racks, and is installed from the front of the rack.

REAR VIEW

TOP VIEW

19 in (48.26 cm)

15.7 in (39.88 cm)

MCU
MULTIPOINT CONTROL UNIT

14 in
(35.56 cm)

NEC

FRONT VIEW

SIDE VIEW

Figure 1-1: External Views of MCU 5000A

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 14

INT-001

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

B: Scope of
Installation

1.03
Fig. 1-2 shows the system configuration of MCU 5000A with MCU
console. This manual is only described about the scope of the installation for
MCU 5000A.

CONFERENCE ROOM A

VIDEO
AUDIO
MUX
VL5000
DIGITAL LINES

RS-232C

MODEM
MCU 5000A
RS-232C

RS-232C
REVERSE

MODEM

MUX

MCU CONSOLE
AMI (B8ZS)
OR
RS-422
CONFERENCE ROOM B

MCU CONSOLE

VIDEO
AUDIO
MUX

VL5000

MAX. 8 Conference Rooms can be Connected

Figure 1-2: System Configuration With MCU Console

Page 2 of 14

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

C: Installation
Procedure

INT-001

1.04
Fig. 1-3 shows an installation procedure to assure a smooth installation
for MCU 5000A.
PREPARATION TOOLS

DELIVERY

POWER
SUPPLY

DELIVERY

UNPACKING

INVENTORY CHECK

MOUNTING
INSTALLATION JOB

CABLE WIRING

CABLE CONNECTION

CONNECTION

''SW'' ON

TURN UP TEST

SYSTEM TEST

SET-UP
LEGEND:
CUSTOMER OR SUPPLIER
(INSTALLATION)
CUSTOMER OR SUPPLIER
(ENGINEERING OR MAINTENANCE)
CUSTOMER

Figure 1-3: Installation Procedure for MCU 5000A

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

Page 3 of 14

INT-001

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

2: PREPARATION
A: Pre-installation

Before starting MCU 5000A installation, consult with user and clarify the
2.01
scope of work to prepare beforehand various works for the purpose of doing the
work smoothly. Table 2-1 shows the items according to the installation procedure.
Table 2-1: Scope of Work for MCU
WORK ITEMS

SUPPLIER

CUSTOMER

Confirmation of the location for MCU 5000A and related equipment
Preparation for power supply
Checking cables, other installation materials
Arrangement and preparation of tools
Protection of other equipment from being harmed by the installation process
Equipment unpacking
Equipment installation
Cable wiring
Switching ON
Turn-up test
System test

Page 4 of 14

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

B: Unpacking

INT-001

2.02
Preparation for unpacking: Before unpacking, the following should be
prepared first.
•

Invoice, packing lists, and other required documents

•

Tools required for unpacking (scissors, cutter, cotton gloves, etc.)

•

Personnel necessary for unpacking

2.03
Unpacking: Remove materials which are used to protect equipment
during shipment. The procedures are as follows: Fig. 2-1 shows unpacking
sketches.

C: Inventory Check

•

Remove the packing mat.

•

Open the cardboard box and take MCU 5000A with protector out of the
box.

•

Remove side pads and rear pad.

•

Remove polyethylene sheet and desiccant (packet of drying material).

2.04
After unpacking, carry MCU 5000A to the installation site. And check
the names and quantities of the received equipment and accessories with packing
list. The procedure is as follows:
Step

Procedure

Prepare the packing lists which are annexed to the equipment.

Verify names and quantities of equipment and accessories
while referring to the packing list.

Record the date, the name of the person in charge and the
result of inventory in blanks on the packing list.

2.05
If any problems including omission, shortage, or breakage are found as a
result of comparison with the packing list, inform dealer, delivery carrier, or NEC
Sales Office immediately.

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

Page 5 of 14

INT-001

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

4
6

NO.

1
2
3

ITEM

Mat
Cardboard
Side pad

NO.

4
5
6

ITEM

Read Pad
Polyethylene sheet
Desiccant

Figure 2-1: Unpacking Procedure

Page 6 of 14

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

INT-001

3: INSTALLATION
A: Rack Mounting to
19-Inch Rack

3.01

MCU 5000A is practicable to install 19-inch rack, and the mounting and
removing to/from the rack are easy. About installation procedure, refer to
INP-001 and INP-002.

B: Unit Constitution

3.02

Table 3-1 shows units installed MCU 5000A and Fig. 3-1 shows the unit
layout.
Table 3-1: Unit Component

UNIT NAME

ABBREVIATED NAME

LINE INTERFACE UNIT
EC H221 MUX UNIT

CODE

1.5M LIF

E32-484-Y1442-0A00

RS-422 LIF

E32-484-Y1443-0A00

H0-INF LIF

E32-484-Y2761-0A00

EC H221 MUX

E32-482-Y3118-0B00

V SW/LSD IF UNIT

V SW/LSD

E32-465-Y1440-0A00

A CODEC UNIT

A CODEC

E32-441-Y1438-0A00

A SUM UNIT

A SUM

E32-470-Y1439-0A00

PG/SIO UNIT

PG/SIO

E32-483-Y1441-0A00

M CONT

E32-001-Y2573-0A00

M CONT UNIT
POWER UNIT
VDSW UNIT

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

117 VAC
-48 VDC

PWR
VDSW

E32-014-Y1573-0B00
E32-014-Y3757-0A00
E32-465-Y4775-0A00

Page 7 of 14

INT-001

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

1U = 1.75''
(U) 8

L
I
F
#
1

L
I
F
#
2

L
I
F
#
3

L
I
F
#
4

E
C

H
2
2
1

M
U
X
#
1

M
U
X
#
2

M
U
X
#
3

M
U
X
#
4

M
U
X
#
5

M
U
X
#
6

M
U
X
#
7

M
U
X
#
8

V
S
W
/
L
S
D

H
S
D

I
F
#
1

I
F
#
2

C
O
D
E
C
#
1

C
O
D
E
C
#
2

S
U
M

P
G
/
S
I
O

PWR

C
O
N
T

1
CABLE SPACE
0

28
(B)

1B = 0.59''

Figure 3-1: Unit Layout of MCU 5000A

C: Unit Mounting and
Removing

Page 8 of 14

3.03

Unit are made from printed wiring board of plug-in type, and MCU
5000A is composed these units. Refer to the procedure for mounting and
removing the units (INP-006 and INP-007).

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

D: Equipment
Handling

3.04

INT-001

The handlings for MCU 5000A are shown as below. The details are
described each procedures.

Detailed Procedure

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

Reference Procedure No

Mount MCU 5000A to 19 inch rack

INP-001

Remove MCU 5000A from 19 inch rack

INP-002

Open/Remove Front Cover

INP-003

Install/Close Front Cover

INP-004

Turn ON/OFF power switch

INP-005

Mount Unit to shelf

INP-006

Remove Unit From shelf

INP-007

Internal connection

INP-008

LIF (CH1 to CH16) cable connection

INP-009

Power cord connection

INP-011

Start-up of MCU console

INP-012

Setting for CODEC

INP-013

Page 9 of 14

INT-001

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

4: CABLE CONNECTIONS
A: General

Page 10 of 14

4.01

The following should be examined for cable installation of MCU 5000A.

•

The customer is required to prepare all cables which are connected MCU
5000A and external terminal devices before starting the installation.

•

Decide the proper lengths of the cables while taking into account the
distance between MCU 5000A and external terminal devices.

•

Design cable wiring routes for the MCU 5000A and the external terminal
devices.

4.02

MCU 5000A has two kind of connections, i.e. internal and external
connections.

4.03

Fig. 4-1 shows the cable wiring procedure for connecting MCU 5000A
and the external devices.

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

INT-001

Prepare drawings for cable wiring.
Draw the following figures if necessary.
•

Cable wiring maps

•

Cable wiring diagrams

Prepare cable wiring materials.
•

Cable arrangements by customer

•

Arrangements for connectors for external terminal device

•

Checking on MCU 5000A accessories and connectors

Wiring of interface cables between MCU 5000A and external terminal device.
•

Line interface cable

•

MCU 5000A console cable

•

MODEM cable for MCU 5000A control terminal if necessary

Connect interface cables and connectors: connect them to equipment connectors.
•

Connecting interface cables with connectors for terminal device

•

Connecting them to the connectors of terminal device

•

Connecting interface cables with connectors for MCU 5000A

•

Connecting them to the connectors of MCU 5000A

Connect an AC power cord.
•

Connecting AC power cord to MCU 5000A

Figure 4-1: Cable Wiring Procedure for Connecting MCU 5000A and External Terminal Device

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

Page 11 of 14

INT-001

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

B: Connectors and
Connections

4.04

Internal connections: This equipment is required internal connections.
Refer to INP-008 for details.

4.05

External connections: All the cables which connect between MCU 5000A
and other external device are connected on the rear connectors of MCU
5000A shelf. Fig. 4-2 shows the typical cable connections, and
Table 4-1 shows details for cables connectors and connecting procedures.
DA15S

DB25S

HSD IF

RS-232C

DA15S

LIF

CH1

CH5

CH11

CH13

CH9

CH5

CH1

CH2

CH6

CH12

CH14

CH10

CH6

CH2

CH3

CH7

CH13

CH15

CH11

CH7

CH3

CH4**

CH8

CH14

CH16

CH12

CH8

CH4

SG
+ + +

Note1: *the HSD IF ports are not used.
Note2: ** the channel 4 (CH4) at RS-232C port does not support RS-232C interface. This port is for future use.

Figure 4-2: Typical Cable Connection

Page 12 of 14

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

INT-001

Table 4-1: EXTERNAL CABLE CONNECTIONS
CABLE NAME

CONNECTORS FOR
EQUIPMENT SIDE

CONNECTORS FOR QUANTITY OF
CABLE SIDE
PIN

REFERENCE NO.

LIF Cable (CH1 to 16)

DA-15S Socket

DA-15P Plug

INP-009

RS-232C Cable (CH1 to 4)

DB-25S Socket

DB-25P Plug or
Equivalent

Needless for option

INP-011

AC Power Cord

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

Page 13 of 14

INT-001

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 14 of 14

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

INP-001

MOUNT MCU 5000A TO 19-INCH RACK
GENERAL:

This procedure describes the steps required to mount the MCU 5000A in 19-inch
rack.

APPARATUS:

Phillips type Screwdriver

SUPPORT DATA:

None

STEP

PROCEDURE

Prepare eight screws which are annexed to equipment.

Install MCU 5000A shelf on the appointed location of 19-inch rack as shown in Fig. 1.

Tighten the eight screws and fix firmly MCU 5000A to the rack.

Are more MCU 5000A to be mounted?
If YES, go to Step 1.
If NO, go to Step 5.

End of procedure.

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

INP-001

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

MCU 5000A

Figure 1: Mounting MCU 5000A to 19-inch Rack

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

INP-002

REMOVE MCU 5000A FROM 19-INCH RACK
GENERAL:

This procedure describes the steps required to remove the MCU 5000A from the
19-inch rack.

APPARATUS:

Phillips type Screwdriver

SUPPORT DATA:

INP-005

STEP

PROCEDURES

If power switch is already OFF, go to Step 2.
Otherwise turn OFF power switch. Refer to INP-005.

Are the cables connected?
If Yes, go to Step 3.
If No, go to Step 5.

Record which cables are connected which connectors.

Disconnect the cables from backboard.

Support MCU 5000A by assistant not to fall. In that condition remove the eight screws which are
fixed MCU 5000A.

After unscrewing all, pull out MCU 5000A as shown in Fig. 1.

End of procedure.

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

INP-002

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

MCU 5000A

Figure 1: How to Remove MCU 5000A out of 19-Inch Rack

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

INP-003

OPEN/REMOVE FRONT COVER
GENERAL:

This procedure describes how to open and remove front cover of the MCU
5000A.

APPARATUS:

Phillips Type Screwdriver

SUPPORT DATA:

None

STEP

PROCEDURES

If cover is already open, go to Step 4.

Using index fingers, slide the locking knobs of front cover to inside. (See Fig. 1 (a), (b))

WARNING: FRONT COVER SHOULD BE LOWERED (180°) WITH BOTH HANDS.
ALLOWING COVER TO DROP FREELY MAY DAMAGE COVER OR EQUIPMENT BELOW.
Using both hands, carefully lower front cover (180°). (See Fig. 1(c))

Is front cover removed?
If YES, go to Step 5.
If NO, go to Step 9.

Remove the earth wire by Phillips type screwdriver. (See Fig. 2)

Using both hands, lift front cover approximately 30°. (See Fig. 3)

While holding front cover with both hands, slide the front cover to left, and the right hinge
comes off.

Lift front cover upward, and remove it from shelf. (See Fig. 4)

End of procedure.

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 4

INP-003

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

(a) Unlock Front Cover

(b) Slide the Locking Knobs to Inside

Figure 1: Opening Front Cover

Page 2 of 4

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

INP-003

Figure 2: How to Remove Earth Wire

ABOUT
30°

COVER

RIGHT HINGE

Figure 3: How to Remove Cover out of Right Hinge (1)

FRONT COVER

RIGHT HINGE

Figure 4: How to Remove Cover out of Right Hinge (2)

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

Page 3 of 4

INP-003

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 4 of 4

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

INP-004

INSTALL/CLOSE FRONT COVER
GENERAL:

This procedure describes how to install and close front cover of the MCU
5000A.

APPARATUS:

Phillips type Screwdriver

SUPPORT DATA:

None

STEP

PROCEDURES

If cover is installed but open, go to Step 8.

Grasp cover’s right and left sides with both hands.

Insert the hinge pin under the left side of front cover to holder of shelf. (See Fig. 1.)

Lift front cover approximately 30°.

While holding front cover with both hands, insert the hinge pin under the right side of front cover
to holder of shelf. (See Fig. 2.)

WARNING: ALLOWING FRONT COVER TO DROP FREELY MAY DAMAGE COVER OR
EQUIPMENT BELOW.
Using both hands, carefully lower front cover (180°).

Connect an earth wire to front cover by screw. (See Fig. 3.)

Is front cover closed?
If YES, go to Step 9.
If NO, go to Step 10.

Raise cover using index fingers, slide the locking knobs to outside of front cover. (See Fig. 4.)

End of procedures.

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 4

INP-004

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

FRONT COVER

Figure 1: Inserting the Left Side Hinge Pin of Front Cover

ABOUT
30°

ABOUT
30°
FRONT COVER

RIGHT HINGE

Figure 2: Inserting the Right Side Hinge Pin of Front Cover

Page 2 of 4

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

INP-004

EARTH WIRE

EARTH TERMINAL

Figure 3: Connecting the Earth Wire

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

Page 3 of 4

INP-004

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

Figure 4: Locking the Knobs of Front Cover

Page 4 of 4

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

INP-005

TURN ON/OFF POWER SWITCH
GENERAL:

This procedure describes instruction for turning ON/OFF Power Switch.

APPARATUS:

None

SUPPORT DATA:

INP-003, INP-004

STEP

PROCEDURES

Open front cover of MCU 5000A.

Is the power switch turned ON or OFF?
If ON, go to Step 3.
If OFF, go to Step 4.

Turn power switch to ON position. Verify that power lamp (green, marked PWR) lights.

Turn power switch to OFF position. Verify that power lamp goes out.

End of procedure.

MEM

PWR

MON

MON OFF

B
CONF

POWER SWITCH
LMT

MCU 5000A

Figure 1: Turn ON/OFF Power Switch

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

INP-005

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

INP-006

MOUNT UNIT TO SHELF
GENERAL:

This procedure describes instruction for mounting unit to MCU 5000A
shelf.

APPARATUS:

2224 Charge-Guard Adjustable Wrist Strap (3M) or equivalent.

SUPPORT DATA:

None

STEP
1

PROCEDURES
WARNING: TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE ELECTROSTATICS SENSITIVE DEVICES
USED IN THE MCU 5000A, ALWAYS WEAR A WRIST STRAP WHEN INSTALLING UNITS.
Attach the 2224 adjustable wrist strap or equivalent to the wrist and connect to the ESD connector
on the MCU 5000A.

Open front cover, if necessary.

Turn off power switch.

Are the setting or changing of SW and strap necessary?
If Yes, go to Step 5.
If No, go to Step 7.

See the corresponding GSD of appendix and verify the setting of switch and strap corresponding
unit as below.
UNIT
1.5M LIF 1 to 4
RS-422 LIF 1 to 4
H0-INF LIF 1 to 4
EC H221 MUX 1 to 8
V SW/LSD
A CODEC 1 to 2
A SUM
PG/SIO
M CONT
VDSW

Reference Drawing No.
GSD-001
GSD-002
GSD-003
GSD-004
GSD-005
GSD-006
GSD-007
GSD-008
GSD-009
GSD-010

If the setting are not correct, make any necessary changes while referring to figures.

Verify the unit abbreviation (see Fig. 1 (a)) and mounting position of unit (see Fig. 1 (b)).
Note: On the rear of front cover, there is attached unit label showing unit abbreviation and unit
mounting position.

Is the unit applicable to any of 1.5M LIF, RS-422 LIF, H0-INF LIF, EC H221 MUX, or A CODEC?
If, Yes, go to Step 9.
If No, go to Step 10.

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 4

INP-006

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

MOUNT UNIT TO SHELF
STEP

PROCEDURES

Prepare the same kind unit in numerical order.

Install the unit in the appropriate slot of the shelf (See Fig. 2).

Remove the 2224 adjustable wrist strap and disconnect from ESD connector on the MCU 5000A.

End of procedure.
UNIT ABBREVIATION

H221 MUX

LED 16
CN 1

9
ON OFF
S1
FRS

8
1

DSW 1
ON OFF
MUX
S3
ON OFF
S4
SCU

KNOB FOR LOCKING

DBG NOR
232
S5
CN 2

DBG NOR
WDT
S6
S9

ON
NOR

MLB

SW1

S8
NOR
DBG

256 512
S7
PROM

(a)

Location of Unit Abbreviation

UNIT ABBREVIATION

UNIT LABEL

(b)

Mounting Position of Unit

Figure 1: How to Insert Unit

Page 2 of 4

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

INP-006

UNIT

TOP UNIT EJECTOR

FRONT

LOWER GUIDE

BOTTOM UNIT EJECTOR

Figure 2: How to Install Unit

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

Page 3 of 4

INP-006

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 4 of 4

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

INP-007

REMOVE UNIT FROM SHELF
GENERAL:

This procedure describes instruction for removing unit out of MCU
5000A shelf.

APPARATUS:

2224 Charge-Guard Adjustable Wrist Strap (3M) or equivalent.

SUPPORT DATA:

None

STEP
1

PROCEDURES
WARNING: TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE ELECTROSTATIC SENSITIVE
DEVICES USED IN THE MCU 5000A, ALWAYS WEAR A WRIST STRAP WHEN
REMOVING UNITS.
Attach the 2224 adjustable wrist strap or equivalent to the wrist and connect to the ESD connector
on the MCU 5000A.

Open front cover, if necessary.

Turn off power switch.

Note:

The mounting location of the units is shown on the rear of front cover.

Verify the location of the unit to be removed.
5

Pull down on the bottom ejector and push up on the top ejector. (See Fig. 1)

Hold the top and bottom ejectors of the unit and gently slide the unit out of shelf. (See Fig. 2)

Place the removed unit in an antielectrostatics tray or bag and store it in an antistatic environment
to prevent damage to the unit.

Remove the 2224 adjustable wrist strap and disconnect from the ESD connector on the
MCU 5000A.

Turn ON power switch, if necessary.

Close the front cover, if necessary.

End of procedure.

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

INP-007

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

H221 MUX

LED 16
CN1
ON OFF

FRS

DSW 1
ON OFF
MUX

S3
ON OFF

CN2

SCU

S4
S9
ON
NOR

DBG NOR
232
S5
MLB
S6

DBG NOR
WDT

S8
OFF
NOR

SW 1
SA
256 512
S7

PROM

Figure 1: Release the Unit

UNIT

TOP UNIT EJECTOR

BOTTOM UNIT EJECTOR

FRONT

LOWER GUIDE

Figure 2: How to Remove Unit

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

INP-008

INTERNAL CONNECTION
GENERAL:

This procedure describes the instruction for internal connection after
installed the units of MCU 5000A.

APPARATUS:

None

SUPPORT DATA:

None

STEP

PROCEDURES
Notes:
1. Three units are required for internal connection such as LIF1, LIF2, and PG/SIO units.
2.

There is symbol (▲) at the pin number “1“ of each connector. This point is the top of connector so
that verify it when connecting.

Connect the LIF 1 H connector to the upper position “1“ of LIF #1 unit. (See Fig. 1.)

Connect the LIF 1 L connector to the lower position “2“ of LIF #1 unit. (See Fig. 1.)

Are LIF 2H and LIF 2L connectors connected?
If YES, go to Step 4.
If NO, go to Step 6.

Connect the LIF 2 H connector to the upper position “3“ of LIF #2 unit.

Connect the LIF 2 L connector to the lower position “4“ of LIF #2 unit.

Connect the PG/SIO H connector to the upper position “5“ of PG/SIO unit.

Connect the PG/SIO L connector to the lower position “6“ of PG/SIO unit.

End of procedure.

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

INP-008

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

L
I
F
#
2

L
I
F
#
1
[U]

E
C

M
U
X
#
1

M
U
X
#
2

M
U
X
#
3

M
U
X
#
4

M
U
X
#
5

M
U
X
#
6

M
U
X
#
7

M
U
X
#
8

V
S
W
/
L
S
D

H
S
D
#
1

H
S
D
#
2

C
O
M

S
U
M

P
G
/
S
I
O

M
C
O
N
T
PWR

0
6

2
LIF 1 L

PG/SIO L

LIF 2 L
3

1
LIF 1 H

PG/SIO H

LIF 2 H

Figure 1: Internal Connection in Shelf

Table 1: Internal Connection
CONNECTION NO.

Page 2 of 2

UNIT NAME

CONNECTOR LABEL NAME

1.5M LIF UNIT #1:
RS-422 LIF UNIT #1:
H0-INF

TOP
TOP

1.5M LIF UNIT #1:
RS-422 LIF UNIT #1:

BOTTOM
BOTTOM

1.5M LIF UNIT #2:
RS-422 LIF UNIT #2:
H0-INF

TOP
TOP

1.5M LIF UNIT #2:
RS-422 LIF UNIT #2:

BOTTOM
BOTTOM

LIF2 L

PG/SIO UNIT:

TOP

PG/SIO H

PG/SIO UNIT:

BOTTOM

PG/SIO L

LIF1 H

LIF1 L

LIF2 H

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

INP-009

LIF (CH1 to CH16) CABLE CONNECTION
GENERAL:

This cable connects MCU 5000A to 1.544M transmission line and to
transmit AMI (B8ZS) signal. This interface uses as 1.5M LIF, RS-422
LIF, and H0-INF LIF, so there are difference of signals and pin
assignment between both of them.

APPARATUS:

None

SUPPORT DATA:

None

STEP

PROCEDURES

Using AWG 24 shielded cable or equivalent, route cable between transmission line interface of
DOCED (VL 5000) and MCU 5000A shelf terminals.

Strip specified length of plastic sheath from one end of cable for assemble of D-sub 15 pin
connector.

Assemble D-sub 15-pin connector at the end of cable according to Table 1, 2, or 3 depend on line
transmission rate.

Connect the D-sub 15-pin connector to the appropriate position (CH1 to CH16) on backboard of
MCU 5000A.

Are the other D-sub 15-pin connector connected?
If YES, go to Step 1.
If NO, go to Step 6.

Affix AWG 24 shielded cable to the specified position with cable strap or equivalent.

End of procedure.

CODEC
(TC5000)

MCU 5000A

AWG 24 SHIELDED CABLE OR EQUIVALENT
Figure 1: LIF Cable Connection

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 4

INP-009

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

Table 1: 1.5 LIF (CH1 to CH16) Signal Assignment
PIN NO. SIGNAL NAME
1

SHIELD

T (A)-

3
4

I/O

REMARKS

OUT

PIN NO. SIGNAL NAME

Cable shield

Transmit (A)

R (A)-

Receive (A)

T (B)+

Signal ground

Transmit (B)

Receive (B)

REMARKS

OUT

R (B)+

I/O

Table 2: RS-422 (CH1 to CH16) Signal Assignment
PIN NO. SIGNAL NAME
1

SHIELD

T (A)-

C (A)-

I/O

REMARKS

Cable shield

PIN NO. SIGNAL NAME

I/O

T (B)+

OUT

C (B)+

OUT

R (B)+

R (A)-

I (B)+

I (A)-

S (B)+

S (A)-

S (B)+

OUT

S (A)-

OUT

Signal ground

REMARKS

Frame ground

I/O

REMARKS

Table 3: H0-INF (CH1 to CH16) Signal Assignment
PIN NO. SIGNAL NAME
1

SHIELD

T (A)-

3
4

I/O
-

REMARKS
Cable shield

OUT

T (B)+

R (A)-

PIN NO. SIGNAL NAME

11
IN

OUT
-

R (B)+

Signal ground

Figure 2: LIF (CH1 to CH16) Connector Pin Assignment

Page 2 of 4

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

INP-009

Figure 3: LIF (CH1 to CH16) Cable Connections

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

Page 3 of 4

INP-009

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 4 of 4

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

INP-011

POWER CORD CONNECTION
GENERAL:

This cord is used to supply power to MCU. This procedure provides the
instruction.

APPARATUS:

None

SUPPORT DATA:

None

STEP

PROCEDURES

Set power switch of MCU 5000A to the OFF position.

Connect the power cord to the power terminal at rear side of MCU 5000A. (See Fig. 1 and Table 1.)

End of procedure.

48.4 inches (1.23 meters)

Figure 1: Power Cord Connection

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

INP-011

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

Table 1: AC IN Connector Pin Assignment
PIN NO.

SIGNAL NAME

I/O

REMARKS

AC IN

AC 117 V input

AC IN

AC 117 V input

Frame ground

Figure 2: AC IN SIGNAL ASSIGNMENT

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

INP-012

START-UP OF MCU CONSOLE
GENERAL:

This procedure provides instruction for turn-up of MCU 5000A.

APPARATUS:

None

SUPPORT DATA:

INP-003, INP-004, INP-005, Chapter 3 (Console Operation Manual), Chapter 4
(System Parameter Manual)

Note: MCU console is required the specifications as following.
A.

Physical Interface
•

RS-232C interface port (serial interface port) of both the MCU 5000A and the MCU console
are equipped with the D-sub 25-pin connector conforming to EIA RS-232C.

•

Up to 3 MCU consoles can be connected to the MCU 5000A.

•

Use to CH1 to CH3 for RS-232C port of MCU 5000A. The CH4 does not support RS-232C
interface.

B. Electrical Interface
•

The pin assignments of the connector are given in Table 1.

•

Pin Assignments for RS-232C Port Connector
The reverse (twisted) cable is used to connect the MCU console with the MCU 5000A, as both
of them are DTE (Data Terminal Equipment).
The straight cable is used to connect DCE (Data Communication Equipment) such as the
modem.

C. Reverse Cable Connection
The communication condition for the RS-232C Port is set as follows:
•

Mode of synchronization:

Start-stop synchronous

•

Band rate:

9600 bps

•

Character bit length:

8 bits

•

Stop bit length:

1 bit

•

Parity check:

none

•

X control:

none

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 4

INP-012

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

STEP

PROCEDURES

Connect between RS-232C terminal at rear side of MCU 5000A and RS-232C terminal of MCU
console by using RS-232C cable. (Fig. 2)

Set console driver as below.
•

Synchronous mode:

Start Stop mode

•

Baud rate:

9600 bps

•

Character bit length:

8 bits

•

Stop bit length:

1 bit

•

Parity Check:

none

•

X control:

none

Turn on power switch of MCU console.

Turn on power switch of MCU 5000A.

Note: Opening message is not displayed, in case that MCU 5000A starts up before MCU console
starts up.
Is the opening message displayed? (See Fig. 2.)
If YES, go to Step 8.
If NO, go to Step 6.

Turn OFF power switch of MCU console and MCU 5000A.

Check the connection of cable. Then go to Step 2.

Using the RCLK command, check if the console connection is correct or not.
RCLK ↵

Verify that the correct date and time are displayed on the screen.
If correct, go to Step 11.
If not correct, go to Step 10.

To change the date and time setting, enter as follows using the WCLK command.
WCLK
yyyy:
mm:
dd:
hh:
ff:
ss:

Page 2 of 4

yyyy - mm - dd
year
month
day
hour
minute
second

hh : ff : ss ↵
(4 digits)
(2 digits)
(2 digits)
(2 digits)
(2 digits)
(2 digits)

End of procedure.

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

INP-012

RS-232C

HSD IF

L IF

CH1

CH5

CH1

CH13

CH9

CH5

CH1

CH2

CH6

CH2

CH14

CH10

CH6

CH2

CH3

CH7

CH3

CH11

CH7

CH3

CH4

CH8

MCU CONSOLE
CH15

RS-232C
(REVERSE)

RS-232C
PORT

CH4

CH16

CH12

CH8

CH4

AC IN

MCU REAR TERMINAL ARRANGEMENT

Note: The channel 4 (CH4) at RS-232C interface port does not support RS-232C interface.

Figure 1: Connection of MCU Console to MCU 5000A

*** Multi point Teleconference control unit MCU 5000A Ver x.xx ***
*** Copyright (C) NEC Corporation 1991, 1993 ***
Note:

x.xx indicates version No. of memory card.
Figure 2: Opening Message

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

Page 3 of 4

INP-012

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

Table 1: RS-232C (CH1 TO CH4) SIGNAL ASSIGNMENT
PIN NO.

SIGNAL NAME

I/O

REMARKS
Frame Ground

PIN NO.

SIGNAL NAME

OUT

Capacity Send

Data Set Ready

Send Data
Receive Data
Request Send

Signal ground
Data channel

Send Signal
Element Timing

OUT

Receive Signal
Element Timing

OUT

Data Transmit
Ready

OUT

Send Signal
Element Timing

REMARKS

ST2

16
17

I/O

ST1
-

1
14

Figure 3: RS-232C (CH1 to CH4) Connector Pin Assignment

Page 4 of 4

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

INP-013

SETTING FOR CODEC
GENERAL:

This procedure provides instruction for parameter setting about CODEC
(VisuaLink 5000) using for TV conference terminal.

APPARATUS:

None

SUPPORT DATA:

VL 5000 Manual

STEP
1

PROCEDURE
The functional parameter required for VL 5000 are registered in the non-volatile memory.
At system starting, functional parameters which are registered in the non-volatile memory are
automatically loaded, and each functional settings are practiced.
CODEC is shipped on initializing conditions which made general functional parameters to standard
value.
If these parameter values are different from the value required for actual use, it is necessary to
change them.
The change is possible by using keypad on the operation panel of VL 5000 or command from
console connected VL 5000.

There are two non-volatile memory in the CODEC. One of them always has an area of easy access
to change, at system starting, the data of this area are loaded. Other is for backup.
After modifying parameter, it is better to take backup.
If it is necessary to save to backup area or to load from it, change the parameter value by using
keypad on the operation panel of VL 5000 or command from VL 5000 Console.

Refer to VL 5000 Manual for details.

End of procedure.

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

INP-013

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

GSD-001

1.5M LIF Unit

1.5 M LIF

RC 8

INF 4 (AMBER)

7
6

CN 1

SW 1

INF 3 (AMBER)

5
4
3
2
RC 1

INF 2 (AMBER)
RC1~RC8

INF 1 (AMBER)

(LED)
RC1~RC8

TEST
NOR

CN 4

CN 3

NOR
S1
TEST S2

CN 2

(a) SIDE VIEW

(b) FRONT VIEW

Figure 1: 1.5M LIF Unit

Table 1: Switch and Strap Setting for 1.5M LIF Unit
Component
S1

Setting

Function

Shipping Condition

TEST side

Access to CPU irrespective of slot address for mounting
position of unit.

NOR side

Normal condition.

NOR side

Normal condition.

NOR side

TEST side

Access to CPU irrespective of slot address for mounting
position of unit.

NOR

NOR
S1

TEST

SW1

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

ALL OFF

Set the following loop:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

CH1
CH1
CH2
CH2
CH3
CH3
CH4

F point
F point
F point
F point
F point
F point
F point

S2
TEST

OFF

Local Loop
Remote Loop
Local Loop
Remote Loop
Local Loop
Remote Loop
Local Loop

Page 1 of 2

GSD-001

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

Table 2: LED Functions for 1.5M LIF Unit
COMPONENT

INF NO.

ALARM
REC

FUNCTION
NOS (input loss), LOS (out of sync)

RC1
CH 1
(CH 5)
(CH 9)
(CH 13)

AIS

RAI

REC

AIS

RAI (remote alarm)

NORMAL

REC

Other than the above alarms or normal.

NOS (input loss), LOS (out of sync)

RC5
AIS

AIS (network side fault)

RAI

RAI (remote alarm)

RC6
NORMAL

REC

Other than the above alarms or normal.

NOS (input loss), LOS (out of sync)

RC7
AIS

AIS (network side fault)

RAI

RAI (remote alarm)

RC8
NORMAL

Page 2 of 2

AIS (network side fault)

RAI

All LED colors are amber.
units respectively.

NOS (input loss), LOS (out of sync)

RC4

Note:

Other than the above alarms or normal.

RC3

CH 4
(CH 8)
(CH 12)
(CH 16)

RAI (remote alarm)

NORMAL

CH 3
(CH 7)
(CH 11)
(CH 15)

AIS (network side fault)

RC2

CH 2
(CH 6)
(CH 10)
(CH 14)

Remarks

Other than the above alarms or normal.

●: Lighted, ❍: unlighted, ( ) indicates the channel number for LIF2, LIF3 and LIF4

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

GSD-002

RS-422 LIF Unit

RS-422/HSD IF

SW 1

S21

S22

SW 1

CN 1
S16

0
T

S15

0
T

S
M

0
1 0

S10

S4
0

RC1~RC8

RC8~RC1

TEST
S9

NOR

HSD

S14

0
T

S13

1
T 0
0

S20

T
0

LIF

S2
CN 4

0
1

CN 4

S11

CN 2

S19

0
0 1
T

S18

0
T

S17

T
0

S
S5

M
S6

RC8
RC7
RC6
RC5
RC4
RC3
RC2
RC1

CH 4 (AMBER)
CH 3 (AMBER)
CH 2 (AMBER)
CH 1 (AMBER)

(LED)

1
0

CN 3

S7
0
1 0
S12

S M
0

(a) SIDE VIEW

(b) FRONT VIEW

Figure 1: RS-422 LIF Unit

Strap S11 ~ S22 according to Table 1.

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 4

GSD-002

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

Table 1: Strap Setting for RS-422 LIF (1 of 2)

NO.

NAME

RC1

Set of receive clock of CH 1
IN
Input receive clock from port
OUT Output receive clock to port

① “IN“ side
➁ “OUT“ side
➂ “IN“ side

TC1

Set of transmit clock of CH 1
IN
Input transmit clock from port (ST2 mode)
OUT Output transmit clock to port (ST1 mode)

① “IN“ side
➁ “OUT“ side
➂ “OUT“ side

RC2

Set of receive clock of CH 2
IN
Input receive clock from port
OUT Output receive clock to port

① “IN“ side
➁ “OUT“ side
➂ “IN“ side

TC2

Set of transmit clock of CH 2
IN
Input transmit clock from port (ST2 mode)
OUT Output transmit clock to port (ST1 mode)

① “IN“ side
➁ “OUT“ side
➂ “OUT“ side

RC3

Set of receive clock of CH 3
IN
Input receive clock from port
OUT Output receive clock to port

① “IN“ side
➁ “OUT“ side
➂ “IN“ side

TC3

Set of transmit clock of CH 3
IN
Input transmit clock from port (ST2 mode)
OUT Output transmit clock to port (ST1 mode)

① “IN“ side
➁ “OUT“ side
➂ “OUT“ side

RC4

Set of receive clock of CH 4
IN
Input receive clock from port
OUT Output receive clock to port

① “IN“ side
➁ “OUT“ side
➂ “IN“ side

TC4

Set of transmit clock of CH 4
IN
Input transmit clock from port (ST2 mode)
OUT Output transmit clock to port (ST1 mode)

① “IN“ side
➁ “OUT“ side
➂ “OUT“ side

CSEL 1

Set of transmit/receive clock source for CH 1
MAS Transmit/receive the data by MCU internal clock
SLV Transmit/receive the data by line clock

① “SLV“ side
➁ “MAS“ side
➂ “SLV“ side

S10

CSEL 2

Set of transmit/receive clock source for CH 2
MAS Transmit/receive the data by MCU internal clock
SLV Transmit/receive the data by line clock

① “SLV“ side
➁ “MAS“ side
➂ “SLV“ side

S11

CSEL 3

Set of transmit/receive clock source for CH 3
MAS Transmit/receive the data by MCU internal clock
SLV Transmit/receive the data by line clock

① “SLV“ side
➁ “MAS“ side
➂ “SLV“ side

S12

CSEL 4

Set of transmit/receive clock source for CH 4
MAS Transmit/receive the data by MCU internal clock
SLV Transmit/receive the data by line clock

① “SLV“ side
➁ “MAS“ side
➂ “SLV“ side

Standard Setting

①
➁
➂

FUNCTION

STANDARD

Indicate the connection between MCU and DCE with I/F device.
(Straight conversion cable usage.)
Indicate the connection between MCU and DTE with I/F device.
(Cross conversion cable usage.)
Indicate the connection between MCU and X.21 (DCE) with I/F device.
(Straight conversion cable usage.)

When shipping, Switches and Straps are get ① position.

Page 2 of 4

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

GSD-002

Table 1: Strap Setting for RS-422 LIF (2 of 2)
NO.

NAME

S13

Set of terminating S signal for CH 1
OPEN Receive clock output (by setting ST1)
TERM Receive clock input (by setting ST1)

① “TERM“ side
➁ “OPEN“ side
➂ “TERN“ side

S14

Set of terminating X signal for CH 1
OPEN Transmit clock output (by setting ST2)
TERM Transmit clock input (by setting ST2)

① “TERM“ side
➁ “OPEN“ side
➂ “OPEN“ side

S15

Set of terminating S signal for CH 2
OPEN Receive clock output (by setting ST3)
TERM Receive clock input (by setting ST3)

① “TERM“ side
➁ “OPEN“ side
➂ “TERN“ side

S16

Set of terminating X signal for CH 2
OPEN Transmit clock output (by setting ST4)
TERM Transmit clock input (by setting ST4)

① “TERM“ side
➁ “OPEN“ side
➂ “OPEN“ side

S17

Set of terminating S signal for CH 3
OPEN Receive clock output (by setting ST5)
TERM Receive clock input (by setting ST5)

① “TERM“ side
➁ “OPEN“ side
➂ “TERN“ side

S18

Set of terminating X signal for CH 3
OPEN Transmit clock output (by setting ST6)
TERM Transmit clock input (by setting ST6)

① “TERM“ side
➁ “OPEN“ side
➂ “OPEN“ side

S19

Set of terminating S signal for CH 4
OPEN Receive clock output (by setting ST7)
TERM Receive clock input (by setting ST7)

① “TERM“ side
➁ “OPEN“ side
➂ “TERN“ side

S20

Set of terminating X signal for CH 4
OPEN Transmit clock output (by setting ST8)
TERM Transmit clock input (by setting ST8)

① “TERM“ side
➁ “OPEN“ side
➂ “OPEN“ side

S21

NOR Normal Condition
TEST Access to CPU without the relation of the slot address for the
installing until location

S22

Standard Setting

PSEL

①
➁
➂

FUNCTION

LIF
HSD

This equipment is used with RS-422 LIF
This equipment is used with HSD IF

STANDARD

“NOR“ side

“LIF“ side

When shipping, Switches and Straps are get ① position.

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

Page 3 of 4

GSD-002

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

Table 2: Switch Setting for RS-422 LIF
COMPONENT

SETTING

SW1

FUNCTION

Set the following loop:

SHIPPING CONDITION
ALL OFF
OFF

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

CH1
CH1
CH2
CH2
CH3
CH3
CH4
CH4

F point
F point
F point
F point
F point
F point
F point
F point

Local Loop
Remote Loop
Local Loop
Remote Loop
Local Loop
Remote Loop
Local Loop
Remote Loop

Table 3: LED Function for RS-422 LIF
LED NO.

LED NAME

RC1

CH 1
(CH 5/9/13)

Port 1 Indicates SLIP condition.

CH 2
(CH 6/10/14)

Port 2 Indicates SLIP condition.

CH 3
(CH 7/11/15)

Port 3 Indicates SLIP condition.

CH 4
(CH 8/12/16)

Port 4 Indicates SLIP condition.

RC2
RC3
RC4
RC5
RC6
RC7
RC8

FUNCTION

LED COLOR

Port 1 Indicates synchronous condition of H221
Port 2 Indicates synchronous condition of H221

Amber

Port 3 Indicates synchronous condition of H221
Port 4 Indicates synchronous condition of H221

Note: ( ) indicates the channel number for LIF2/3/4 unit, respectively.

Page 4 of 4

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

GSD-003

H0-INF Unit

H0-INF

SW 1

TEST
CN 1

RC7~RC12

LIF

RC 12

NOR
NOR

RC1~RC6

RC 7

TEST

SW 3

RC 6

SW 2

RC 12
RC 11
RC 10
RC 9
RC 8
RC 7

CH 2 PHYSICAL STATE (AMBER)
CH 2 PHACT (GREEN)
CH 2 LAYER 2 INDICATION (GREEN)
CH 2 F/W ALARM (RED)

RC 1

SW 1

4
1
CN 4 4
1

CN 5

INS

SW 3
1
4
SW 2
1

RC 6
RC 5
RC 4
RC 3
RC 2
RC 1

CH 1 PHYSICAL STATE (AMBER)
CH 2 PHACT (GREEN)
CH 1 LAYER 2 INDICATION (GREEN)
CH 1 F/W ALARM (RED)

CN 5
SW 3

PIIFC CH2

SW 2

PIIFC CH1

CN 2
CN 4
CN 3

CN5 PIIFC CH2 DEBUG (RS-232C RxD, TxD GND)
CN4 PIIFC CH1 DEBUG (RS-232C RxD, TxD, GND)
CN 3

4
CN 4,5
1

(a) SIDE VIEW

GND
Tx
DRx
DNC

(b) FRONT VIEW

Figure 1: H0-INF Unit

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 4

GSD-003

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

Table 1: Switch and Strap Setting for H0-INF Unit
Component
S1

Setting

Function

Shipping Condition

TEST side

Access to CPU irrespective of slot address for mounting
NOR side
position of unit.

NOR side

Normal condition

NOR
S1

TEST

SW1

SW2
SW3

Line Switch (CH1)

T1 side

Private Line (~1.5M)

INS side

INS NET 1500

Line Switch (CH2)

T1 side

Private Line (~1.5M)

INS

INS side

INS NET 1500

NOR side

Normal condition

TEST side

Access to CPU irrespective of slot address for mounting
position of unit.

Set the following loop:
1. CH1 F point
2. CH1 F point
3. CH2 F point
4. CH2 F point
5. CH3 F point
6. CH3 F point
7. CH4 F point
8. CH4 F point
Factory Debug Use
Set All OFF
SW2
SW3

Page 2 of 4

INS side

NOR side
S2
TEST

NOR

ALL OFF
Local Loop
Remote Loop
Local Loop
Remote Loop
Local Loop
Remote Loop
Local Loop
Remote Loop

OFF↔ON
8

ALL OFF
OFF↔ON

: CH1
: CH2

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

GSD-003

Table 2: LED Functions for H0-INF Unit
LED NO.

STATE

RC 1

●

V40 F/W alarm for CH1

RC 2

●

Layer 2 Normal Operation for CH1

❍

Layer 2 Not Normal for CH1

●

Layer 1 Normal Operation for CH1

❍

Layer 1 Not Normal for CH1

RC 3
RC 4
RC 5
RC 6

FUNCTION

RC 4

RC 5

RC 6

❍

Normal Operation

●

❍

RAI receive

●

❍

Loss of signal, Out of frame

❍

●

❍

AIS receive

❍

●

RAI or Continuous CRC error receive

●

Immediately lit after Power ON

●

V40 F/W alarm for CH2

RC 8

●

Layer 2 Normal Operation for CH2

❍

Layer 2 Not Normal for CH2

●

Layer 1 Normal Operation for CH2

❍

Layer 1 Not Normal for CH2

RC 10
RC 11
RC 12

RC 10

RC 11

RC 12

❍

Normal Operation

●

❍

RAI receive

●

❍

Loss of signal, Out of frame

❍

●

❍

AIS receive

❍

●

RAI or Continuous CRC error receive

●

Immediately lit after Power ON

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

RED

GREEN

Physical state indication for CH1

RC 7

RC 9

LED COLOR

YELLOW

RED

GREEN

Physical state indication for CH1

YELLOW

Page 3 of 4

GSD-003

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 4 of 4

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

GSD-004

EC H221 MUX Unit

EC H221 MUX
DLY
OFF

ON
RC 16

RC 16

RC 9

RC 8

RC 1

CTS
S4

4
DSW 1

CH2 REC (GREEN)
FPR REC (GREEN)

8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

INC

DEC

DSW 1
1

(AMBER)
(AMBER)
(AMBER)
(AMBER)
(AMBER)
(AMBER)
(AMBER)
(AMBER)

REC
REM ALM
LOOP 1
LOOP 0
H PATH
TEST
FUN ER
MEM ER

16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9

CN1

FPR Rx
FUR Rx
FPR Tx
FUR Tx

(GREEN)
(GREEN)
(GREEN)
(GREEN)

(LED)
4
SW 1

SW 1

MUX TEST

RST
1

MEM INH
OFF ON

CN2
NOR
MLB
ON

S6
WDT

MUX
SA
NOR

DBG

OFF ON
NOR

S5
NOR DBG
232

DBG
S8
CLK
ROM

14M
S1

512

(a) SIDE VIEW

(b) SIDE VIEW

Figure 1: EC H221 MUX Unit

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 4

GSD-004

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

Table 1: Switch and Strap Setting for EC H221 MUX Unit
COMPONENTS
DSW1

3
4

SETTING

FUNCTION

bit 3

bit 4

MUX function test setting.

OFF

Normal mode (MUX function test OFF)

OFF

TEST 1

OFF

TEST 2

TEST 3

bit 2

For future use

bit 1

Memory test inhibit

OFF

Executes the memory test at the time of start-up.

Not execute the memory test at the time of start-up.

SW1 (RST)

CLK

Sets CPU operation clock

7M side.

CPU operate with 7MHz

14M side.

CPU operate with 14MHz

SHIPPING CONDITION

ALL.OFF
(open)
OFF
4
3
2
1

CPU RESET switch (Press when DSW1 setting is changed.

14M side
7M

DLY

Sets Receiving Data delay

ON side.

One sub-multiframe delay

OFF side.

Not delay

OFF side
OFF

MUX

Sets multiplexer ON/OFF.

ON side.

Operate the multiplexer.

OFF side.

Not operate the multiplexer.

CTS

Sets Protection Mode for multiframe number

DEC side.

Sets Addition counter

INC side.

Sets Subtraction counter

DEC side
DEC

Page 2 of 4

ON side
OFF

14M

INC

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

GSD-004

Table 2: Switch and Strap Setting for EC H221 MUX Unit
COMPONENTS

SETTING

232
DBG side.
NOR side.

WDT
DBG side.
NOR side.

PROM
256 side.
512 side.

SA
DBG side.

FUNCTION
Sets RS-232C driver/receiver, to ON/OFF
Makes possible the use of the RS-232C
driver receiver of the debug terminal.
Places the RS-232C driver receiver of the
debug terminal in a stand-by state.

SHIPPING CONDITION
NOR side
232
NOR

DBG

Sets the watchdog timer ON/OFF.
Inhibits the watchdog timer when debugging
the software.
Resets the CPU when the source voltage
has dropped or in the event of an alarm.
Set the type of program able ROM.

NOR side
WDT

1M side

27C256 is used in the program able ROM (Z114).
27C512 is used in the program able ROM (Z114).
Detects slot address.
Sets ON/OFF.

DBG

NOR

PROM
1M

512

NOR side

Ignores the package ID of higher 4 bits (SA4 ~ 7)
of slot address.

SA
DBG

NOR

NOR side.
S9

MLB
NOR side.

Detects the package ID of higher 4 bits (SA4 ~ 7)
of slot address.
Sets MUX loopback ON/OFF.
Turns MUX loopback OFF (normal).

NOR side
MLB

ON side.

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

Loops back demultiplexed audio, video, and
low speed data to the multiplexer in the unit.

NOR

Page 3 of 4

GSD-004

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

Table 3: LED Functions for ES H221 MUX Unit
LED NO.

LED NAME

FUNCTION

LED COLOR

RC 16

REC

RC 15

REM ALM

RC 14

LOOP 1

Lights during the local loopback mode of operation. (point B
and point C)

RC 13

LOOP 0

Lights when point C is in the loopback mode (local, remote).

RC 12

H PATH

Lights at time of H221 MUX pass through.

RC 11

TEST

Lights when making memory test and testing the MUX
function.

RC 10

FUN ERR

Lights when an error occurred in the MUX function test.

RC 9

MEM ERR

Lights when an error occurred in the memory test.

RC 8

CH2 REC

Lights when CH2 H221 is in out-of-sync condition.

RC 7

FEC REC

Lights when video FEC is in out-of-sync condition.

RC 6

Lights when H221 is in out-of-sync condition
Lights when H221 A bit (REM ALM) is received.

Spare

RC 5

RC 4

FPR Rx

Lights when receiving the Video Command Freeze (VCF)

RC 3

FUR Rx

Lights when receiving the Video Command Update (VCU)

RC 2

FPR Tx

Lights when sending the Video Command Freeze (VCF)

RC 1

FUR Tx

Lights when sending the Video Command Update (VCU)

Page 4 of 4

Amber

Spare

Green

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

GSD-005

V SW/LSD IF Unit

VSW/LSD

CN1

CONF A
CONF B

RC 2
3

CH 8

CH 1

CH 8

RC 12

CH 1

CH 8

RC 20

RC (AMBER )

RC (GREEN) CH1 TO 8

JOINER

RC (GREEN) CH1 TO 8

OPERATOR

RC (GREEN) CH1 TO 8
27

CH 1
A

TOGGLE SW

SW1
B
CN2

RC 1

ALM
S2
NOR

RST (SW3)

ChH

RC (RED)

THUMB WHEEL SW

MON SEL (SW 2)

CONF A (UPWARD)
CONF B (DOWNWARD)

PUSHBUTTON SW

DBG

ChL

BROADCAST
SENDING
TERMINAL (TX)

4
CN 3

4 P ANGLE PIN HEADER
1
MON

(b) FRONT VIEW

(a) SIDE VIEW

Figure 1: V SW/LSD IF Unit

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

GSD-005

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

Table 1: Switch and Strap Setting for V SW/LSD Unit
COMPONENTS

SETTING

FUNCTION

SHIPPING CONDITION

Selects the status indication of conference A.
(Toggle SW is in up state.)
CONF A/B
(Toggle SW,
SW1)

CONF A

CONF B

Selects the status indication of conference B.

(Toggle SW is in down state.)
RST (Pushbutton SW,
SW3)

MON SEL
(Thumb wheel
SW, SW2)

For resetting the PN pattern alarm.

PUSH: RESET

Selects the output (CH1-CH8) for monitor.
Select Channel
No. Displayed (SW No.)
CH1
0
CH2
1
CH3
2
CH4
3
CH5
4
CH6
5
CH7
6
CH8
7

SW No. is 0

Sets TS0 to TS15 on LSD for use.

ch H side

ch L side
S1

ch H side

CONF A SIDE

Normal condition. (TS16 to TS31)

2 3

ChL

NOR side

Normal condition.

DBG side

Access to CPU irrespective of slot address for mounting
position of unit.

ChH

NOR side
1

2 3
DBG

NOR

Table 2: LED Functions for V SW/LSD IF Unit
LED NAME

COMPONENTS

RC 1

ARM

RC 2 to 3

CONF A/B

RC 4 to 11

JOIN
(CH1 to CH8)

Indicates participants’ conference room.

RC 12 to 19

OPE
(CH1 to CH8)

Indicates the operator.

RC 20 to 27

TX
(CH1 to CH8)

Indicates the broadcast sending terminal.

Page 2 of 2

FUNCTION

LED COLOR

Indicates the alarm of the PN pattern.
When LED is lit:
Error detection.
When LED is unlit:
No error

RED

Indicates the status indication for conference A or conference B.

AMBER
GREEN
GREEN
GREEN

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

GSD-006

A CODEC Unit

A CODEC

S1
CN1

CH 4

RC 4

CH 1

RC 1

RC 4

Talker
RC 1

S10

(LED)

512
256
S11
512

256

S9
INH
CN2

NOR

(a) SIDE VIEW

(b) FRONT VIEW

Figure 1: A CODEC Unit

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

GSD-006

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

Table 1: Switch and Strap Settings for A CODEC Unit
COMPONENTS

SETTING
-

S10
S11

27C512

256 side

27C256

INH side
NOR side

S1 (CH 1)
S3 (CH 2)
S5 (CH 3)
S7 (CH 4)

S2 (CH 1)
S4 (CH 2)
S6 (CH 3)
S8 (CH 4)

SHIPPING CONDITION

ROM type setting

512 side
-

FUNCTION

512

256

2
3

INH

NOR

2
3

Slot address inhibit
INHIBIT
NORMAL

Sets SB-ADPCM DECODER mode.
1-2:
CCITT ALGORITHM
2-3:
NEC ALGORITHM
4-5:
NORMAL
5-6:
TONE OUT (0 dB, 1 kHz)
7-8:
NORMAL
8-9:
TONE OUT (0 dB, 1 kHz)

123
456
789

Sets SB-ADPCM CODER mode.
1-2:
CCITT ALGORITHM
2-3:
NEC ALGORITHM
4-5:
NORMAL
5-6:
TONE OUT (0 dB, 1 kHz)
7-8:
NORMAL
8-9:
TONE OUT (0 dB, 1 kHz)

123
456
789

Table 2: LED Functions for A CODEC Unit
LED NO.

LED NAME

FUNCTION

RC4
RC3
RC2
RC1

Talker
Talker
Talker
Talker

Lights when corresponding channel is occupied by talker.

Page 2 of 2

RC4 (SD4)
RC3 (SD3)
RC2 (SD2)
RC1 (SD1)

COD #1
CH4
CH3
CH2
CH1

LED COLOR
COD#2
CH8
CH7
CH6
CH5

GREEN

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

GSD-007

A SUM Unit

A SUM
S1
NOR
INH

RC 1
RC 2

CN1

SB-ADPCM
µ-LawPCM

RC 3
CH 8
CONF A
MS A

RC 10
S2
256

RC 11
RC 12

512

CH 1

RC13

SB-ADPCM
µ-LawPCM

S3
256
CH 8
RC 20

512

CONF B
MS B

CH 1
(LED)
CN2
CN 3

RV 1
CONF A
SW 1

MON OUT
CONF B

(a) SIDE VIEW

(b) FRONT VIEW

Figure 1: A SUM Unit

Table 1: Switch and Strap Settings for a SUM Unit
COMPONENTS

SETTING

S2
S3

CN3
SW1

RV1

FUNCTION
ROM type setting.

SHIPPING CONDITION
256 side.

256 side

27C256

1
2

512 side

27C512

Slot address inhibit.

NOR side.

NOR side

Normal

1
2

IUH side

Inhibit

Audio monitor output (600 _ UNBAL).

Switching for summing audio monitor output.

A side

Conference A (upper case)

B side

Conference B (lowe case)

Variable resister for summing audio monitor output.

Clockwise

Volume increase

Counter clockwise

Volume decrease

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

Side A.

Minimum volume position
(Fully counter-clockwise).

Page 1 of 2

GSD-007

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

Table 2: LED Functions for a SUM Unit
LED NO.

LED NAME

FUNCTION

LED COLOR

RC1

SB-ADPCM

Lights when conference A operates in SB-ADPCM.

Green

RC2

µ-Law PCM

Lights when conference A operates in µ-law PCM.

Green

RC3 to RC10

MS-A

Lights only when main talker at CONF A is talking.

Green

(All light up when initializing.)
RC3: CH8

RC10: CH1
RC11

SB-ADPCM

Lights when conference B go to SB-ADPCM.

Green

RC12

µ-Law PCM

Lights when conference B go to µ-law PCM.

Green

RC13 to RC20

MS-B

Lights only when main talker at CONF B is talking.
(All light up when initializing.)
RC13: CH8

Green

RC20: CH1

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

GSD-008

PG/SIO Unit

S14
S15
SW 1(1)
S16

CN1

CH 4

CH 1

SW 1

S17
RC 1~4

RC 1~4

S 13
S 12
S 10
CN 4

CN 4

S1
DBG

C L0S

(RED)

RC 2

SLP 3

(AMBER)

RC 3

SLP 2

(AMBER)

RC 4

SLP 1

(AMBER)

(LED)

SW 2

NOR

RC 1

1
IN

S7
S6
CN2
S4
CN 3

S3
S8

INT 3

EXT 1

INT 1
S5
INT 2

CN 3

EXT 3
EXT 2

S11
INT 4
EXT 4

(a) SIDE VIEW

(b) FRONT VIEW

Figure 1: PG/SIO Unit

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 4

GSD-008

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

Table 1: Switch and Strap Setting for PG/SIO Unit (1 of 3)
COMPONENTS
SW1

FUNCTION
Set the baud rate of RS-232C interface (CH1 to CH4).
SW1
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
D1
1
1
0
0

SW2

Setting
D1
D0
D1
D0
D1
D0
D1
D0

Function
RS-232C CH4
Baud rate setting
RS-232C CH3
Baud rate setting
RS-232C CH2
Baud rate setting
RS-232C CH1
Baud rate setting

D0
1
0
1
0

SW1
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

Setting
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF

Baud rate
9600 bps
4800 bps
2400 bps
1200 bps

4
3
2
OFF OFF OFF
OFF OFF OFF
OFF OFF ON
OFF OFF ON
OFF ON OFF
OFF ON OFF
OFF ON
ON
OFF ON
ON
ON OFF OFF
ON OFF OFF
ON OFF ON
ON OFF ON
ON
ON OFF
ON
ON OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
* : Setting at the time of shipment.

1
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON

1
9600 bps Setting

0: SW ON state
1: SW OFF state
*: Setting at the time of shipment.
Set the external clock frequency to extract from the network.
SW2

Page 2 of 4

SHIPPING CONDITION

Input clock (Hz)
OFF
OFF
448 k
112 k
56 k
2,048 k
1,920 k
1,544 k *
1,536 k
960 k
768 k
384 k
256 k
192 k
128 k
64 k

SW2
4
3
2
1

Setting
OFF
ON
ON
ON

ON
OFF

1,544Hz Setting

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

GSD-008

Table 1: Switch and Strap Setting for PG/SIO Unit (2 of 3)
COMPONENTS
S1

FUNCTION
Strap for debugging
Part No.

Setting
DBG

S1
NOR
S2
S3
S4
S5
S6
S7

Function
Disregard slot address on mounted
location.
Normal state

With regard to the control signals (CS, DR, CD, ST2 clocks, RT clock)
of the RS-232C interface (CH1 to 4), these select either the normal
operation (a signal from the remote communication side is fetched) or the
fixed level.
RS-232C

Ch1

Part No.
S2
S3
S4
S5

CH2

S6
S7

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

Setting
INT1
EXT1
IN
_
IN
_
INT2
EXT2
IN
_
IN
_

Function
CS, DR, CD fixed at “L” (ON)
CS, DR, CD normal operation
ST2 fixed at “H”.
ST2 normal operation
RT fixed at “H”.
RT normal operation
CS, DR, CD fixed at “L” (ON).
CS, DR, CD normal operation
ST2 fixed at “H”.
ST2 normal operation
RT fixed at “H”.
RT normal operation

SHIPPING CONDITION
NOR side.

DBG

NOR

Side to be strapped is indicated
below:
S2
EXT1 side
S3
IN side
S4
IN side
S5
EXT2 side
S6
IN side
S7
IN side

Page 3 of 4

GSD-008

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

Table 1: Switch and Strap Setting for PG/SIO Unit (3 of 3)
COMPONENTS
S8
S9
S10
S11
S12
S13

FUNCTION

RS-232C

Part No.
S8
S9

Ch3

S10
S11

CH4

S12
S13

S14
S15
S16
S17

Setting
INT3
EXT3
IN
_
IN
_
INT4
EXT4
IN
_
IN
_

SHIPPING CONDITION
S8
EXT3 side
S9
IN side
S10
IN side
S11
EXT4 side
S12
IN side
S13
IN side

Set interrupting detect trigger (Edge trigger mode or Level trigger mode)
which is caused by external clock OFF or internal clock phase slip in the unit
to initialization of µPD71059 by strapping.
Strap
S14

Functions
1.544 MHz clock Phase
Slip

S15

4.096 MHz clock Phase
Slip

S16

10.752 MHz clock Phase
Slip

S17

Line Clock Loss

E
L
E
L
E
L
E
L

S14
S15
S16
S17

E side
E side
E side
E side

Trigger mode
Edge
Level
Edge
Level
Edge
Level
Edge
Level

Table 2: LED FUNCTIONS FOR PG/SIO UNIT
LED NO.
RC1
RC2

LED NAME
CLOS
SLP3

RC3
RC4

SLP2
SLP1

Page 4 of 4

FUNCTION
Lights when the line clock input lost.
Lights when a phase slip between the circuit clock and 10.752 MHz clock has
occurred.
Lights when a phase slip between the line clock and 4.096 MHz clock has occurred.
Lights when phase slip between the line clock and 1.544 MHz clock has occurred.

LED COLOR
Red
Amber
Amber
Amber

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

GSD-009

M CONT Unit

M CONT
DBS
8

MS B

RC 14

LS B

RC 7

RC 14

CN1

CPU STATUS

CPU

RC 7
(LED)

NMI

SW 1

RST

SW 2

CLK

8
PCK

DEBUG

8
SW 3

SW 3
1
1

MEM CARD ACCESS

CN 4

CN2

RC 6

CN 4

MEMORY CARD

OFF
WDT
CN 3

CN 3

LED CHECK

SW 4

OFF
BATT
ON

BATTERY

(a) SIDE VIEW

(b) FRONT VIEW

Figure 1: M CONT Unit

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 4

GSD-009

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

Table 1: Switch and Strip Setting for M CONT Unit (1 of 2)
Components

Function

Shipping Condition

SW1 (NMI)

Re-start switch
Requests the CPU for NMI (Non-Maskable Interrupt) (Push On)

SW2 (RST)

Reset switch
Requests for CPU reset (Push On)

SW3 (D IN)

DIP switch for debugging
Board for input of data of 8 bit length

SW#

bit

TCB

TCA

ALL OFF
OFF ON

Not Used
8

Operates in the
event of a system
parameter error

Operates in the
event of an alarm

0:
1:

Operates after
initialization
Stop
processing

Stop
Restart

Command for debugging
0: Debug command usable (SMIO, RMIO)
1: Debug command unusable
If reset with both #7 and #8 to 0, backup RAM is forced to be initialized.
Set Open (OFF) → ''1'' Close (ON) → ''0''
SW4 (LMT)

Page 2 of 4

LED check switch (on-latch)
Lighting check of all units in the MCU
Set Up → Normal
Down LED → check

Up (Normal)

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

GSD-009

Table 1: Switch and Strip Setting for M CONT Unit (2 of 2)
Components
BATT

Function

Shipping Condition

Backup power control (ON/OFF)

OFF side
OFF

Setting
ON
OFF

Function
Backup power ON
Backup power OFF

When installed, should be set to ON side.
DBS

External unit data bus selection (8 bits/16 bits)

8 side
8

Setting
16
8
CN3 (MON)

Function
Data bus is 16 bits
Data bus is 8 bits

RS-232C port
RS-232C port for debugging

Pin #
1
2
3
4

Signal name
_
RxD
TxD
SG

Communications system:
Communication rate:
Sync system:
Data type:

Contents
NC
Receive data
Send data
Ground

Full duplex
9600 bps
Asynchronous
Start bit 1
Data bit 8
Stop bit 1
Parity None

CN4

Connector for memory card

CLK

External output clock selection

PCK side
PLK

Setting
CPU
PCK

WDT

CPU

Function
CPU clock is outputted
P clock of CPU is outputted.

Watchdog time control (ON/OFF)

ON side
ON

Setting
ON
OFF

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

OFF

Function
CPU is reset by watchdog timer.
CPU is not reset by watchdog timer.

Page 3 of 4

GSD-009

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

Table 2: LED Function for M CONT Unit
Components
RC7 thru 14
ST 1~8)

Function

Shipping Condition

CPU status
When normal

LED#

bit

D7, D6: RED
Except D7, D6:
YELLOW

Task No. display
memory card battery
voltage detection

0:
1:

Voltage abnormal
Voltage normal

LED#

bit

•

Abnormal generated task number display

•

Initial RAM/ROM error
RAM error
: 7F : D0~D6
ROM error
: 7E : D1~D6
MCU H/W initialize error : 7D : D0, D2~D6
Backup RAM error
: 7C : D2~D6
Program load error
: 7B : D0, D1, D3~D6
Loader abnormal operating : 7A : D1, D3~D6

ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON

Memory card battery voltage detection
0:
1:
''0'' → lit
RC6 (MC)

Page 4 of 4

Voltage abnormal
Voltage normal

''1'' → unlit

Memory card access
Lights when accessing the memory card

RED

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

GSD-010

VDSW Unit

VDSW

LED1
LED2

CONF A
CONF B

LED3

RC8

LED4

LED5

RC4

LED6

RC1
RC4

CN1

JOIN
RC1
OPE

LED6

VIDEO
RC1
27

LED7

RC4
LSD1
RC1

LED8

RC4
MLP/LSD2
RC1

S1
NOR

LED9

DBG

LED9

RC4
HSD
RC1

A
CN2

TOGGLE SW

SW1
B
S3

chL

S2
chH

chL

PN ERR
PN RCV

chH

LED11
LED10

PN ERR
PN RCV

THUMB WHEEL SW

SW 2

4
CN 3

4 P ANGLE PIN HEADER
1

(b) FRONT VIEW

(a) SIDE VIEW

Figure 1: VDSW Unit

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 4

GSD-010

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

Table 1: Switch and Strap Setting for VDSW Unit
COMPONENTS

SETTING

FUNCTION

SHIPPING CONDITION

Selects the status indication of conference A.
(Toggle SW is in up state.)
CONF A/B
(Toggle SW,
SW1)

CONF A

CONF B

Selects the status indication of conference B.

(Toggle SW is in down state.)

MON SEL
(Thumb wheel
SW, SW2)

Page 2 of 4

CONF A SIDE

Selects the output (CH1-CH8) for monitor.
Select Channel
No. Displayed (SW No.)
CH1
0
CH2
1
CH3
2
CH4
3
CH5
4
CH6
5
CH7
6
CH8
7

SW No. is 0

ch L side

Sets TS0 to TS15 on LSD for use.

ch H side

Normal condition. (TS16 to TS31)

NOR side

Normal condition.

DBG side

Access to CPU irrespective of slot address for mounting
position of unit.

ch L side

Set HSCX Point-to-Point mode.

ch H side

Normal condition (Bus connection).

2 3

ChL

ChH

NOR side
1

2 3
DBG

NOR

ch H side
1
ChL

2 3
ChH

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

GSD-010

Table 2: LED Functions for VDSW Unit
LED NAME

COMPONENTS

FUNCTION

LED COLOR

LED1

CONF A

AMBER

LED2

CONF B

AMBER

LED3-1
~
LED3-4
LED4-1
~
LED4-4

JOIN
RC1~RC8

Indicates participants’ conference room.

GREEN

LED5-1
~
LED5-4

OPE
(RC1 ~ RC8)

Indicates the operator.

LED6-1
~
LED6-4

VIDEO
(RC1 ~ RC4)

Indicates the broadcast sending terminal.

LED7-1
~
LED7-4

LSD1
RC1 ~ RC4

Indicates the LSD broadcast sending terminal.

LED8-1
~
LED8-4

MPL/LSD2
RC1 ~ RC4

Not used

LED9-1
~
LED9-4

HSD
RC1 ~ RC4

Indicates the HSD broadcast sending terminal.

LED11

PN ERR

Indicates the alarm of the PN pattern.

LED10

PN RCV

Indicates no error in PN pattern.

GREEN

RED
GREEN

Table 3: LED5 ~ 9 Display CH
CH

RC4

RC3

RC2

RC1

❍

●

❍

●

❍

●

❍

●

❍

●

❍

●

❍

●

❍

●

❍

●: lit
❍: unlit

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

Page 3 of 4

GSD-010

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 4 of 4

NECA 340-414-210 Revision 2.0

NECA 340-414-220
ISSUE 2
DOI-G05185
PART OF STOCK # 0293922

MCU 5000A MULTIPOINT
CONTROL UNIT
SYSTEM PARAMETERS MANUAL

SEPTEMBER, 1998

NEC America, Inc.

LIABILITY DISCLAIMER
NEC America, Inc. reserves the right to change the specifications,
functions, or features, at any time, without notice.
NEC America, Inc. has prepared this document for use by its employees and customers. The information contained herein is the
property of NEC America, Inc. and shall not be reproduced without
prior written approval from NEC America, Inc.

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

Table of Contents

Table of Contents
INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................. INT-001
CONSOLE RELATED
CONSOLE INITIAL MESSAGE SETTING .................................................... SPR-001
CONSOLE COMMAND GENERATION SETTING........................................ SPR-002
CONSOLE COMMUNICATION PARAMETER SETTING............................. SPR-003
CONSOLE CODE INDICATION SETTING ................................................... SPR-004
IDENTIFICATION CODE SETTING .............................................................. SPR-005
CONSOLE PORT SETTING ......................................................................... SPR-006
LINE RELATED
1.5M LIF LINE RATE SETTING .................................................................... SPR-007
1.5M LIF FRAME FORMAT SETTING .......................................................... SPR-008
1.5M LIF LINE CODE SETTING ................................................................... SPR-009
1.5M LIF RAI SETTING................................................................................. SPR-010
1.5M LIF CLOCK SOURCE SETTING .......................................................... SPR-011
1.5M LIF LINE EQUALIZER SETTING ......................................................... SPR-012
RS 422 LIF LINE RATE SETTING ................................................................ SPR-013
RS 422 LIF CLOCK SOURCE SETTING ...................................................... SPR-014
H0-INF LIF LINE RATE SETTING................................................................. SPR-015
H0-INF LIF CLOCK SOURCE SETTING ...................................................... SPR-016
VOICE RELATED
TALKER DETECTION BACKWARD PROTECTION TIME SETTING .......... SPR-017
TALKER DETECTION FORWARD PROTECTION TIME SETTING ............ SPR-018
TALKER DETECTION VOICE LEVEL SETTING.......................................... SPR-019
MAXIMUM TALKER SETTING...................................................................... SPR-020
MULTIPOINT TELECONFERENCE RELATED
TALKER DETECTION (MCON) SETTING.................................................... SPR-021
AREA NAME DELETION SETTING.............................................................. SPR-022
H.242 CAPABILITY SWITCHING ACTION SETTING .................................. SPR-023
TALKER DETECTION (ECON) SETTING .................................................... SPR-024
TC5000 OPERATION MODE SETTING ....................................................... SPR-025
PICTURE RELATED
PICTURE SWITCHING TIMERS 1 TO 4 SETTING ...................................... SPR-026

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page i

Table of Contents

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

TERMINAL CAPABILITY RELATED
AUDIO CAPABILITY SETTING ....................................................................
TRANSFER RATE CAPABILITY SETTING..................................................
VIDEO CAPABILITY SETTING ....................................................................
LOW SPEED DATA (LSD) CAPABILITY SETTING .....................................
HIGH SPEED DATA (HSD) CAPABILITY SETTING....................................
MLP CAPABILITY SETTING ........................................................................
NETWORK CLASSIFICATION CAPABILITY SETTING...............................
MBE CAPABILITY SETTING........................................................................
MBE MESSAGE (AUDIO) CAPABILITY SETTING ......................................
MBE MESSAGE (LSD2) CAPABILITY SETTING.........................................
MBE MESSAGE (VIDEO) CAPABILITY SETTING ......................................
AUDIO CAPABILITY.....................................................................................
TRANSFER RATE CAPABILITY ..................................................................
VIDEO CAPABILITY SETTING ....................................................................
LSD CAPABILITY SETTING.........................................................................
HSD CAPABILITY SETTING ........................................................................
MLP CAPABILITY SETTING ........................................................................
NETWORK CLASSIFICATION CAPABILITY SETTING...............................
MBE CAPABILITY SETTING........................................................................
MBE MESSAGE 1 (AUDIO) CAPABILITY SETTING ...................................
MBE MESSAGE 2 (PROPRIETARY) CAPABILITY SETTING.....................
MBE MESSAGE 3 (LSD2) CAPABILITY SETTING......................................
MBE MESSAGE 4 (VIDEO) CAPABILITY SETTING ...................................
MBE MESSAGE CAPABILITY SETTING .....................................................
TIC CAPABILITY SETTING..........................................................................
CIC CAPABILITY SETTING .........................................................................
AUDIO MODE CAPABILITY SETTING ........................................................
TRANSFER RATE CAPABILITY SETTING..................................................

Page ii

SPR-027
SPR-028
SPR-029
SPR-030
SPR-031
SPR-032
SPR-033
SPR-035
SPR-036
SPR-037
SPR-038
SPR-101
SPR-102
SPR-103
SPR-104
SPR-105
SPR-106
SPR-107
SPR-108
SPR-109
SPR-110
SPR-111
SPR-112
SPR-113
SPR-114
SPR-115
SPR-116
SPR-117

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

Table of Contents

TERMINAL MODE RELATED
AUDIO MODE SETTING...............................................................................
TRANSFER RATE MODE SETTING ............................................................
VIDEO MODE SETTING ...............................................................................
LOW SPEED DATA (LSD) MODE SETTING................................................
HIGH SPEED DATA (HSD) MODE SETTING ..............................................
MLP MODE SETTING...................................................................................
NETWORK CLASSIFICATION MODE SETTING .........................................
MBE MODE SETTING ..................................................................................
MBE MESSAGE (AUDIO) MODE SETTING.................................................
MBE MESSAGE (LSD2) MODE SETTING ...................................................
MBE MESSAGE (VIDEO) MODE SETTING .................................................
VIDEO MODE SETTING ...............................................................................
LSD MODE SETTING ...................................................................................
HSD CAPABILITY SETTING.........................................................................
MLP MODE SETTING...................................................................................
NETWORK CLASSIFICATION MODE SETTING .........................................
MBE MODE SETTING ..................................................................................
MBE MESSAGE 1 (AUDIO) SETTING..........................................................
MBE MESSAGE 3 (LSD2) MODE SETTING ................................................
MBE MESSAGE 4 (VIDEO) MODE SETTING ..............................................
RCON ACTION MODE SETTING .................................................................

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

SPR-039
SPR-040
SPR-041
SPR-042
SPR-043
SPR-044
SPR-045
SPR-047
SPR-048
SPR-049
SPR-050
SPR-118
SPR-119
SPR-120
SPR-121
SPR-122
SPR-123
SPR-124
SPR-125
SPR-126
SPR-127

Page iii

Table of Contents

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page iv

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

INT-001

INTRODUCTION
1. GENERAL

This document describes the information of system parameters for setting
1.01
the Multipoint Control Unit 5000A (MCU 5000A).

2. OVERVIEW

The MCU 5000A system parameters are for use in setting the operating
2.01
environment for the MCU 5000A. After installing the MCU 5000A, the system
parameters must be set conforming to user’s system operations by this manual.
The system parameters are stored in the equipment’s backup memory and
2.02
the contents of system parameters will be retained even if power is turned off.

3. SYSTEM
PARAMETER
SETTING

The system parameters can be set and verified by entering commands
3.01
from the MCU console. The following provides a description of how to set and
verify the system parameters. For further details, refer to the console operations
section.
Note 1:

As to the system parameter values having 16-bit values, set the
parameters in the numerical order of addresses sequentially starting
with the lower-half 8 bits and then with the upper-half 8 bits.

Note 2:

When the equipment is powered up, the CRC values (3FE to 3FF) for
checking the correctness of the system parameter contents are
automatically updated simultaneously with the system parameter
setting.

Note 3:

After setting the system parameters, be sure to restart the program with
the MCONT unit reset switch. For some parameters are referred to
only when initializing the system.

How to set system parameters
When setting system parameter values, the setting values for SSPR commands
and system parameter addresses are entered from the console.
SSPR

*** = xx[return]
*** : system parameter address (hexadecimal values 00 to 3FF)
xx : system parameter setting values (hexadecimal values 00 to
FF)

When the normal system parameters are set, the console will display OK. If
abnormal, an error code will be displayed. Verify the error code before repeating
the procedure.

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 8

INT-001

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

How to verify system parameters
After setting system parameters, verification of their correctness or details can be
performed by entering RSPR commands from the console.
RSPR *** [return]
*** : system parameter address (hexadecimal values 0 to 3FF).
If omitted, all the parameters will be displayed.
If L is entered, the parameters for addresses 000 to 0FF will be displayed.
If H is entered, the parameters for addresses 100 to 1FF will be displayed.
If XL is entered, the parameters for addresses 200 to 2FF will be displayed.
If XL is entered, the parameters for addresses 300 to 3FF will be displayed.
In case of a normal response, the system parameter values that have been set will
be displayed in the manner as follows.
*** = xx OK
*** : system parameter address
xx : system parameter setting values
If abnormal, an error code will be displayed. Verify the error code before
repeating the procedure.
System parameter initialization
When initializing the system parameter values already set, enter an RRST
command from the console.
ISPR [return]
Once the command is executed, the console will display OK. If abnormal, an
error code will be displayed. Verify the error code before repeating the
procedure. The factory shipment value for the system parameter is stored in the
memory card.

Page 2 of 8

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

INT-001

System parameters are grouped by kinds with reference to setting
4.01
procedures as shown in the following table. Be sure to set the system
parameters correctly in accordance with the procedure reference number in the
table.

4. SYSTEM
PARAMETER
DESCRIPTION

Table 1: System Parameters List (1 of 4)
KIND

Console Related

INTERFACE

1.5M LIF

Line Related
RS422 LIF

H0-INF LIF

Voice Related

Multipoint
Teleconference
Related

Picture Related

—

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

SYSTEM PARAMETER
(ADDRESS)

SYSTEM PARAMETER
SETTING PROCEDURE
REF. NO.

Console Initial Message (00H)

SPR-001

Console Command Generation (01H)

SPR-002

Console Communication Parameter (02H)

SPR-003

Console Code Indication (08H)

SPR-004

Identification Code (09H)

SPR-005

Console Port (0AH)

SPR-006

Line Rate (30H to 37H)

SPR-007

Frame Format (38H)

SPR-008

Line Code (39H)

SPR-009

RAI Type (3AH)

SPR-010

Clock Source (3BH to 3DH)

SPR-011

Line Equalizer (40H to 4FH)

SPR-012

Line Rate (30H to 37H)

SPR-013

Clock Source (+3BH)
Clock Source Masking (3CH to 3DH)

SPR-014

Line Rate (30H_37H)

SPR-015

Clock Source (+3BH)
Clock Source Masking (3CH to 3DH)

SPR-016

Talker Detection Backward Protection Time (50H)

SPR-017

Talker Detection Forward Protection Time (51H)

SPR-018

Talker Detection Voice Level (60H to 67H)

SPR-019

Maximum Talker (53H)

SPR-020

Talker Detection (MCON) (70H)

SPR-021

Area Name Detection (MCON) (73H)

SPR-022

H.242 Capability Switching Action (77H)

SPR-023

Talker Detection (ECON) (88H)

SPR-024

TC5000 Operation Mode (8EH to 8FH)

SPR-025

Picture Switching Timer 1 to 4 (180H to 1AF)

SPR-026

Page 3 of 8

INT-001

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

Table 1: System Parameters List (2 of 4)
KIND

Terminal
Capability

Terminal
Mode

Page 4 of 8

INTERFACE

SYSTEM PARAMETER
(ADDRESS)

SYSTEM PARAMETER
SETTING PROCEDURE
REF. NO.

Audio Capability (100H to 101H)

SPR-027

Transfer Rate Capability (104H to 107H)

SPR-028

Video Capability (108H to 109H)

SPR-029

LSD (Low Speed Data) Capability (10AH to 10BH)

SPR-030

HSD (High Speed Data) Capability (10CH to 10FH)

SPR-031

MLP Capability (110H to 111H)

SPR-032

Network Classification Capability (112H to 113H)

SPR-033

MBE Capability (116H to 117H)

SPR-035

MBE Message (Audio) Capability (118H to 119H)

SPR-036

MBE Message (LSD2) Capability (11AH to 11BH)

SPR-037

MBE Message (Video) Capability (11CH to 11DH)

SPR-038

Audio Mode (120H to 123H)

SPR-039

Transfer Rate Mode (124H to 127H)

SPR-040

Video Mode (128H to 129H)

SPR-041

LSD (Low Speed Data) Mode (12AH to 12BH)

SPR-042

HSD (High Speed Data) Mode (12CH to 12FH)

SPR-043

MLP Mode (130H to 131H)

SPR-044

Network Classification Mode (132H to 133H)

SPR-045

MBE Mode (136H to 137H)

SPR-047

MBE Message (Audio) Mode (138H to 139H)

SPR-048

MBE Message (LSD2) Mode (13AH to 13BH)

SPR-049

MBE Message (Video) Mode (13CH to 13DH)

SPR-050

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

INT-001

Table 1: System Parameters List (3 of 4)
KIND

Terminal
Mode
RCON mode
(Group A)

Terminal
Mode
RCON mode
(Group B)

INTERFACE

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

SYSTEM PARAMETER
(ADDRESS)

SYSTEM PARAMETER
SETTING PROCEDURE
REF. NO.

Audio Mode (230H to 233H)

SPR-116

Transfer Rate Mode (234H to 237H)

SPR-117

Video Mode (238H to 239H)

SPR-118

LSD (Low Speed Data) Mode (23AH to 23BH)

SPR-119

HSD (High Speed Data) Mode (23CH to 23FH)

SPR-120

MLP Mode (240H to 241H)

SPR-121

Network Classification Mode (242H to 243H)

SPR-122

MBE Mode (246H to 247H)

SPR-123

MBE Message (Audio) Mode (248H to 249H)

SPR-124

MBE Message (LSD2) Mode (24AH to 24BH)

SPR-125

MBE Message (Video) Mode (24CH to 24DH)

SPR-126

Audio Mode (290H to 293H)

SPR-116

Transfer Rate Mode (294H to 297H)

SPR-117

Video Mode (298H to 299H)

SPR-118

LSD (Low Speed Data) Mode (29AH to 29BH)

SPR-119

HSD (High Speed Data) Mode (29CH to 29FH)

SPR-120

MLP Mode (2A0H to 2A1H)

SPR-121

Network Classification Mode (2A2H to 2A3H)

SPR-122

MBE Mode (2A6H to 2A7H)

SPR-123

MBE Message (Audio) Mode (2A8H to 2A9H)

SPR-124

MBE Message (LSD2) Mode (2AAH to 2ABH)

SPR-125

MBE Message (Video) Mode (2ACH to 2ADH)

SPR-126

Page 5 of 8

INT-001

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

Table 1: System Parameters List (4 of 4)
KIND

Terminal
Capability
RCON mode
(Group A)

Terminal
Capability
RCON mode
(Group B)

RCON Action
Mode

Page 6 of 8

INTERFACE

SYSTEM PARAMETER
(ADDRESS)

SYSTEM PARAMETER
SETTING PROCEDURE
REF. NO.

Audio Capability (200H to 203H)

SPR-101

Transfer Rate Capability (204H to 207H)

SPR-102

Video Capability(208H to 209H)

SPR-103

LSD (Low Speed Data) Capability (20AH to 20BH)

SPR-104

HSD (High Speed Data) Capability (20CH to 20FH)

SPR-105

MLP Capability (210H to 211H)

SPR-106

Network Classification Mode (212H to 213H)

SPR-107

MBE Capability (216H to 217H)

SPR-108

MBE Message (Audio) Capability (218H)

SPR-109

MBE Message (Proprietary) Capability (219H)

SPR-110

MBE Message (LSD2) Capability (21AH to 21BH)

SPR-111

MBE Message (Video) Capability (21CH to 21DH)

SPR-112

MBE Message (Data Application BAS) Capability
(21EH to 221H)

SPR-113

TIC Capability (222H)

SPR-114

CIC Capability (223H)

SPR-115

Audio Capability (260H to 263H)

SPR-101

Transfer Rate Capability (264H to 267H)

SPR-102

Video Capability (268H to 269H)

SPR-103

LSD (Low Speed Data) Capability (26AH to 26BH)

SPR-104

HSD (High Speed Data) Capability (26CH to 26FH)

SPR-105

MLP Capability (270H to 271H)

SPR-106

Network Classification Capability (272H to 273H)

SPR-107

MBE Capability (276H to 277H)

SPR-108

MBE Message (Audio) Capability (278H)

SPR-109

MBE Message (proprietary) Capability (279H)

SPR-110

MBE Message (LSD2) Capability(27AH to 27BH)

SPR-111

MBE Message (Video) Capability (27CH to 27DH)

SPR-112

MBE Message (Data Application BAS) Capability
(27EH to 281H)

SPR-113

TIC Capability (282H)

SPR-114

CIC Capability (283H)

SPR-115

CCR Timer

SPR-127

CCA (Operator) mode

SPR-127

Master/Slave Classification

SPR-127

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

5. SYSTEM
PARAMETER
BACKUP ERROR
PROCESSING

INT-001

The system parameters are retained in the battery-powered memory even
5.01
when the commercial electricity fails, but the system-parameter contents may be
destroyed by causes like the following:
(1)

When power outage continued for many hours with the battery in the
dead state.

(2)

The memory contents were caused to change due to replacement of a unit
(chiefly an MCONT unit).

If the system parameter contents are destroyed, MCU 5000A programs will be
disabled to start and then the CPU status indication LEDs on the MCONT unit
will give out the following indication. Refer to Fig. 1.

M CONT Unit

CPU LEDs

(7CH)

Figure 1: CPU Status Indication by LEDs on MCONT Unit

When the above-mentioned fault occurs, follow the steps by referring to Table 2.
Table 2: System Parameter Error Processing
SYSTEM PARAMETER ERROR

PROCESSING PROCEDURE
REF. NO.

Battery is run down with a drop in voltage

TCP-019 (Maintenance Practice)

The system parameter contents are destroyed and the CPU status
indication LEDs on the M CONT unit are lighted.

SPR-051 (System Parameter Reset)

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 7 of 8

INT-001

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

6. FUNCTION OF
DBG SWITCH ON
MCONT UNIT

6.01
The function of the DBG Switch on MCONT unit is shown below.
Debug Initialization

DEBUG

Initialization

OFF

#7: System parameter initialization switch
When starting the programs, the system parameter contents are tested and, on
detecting an error, one of the following actions must be performed.
As a general rule, set the initialization switch to OFF.
OFF = not initializing, and halting program start
ON
= automatically initializing on detecting a system parameter CRC error.
#8: Debug switch
The switch is used in testing at the time of equipment shipment. As a general rule,
be sure to set it to OFF.
OFF = normal use (no debug)
ON
= debug command usable

Page 8 of 8

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-001

CONSOLE INITIAL MESSAGE SETTING
CONSOLE RELATED
SUMMARY:

STEP

Set an initial message indication on console screen to ON or OFF when MCU is
powered on.

PROCEDURE

Enter the following command.
SSPR__ n1 = x1 __n2 = x2 __ … ni = xi … ↵

ni: System parameter address 00H
xi: System parameter values See below:
System parameter values on setting the initial message indication for each console. The factory
shipment value is 01H.

SYSTEM
PARAMETER
SYSTEM
PARAMETER

ON:
OFF:

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

INDICATION
CONSOLE 1 CONSOLE 2 CONSOLE 3

INDICATION

SYSTEM
CONSOLE 1 CONSOLE 2 CONSOLE 3
PARAMETER

00H

OFF

04H

OFF

01H

OFF

05H

OFF

02H

OFF

06H

OFF

03H

OFF

07H

Initial message is displayed.
Initial message is not displayed.

Verify that the normal response is displayed with “OK”.
If YES, go to Step 3.
If NO, go to Step 1.

End of procedure.

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

SPR-001

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-002

CONSOLE COMMAND GENERATION SETTING
CONSOLE RELATED
SUMMARY:

STEP
1

Set an automatic execution of console command to ON or OFF when MCU is
powered on.

PROCEDURE
Enter the following command.
SSPR__ n1 = x1 __n2 = x2 __ … __ ni = xi … ↵

ni: System parameter address

01H

xi: System parameter values

See below:

System parameter values on setting the automatic execution. The factory shipment value is 00H.

SYSTEM PARAMETER

MEANING

00H

Console command is automatically executed.

01H

Console command is not automatically executed.

Verify that the normal response is displayed with “OK”.
If YES, go to Step 3.
If NO, go to Step 1.

End of procedure.

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

SPR-002

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-003

CONSOLE COMMUNICATION PARAMETER SETTING
CONSOLE RELATED
SUMMARY:

Set a parity of communication parameters for consoles 2 and 3.

Note:

Communication parameters for MCU console are as follows:
Line rate:
Start bit:
Stop bit:
Parity:

STEP
1

9600 b/s, 4800 b/s, 2400 b/s, or 1200 b/s
(This is set on DIP switch of PG/SIO unit.)
8 bits
1 bit
None or even parity
(Even parity can be set in consoles 2 and 3 only.)

PROCEDURE
Set DIP switch (SW1) on PG/SIO unit for MCU console communication rate, if required.

SW1

NOT USED

LINE RATE

OFF

9600 b/s

OFF

4800 b/s

OFF

2400 b/s

1200 b/s

CHANNEL 3
H
CHANNEL 2
L
H
CHANNEL 1

Enter the following command.
SSPR__ n1 = x1 __n2 = x2 __ … __ ni = xi … ↵

ni: System parameter address

02H

xi: System parameter values

See below:

System parameter values on setting the parity. The factory shipment value is 00H.

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

SPR-003

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

CONSOLE COMMUNICATION PARAMETER SETTING
CONSOLE RELATED
STEP

PROCEDURE

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

PARITY

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

CONSOLE 2 CONSOLE 3

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

PARITY
CONSOLE 2 CONSOLE 3

00H

04H

02H

06H

0: No parity (MCU mode)
1: Even parity (VL/TC mode)

Verify that the normal response is displayed with “OK”.
If YES, go to Step 4.
If NO, go to Step 2.

Page 2 of 2

End of procedure.

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-004

CONSOLE CODE INDICATION SETTING
CONSOLE RELATED
SUMMARY:

Set an addition of local MCU console code to console response or indication to
ON or OFF in console through-pass control.

STEP
1

PROCEDURE
Enter the following command.
SSPR__ n1 = x1 __n2 = x2 __ … __ ni = xi … ↵

ni:

System parameter address

08H

xi:

System parameter values

See below:

System parameter values on setting the code indication. The factory shipment value is 00H.

SYSTEM PARAMETER

MEANING

00H

Console code (local ID) is not added.

01H

Console code (local ID) is added.

Verify that the normal response is displayed with “OK”.
If YES, go to Step 3.
If NO, go to Step 1.

End of procedure.

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

SPR-004

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-005

IDENTIFICATION CODE SETTING
CONSOLE RELATED
SUMMARY:

Set the identification code for each console for console-through-path.
Note:

STEP
1

In console-through-path, one console can control up to nine consoles. In
the same path, two or more same identification codes cannot be set
(identification code is different from each other).

PROCEDURE
Enter the following command.
SSPR__ n1 = x1 __n2 = x2 __ … ni = xi … ↵

ni: System parameter address 09H
xi: System parameter values See below:
System parameter values on setting the identification code. The factory shipment value is 00H.

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

IDENTIFICATION CODE

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

IDENTIFICATION CODE

00H

05H

01H

06H

02H

07H

03H

08H

04H

Verify that the normal response is displayed with “OK”.
If YES, go to Step 3.
If NO, go to Step 1.

End of procedure.

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

SPR-005

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-006

CONSOLE PORT SETTING
CONSOLE RELATED
SUMMARY:

STEP
1

Set a port to normal console use or console-through-pass use. This command also
sets whether indication is displayed for each port or not.

PROCEDURE
Enter the following command.
SSPR__ n1 = x1 __n2 = x2 __ … __ ni = xi … ↵

ni: System parameter address 0AH
xi: System parameter values See below:
System parameter values on setting the port type and indication for each console. The factory
shipment value is 00H.
[1]

Port Type

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

PORT TYPE
PORT 2

PORT 3

X0H

Normal console port

X2H

Through-pass port

Normal console port

X4H

Normal console port

Through-pass port

X6H

Through-pass port

X: Any hexadecimal numeral

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

SPR-006

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

CONSOLE PORT SETTING
CONSOLE RELATED

STEP

PROCEDURE
[2] Indication

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

PORT 1

PORT 2

PORT 3

YES

4XH

1XH

YES

2XH

YES

3XH

YES

0XH

YES:
NO:
X:

INDICATION

INDICATION
PORT 1

PORT 2

PORT 3

YES

5XH

YES

6XH

YES

7XH

Indication is displayed according to GRRC command or INET command.
Indication is not displayed.
Any hexadecimal numeral

Verify that the normal response is displayed with “OK”.
If YES, go to Step 3.
If NO, go to Step 1.

Page 2 of 2

End of procedure.

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-007

1.5M LIF LINE RATE SETTING
LINE RELATED
SUMMARY:

STEP
1

Set a per-channel communication rate for the communication channels
multiplexed to 1536kbps lines to and from multiple conference terminals. Also
set the number of conference terminals (in terms of ports) to be accommodated.

PROCEDURE
Enter the following command.
SSPR__ n1 = x1 __n2 = x2 __ … ni = xi … ↵

ni: System parameter address 30H to 37H
[1]

Address (hexadecimal values) in setting 1.5M LIF line rates.

ADDRESS

MEANING

30H

The line rate of LIF1

32H

The line rate of LIF2

34H

The line rate of LIF3

36H

The line rate of LIF4

31H

The number of ports for LIF1

33H

The number of ports for LIF2

35H

The number of ports for LIF3

37H

The number of ports for LIF4

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 6

SPR-007

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

1.5M LIF LINE RATE SETTING
LINE RELATED

STEP

PROCEDURE
xi: System parameter values See below:
[1]

System parameter values on setting the line rate for each address (30H, 32H, 34H, 36H). The
factory shipment value for the system parameter is 05H.

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

[2]

Page 2 of 6

LINE RATE

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE RATE

00H

64kbps

20H

56kbps

01H

128kbps

21H

112kbps

02H

192kbps

22H

168kbps

03H

256kbps

23H

224kbps

05H

384kbps

25H

336kbps

04H

512kbps

24H

448kbps

06H

768kbps

26H

672kbps

09H

1152kbps

29H

1008kbps

07H

1536kbps

27H

1344kbps

08H

1920kbps

2AH

1288kbps

0AH

1472kbps

30H

56kbps x 2

10H

64kbps x 2

35H

336kbps x 2

15H

384kbps x 2

System parameter values on setting the line rate for each address (31H, 33H, 35H, 37H). The
factory shipment value for the system parameter is 10H. Refer to Tables 1 and 2.

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-007

1.5M LIF LINE RATE SETTING
LINE RELATED
Table 1: Number of Ports for System Parameter
SYSTEM
PARAMETER

NUMBER OF
PORTS

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

NUMBER OF
PORTS

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

NUMBER OF
PORTS

01H

21H

41H

02H

22H

42H

03H

23H

43H

04H

24H

44H

05H

25H

45H

06H

26H

46H

07H

27H

47H

08H

28H

48H

09H

29H

49H

0AH

2AH

4AH

0BH

2BH

4BH

0CH

2CH

4CH

0DH

2DH

4DH

0EH

2EH

4EH

0FH

2FH

4FH

10H

30H

50H

11H

31H

51H

12H

32H

52H

13H

33H

53H

14H

34H

54H

15H

35H

55H

16H

36H

56H

17H

37H

57H

18H

38H

58H

19H

39H

59H

1AH

3AH

5AH

1BH

3BH

5BH

1CH

3CH

5CH

1DH

3DH

5DH

1EH

3EH

5EH

1FH

3FH

5FH

20H

40H

60H

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 3 of 6

SPR-007

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

1.5M LIF LINE RATE SETTING
LINE RELATED

STEP

PROCEDURE
Table 2: Maximum Number of Available Ports for Line Rate
LINE RATE

NUMBER OF
PORTS (SYSTEM
PARAMETER)

LINE RATE

NUMBER OF
PORTS (SYSTEM
PARAMETER)

LINE RATE

NUMBER OF
PORTS (SYSTEM
PARAMETER)

T1(64kbps)

96 (60H)

T1 (1152kbps)

4 (04H)

T1 (448kbps)

12 (0CH)

T1 (128kbps)

48 (30H)

T1 (1536kbps)

4 (04H)

T1 (672kbps)

8 (08H)

T1 (192kbps)

32 (20H)

T1 (56kbps)

96 (60H)

T1 (1008kbps)

4 (04H)

T1 (256kbps)

24 (18H)

T1 (112kbps)

48 (30H)

T1 (1344kbps)

4 (04H)

T1 (384kbps)

16 (10H)

T1 (168kbps)

32 (20H)

RS422

4 (04H)

T1 (512kbps)

12 (0CH)

T1 (224kbps)

24 (18H)

RS422 (2 x B)

2 (02H)

T1 (768kbps)

8 (08H)

T1 (336kbps)

16 (10H)

INS

48 (30H)

Valid range of values for system parameter are 00H to FFH.

Verify that the normal response is displayed with "OK".
If YES, go to Step 3.
If NO, go to Step 1.

Page 4 of 6

End of procedure.

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-007

1.5M LIF LINE RATE SETTING
LINE RELATED
SOFEWARE SETUP

(1)

The following are addresses that need to be set in the MCU 5000A. Set the
following addresses to the appropriate values and RESET the MCU when
complete.

Line Speed (+30H, +32H, +34H, +36H)

LINE SPEED

MINIMUM LINE
SPEED

ADDRESS
T1
LIF1

+30H

LIF2

+32H

LIF3

LIF4

+34H

+36H

00H = 64kbps
01H = 128kbps
02H = 192kbps
03H = 256kbps
04H = 512kbps
05H = 384kbps
06H = 768kbps
07H = 1536kbps
09H = 1152kbps
0AH = 1472kbps
10H = 64kbps x 2
15H = 384kbps x 2
20H = 56kbps
21H = 112kbps
22H = 168kbps
23H = 224kbps
24H = 448kbps
25H = 336kbps
26H = 672kbps
27H = 1344kbps
29H = 1008kbps
2AH = 1288kbps
30H = 56kbps x 2
35H = 336kbps x 2

RS422

DEFAULT

INS-H0

00H = 64kbps
01H = 128kbps
02H = 192kbps
03H = 256kbps
#04H = 512kbps
05H = 384kbps
06H = 768kbps
07H = 1536kbps
#08H = 1920kbps
#09H = 1152kbps

00H = B

10H = 64kbps x 2
15H = 384kbps x 2

10H = 2B
15H = 384kbps x 2
(2 x H0)

20H = 56kbps
21H = 112kbps

20H = B

25H = 336kbps

25H = H0

30H = 56kbps x 2
35H = 336kbps x 2

30H = 2B
35H = 336kbps x 2
(2 x H0)

05H = H0

05H

Note 1: If the value other than the ones listed above is set, it will not function.
Note 2: # can not specify the internal clock.

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 5 of 6

SPR-007

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

1.5M LIF LINE RATE SETTING
LINE RELATED
(2)

Number of Logical Line Speed (+31H, +33H, +35H, +37H)

NUMBER OF VALID LOGICAL LINE

ADDRESS
LIF1

+31H

LIF2

+32H

LIF3

+35H

LIF4

Page 6 of 6

+37H

T1
64kbps
128kbps
192kbps
256kbps
384kbps
512kbps
768kbps
1152kbps
1472kbps
1536kbps

:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:

00H ~ 60H (96)
00H ~ 30H (48)
00H ~ 20H (32)
00H ~ 18H (24)
00H ~ 10H (16)
00H ~ 00H (12)
00H ~ 08H (8)
00H ~ 04H (4)
00H ~ 04H (4)
00H ~ 04H (4)

56kbps
112kbps
168kbps
224kbps
336kbps
448kbps
672kbps
1008kbps
1288kbps
1344kbps

:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:

00H ~ 60H (96)
00H ~ 30H (48)
00H ~ 20H (32)
00H ~ 18H (24)
00H ~ 10H (16)
00H ~ 00H (12)
00H ~ 08H (8)
00H ~ 04H (4)
00H ~ 04H (4)
00H ~ 04H (4)

RS422

INS-64

DEFAULT

00H ~ 04H
(When 2 x B: 00H ~
02H)

00H ~ 30H (48)

10H

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-008

1.5M LIF FRAME FORMAT SETTING
LINE RELATED
SUMMARY:

Set the line frame format.

STEP
1

PROCEDURE
Enter the following command.
SSPR__ n1 = x1 __n2 = x2 __ … ni = xi … ↵

ni: System parameter address 38H
xi: System parameter values See below:
System parameter values on setting the frame format for the address 38H. The factory
shipment value for the system parameter is 00H.

[1]

(1)

Frame Format (+38H)

LIF4

LIF3

LIF2

LIF1

00H = ESF (24MF)
01H = F4
02H = D4 (12MF)
03H = F72

Verify that the normal response is displayed with "OK".
If YES, go to Step 3.
If NO, go to Step 1.

End of procedure.

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

SPR-008

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-009

1.5M LIF LINE CODE SETTING
LINE RELATED
SUMMARY:

Set the line code form. The line code can be set to each unit. When the code form
is in AMI as in the North American lines, it is necessary to set the network class to
the constrained network (P×56 kbps) in order to prevent the appearance in string
of eight consecutive 0s (zeroes).

STEP

PROCEDURE
Note:

When setting the AMI code, simultaneously set the network classification capability (112H
and 113H) as well as the network classification mode (132H and 133H) to “56 kbps
(constrained)”. Also set the CODEC (VL5000) on the terminal side to “56 kbps”

Enter the following command.
SSPR__ n1 = x1 __n2 = x2 __ … ni = xi … ↵

ni: System parameter address

39H

xi: System parameter values

See below:

[1] System parameter values on setting the line rate for the address 39H. The factory
shipment value for the system parameter is 00H.
(1)

Line Code (+39H)
b7

Default = 00H
LIF4

LIF3

LIF2

LIF1

00H = B8ZS
01H = AMI
02H = AMI (ZCS)

Verify that the normal response is displayed with “OK”.
If YES, go to Step 3.
If NO, go to Step 1.

End of procedure.

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

SPR-009

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-010

1.5M LIF RAI SETTING
LINE RELATED
SUMMARY:

Set the alarm signal types. The alarm signal types can be set to each unit.

STEP

PROCEDURE
Note: When the frame format is “D4 (12MF)”, the RAI (alarm signal) form in T1 (USA) is different
from that in NTT (Japan). Only when connecting to NTT lines with “F12”, set the mode to
“NTT.”
Enter the following command.
SSPR__ n1 = x1 __n2 = x2 __ … ni = xi … ↵

1
ni: System parameter address 3AH
xi: System parameter values See below:
[1]

System parameter values on setting the line rate for the address 3AH.
The factory shipment value for the system parameter is 00H.

(1)

RAI Type (+3AH)
b7

Default = 00H
LIF4

LIF3

LIF2

LIF1

00H = T1 (ATT)
01H = NTT (12MF)I

Verify that the normal response is displayed with “OK”.
If YES, go to Step 3.
If NO, go to Step 1.

End of procedure.

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

SPR-010

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-011

1.5M LIF CLOCK SOURCE SETTING
LINE RELATED
SUMMARY:

STEP

Specifies the line from which to extract the line clock to be used inside the MCU
5000A. When set to “auto”, the line whose line signal is the first to turn normal
will be specified as the clock source, but it will be replaced by the lowestnumbered line currently in normal operation once the line acting as the clock
source then ceases being normal. When all the terminals are connected via
network, use the MCU 5000A on this setting.

PROCEDURE
Note: If the physical line number is set with any value from “01H” to “10H”, the line will be fixed
as the clock source. In this case, care must be taken because an abnormal state of the line
would lose the clock source and also cause the other lines to lose synchronization. If the
MCU 5000A is connected to some terminals directly and to others via network, be sure to use
the line connected via network as the clock source. When set to “internal”, the intra-MCU
crystal oscillator clock will supply the line clock. If MCU 5000A must be connected directly
to all the terminals without going through network, use the MCU 5000A with this “internal”
setting on.

Enter the following command.
SSPR__ n1 = x1 __n2 = x2 __ … ni = xi … ↵

ni: System parameter address

3BH to 3DH

The addresses for setting the clock source and clock mask are as shown in the following table.

ADDRESS

MEANING

3BH

Clock source setting

3CH

Clock source masking for lines 1 through 8

3DH

Clock source masking for lines 9 through 16

xi: System parameter valuesSee below:
[1] System parameter values on setting the clock source for the address 3BH. The
factory shipment value for the system parameter is 00H.

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 18

SPR-011

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

1.5M LIF CLOCK SOURCE SETTING
LINE RELATED
STEP

PROCEDURE

SYSTEM PARAMETER
00H

CLOCK SOURCE (CH)

Automatic (automatic
selection of line in its
numerical order)

SYSTEM PARAMETER

CLOCK SOURCE (CH)

09H

01H

0AH

02H

0BH

03H

0CH

04H

0DH

05H

0EH

06H

0FH

07H

10H

08H

80H

Internal

[2] System parameter values on setting the clock source mask for the addresses 3CH and 3DH.
The factory shipment value is 0000H.
Valid only when setting the clock source, with the masked lines being so controlled as not to
function as the clock source.
See tables on the following pages.

Verify that the normal response is displayed with “OK”.
If YES, go to Step 3.
If NO, go to Step 1.

End of procedure.

Page 2 of 18

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-011

1.5M LIF CLOCK SOURCE SETTING
LINE RELATED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

0000H

No lines masked

0201H

Lines 1&10 are masked

0001H

Line 1 is masked

0401H

Lines 1&11 are masked

0002H

Line 2 is masked

0801H

Lines 1&12 are masked

0004H

Line 3 is masked

1001H

Lines 1&13 are masked

0008H

Line 4 is masked

2001H

Lines 1&14 are masked

0010H

Line 5 is masked

4001H

Lines 1&15 are masked

0020H

Line 6 is masked

8001H

Lines 1&16 are masked

0040H

Line 7 is masked

0006H

Lines 2&3 are masked

0080H

Line 8 is masked

000AH

Lines 2&4 are masked

0100H

Line 9 is masked

0012H

Lines 2&5 are masked

0200H

Line 10 is masked

0022H

Lines 2&6 are masked

0400H

Line 11 is masked

0042H

Lines 2&7 are masked

0800H

Line 12 is masked

0082H

Lines 2&8 are masked

1000H

Line 13 is masked

0102H

Lines 2&9 are masked

2000H

Line 14 is masked

0202H

Lines 2&10 are masked

4000H

Line 15 is masked

0402H

Lines 2&11 are masked

8000H

Line 16 is masked

0802H

Lines 2&12 are masked

0003H

Lines 1&2 are masked

1002H

Lines 2&13 are masked

0005H

Lines 1&3 are masked

2002H

Lines 2&14 are masked

0009H

Lines 1&4 are masked

4002H

Lines 2&15 are masked

0011H

Lines 1&5 are masked

8002H

Lines 2&16 are masked

0021H

Lines 1&6 are masked

000CH

Lines 3&4 are masked

0041H

Lines 1&7 are masked

0014H

Lines 3&5 are masked

0081H

Lines 1&8 are masked

0024H

Lines 3&6 are masked

0101H

Lines 1&9 are masked

0044H

Lines 3&7 are masked

Note: Marking a line as masked omits it from automatic selection if 3B = 00

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 3 of 18

SPR-011

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

1.5M LIF CLOCK SOURCE SETTING
LINE RELATED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

0084H

Lines 3&8 are masked

0210H

Lines 5&10 are masked

0104H

Lines 3&9 are masked

0410H

Lines 5&11 are masked

0204H

Lines 3&10 are masked

0810H

Lines 5&12 are masked

0404H

Lines 3&11 are masked

1010H

Lines 5&13 are masked

0804H

Lines 3&12 are masked

2010H

Lines 5&14 are masked

1004H

Lines 3&13 are masked

4010H

Lines 5&15 are masked

2004H

Lines 3&14 are masked

8010H

Lines 5&16 are masked

4004H

Lines 3&15 are masked

0060H

Lines 6&7 are masked

8004H

Lines 3&16 are masked

00A0H

Lines 6&8 are masked

0018H

Lines 4&5 are masked

0120H

Lines 6&9 are masked

0028H

Lines 4&6 are masked

0220H

Lines 6&10 are masked

0048H

Lines 4&7 are masked

0420H

Lines 6&11 are masked

0088H

Lines 4&8 are masked

0820H

Lines 6&12 are masked

0108H

Lines 4&9 are masked

1020H

Lines 6&13 are masked

0208H

Lines 4&10 are masked

2020H

Lines 6&14 are masked

0408H

Lines 4&11 are masked

4020H

Lines 6&15 are masked

0808H

Lines 4&12 are masked

8020H

Lines 6&16 are masked

1008H

Lines 4&13 are masked

00C0H

Lines 7&8 are masked

2008H

Lines 4&14 are masked

0140H

Lines 7&9 are masked

4008H

Lines 4&15 are masked

0240H

Lines 7&10 are masked

8008H

Lines 4&16 are masked

0440H

Lines 7&11 are masked

0030H

Lines 5&6 are masked

0840H

Lines 7&12 are masked

0050H

Lines 5&7 are masked

1040H

Lines 7&13 are masked

0090H

Lines 5&8 are masked

2040H

Lines 7&14 are masked

0110H

Lines 5&9 are masked

4040H

Lines 7&15 are masked

Page 4 of 18

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-011

1.5M LIF CLOCK SOURCE SETTING
LINE RELATED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

8040H

Lines 7&16 are masked

4400H

Lines 11&15 are masked

0180H

Lines 8&9 are masked

8400H

Lines 11&16 are masked

1280H

Lines 8&10 are masked

1800H

Lines 12&13 are masked

0480H

Lines 8&11 are masked

2800H

Lines 12&14 are masked

0880H

Lines 8&12 are masked

4800H

Lines 12&15 are masked

1080H

Lines 8&13 are masked

8800H

Lines 12&16 are masked

2080H

Lines 8&14 are masked

3000H

Lines 13&14 are masked

4080H

Lines 8&15 are masked

5000H

Lines 13&15 are masked

8080H

Lines 8&16 are masked

9000H

Lines 13&16 are masked

0300H

Lines 9&10 are masked

6000H

Lines 14&15 are masked

0500H

Lines 9&11 are masked

A000H

Lines 14&16 are masked

0900H

Lines 9&12 are masked

C000H

Lines 15&16 are masked

1100H

Lines 9&13 are masked

0070H

Lines 1,2&3 are masked

2100H

Lines 9&14 are masked

00B0H

Lines 1,2&4 are masked

4100H

Lines 9&15 are masked

0013H

Lines 1,2&5 are masked

8100H

Lines 9&16 are masked

0023H

Lines 1,2&6 are masked

0600H

Lines 10&11 are masked

0043H

Lines 1,2&7 are masked

0A00H

Lines 10&12 are masked

0083H

Lines 1,2&8 are masked

1200H

Lines 10&13 are masked

0103H

Lines 1,2&9 are masked

2200H

Lines 10&14 are masked

0203H

Lines 1,2&10 are masked

4200H

Lines 10&15 are masked

0403H

Lines 1,2&11 are masked

8200H

Lines 10&16 are masked

0803H

Lines 1,2&12 are masked

0C00H

Lines 11&12 are masked

1003H

Lines 1,2&13 are masked

1400H

Lines 11&13 are masked

2003H

Lines 1,2&14 are masked

2400H

Lines 11&14 are masked

4003H

Lines 1,2&15 are masked

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 5 of 18

SPR-011

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

1.5M LIF CLOCK SOURCE SETTING
LINE RELATED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

8003H

Lines 1,2&16 are masked

8009H

Lines 1,4&16 are masked

00D0H

Lines 1,3&4 are masked

0031H

Lines 1,5&6 are masked

0015H

Lines 1,3&5 are masked

0051H

Lines 1,5&7 are masked

0025H

Lines 1,3&6 are masked

0091H

Lines 1,5&8 are masked

0045H

Lines 1,3&7 are masked

0111H

Lines 1,5&9 are masked

0085H

Lines 1,3&8 are masked

0211H

Lines 1,5&10 are masked

0105H

Lines 1,3&9 are masked

0411H

Lines 1,5&11 are masked

0205H

Lines 1,3&10 are masked

0811H

Lines 1,5&12 are masked

0405H

Lines 1,3&11 are masked

1011H

Lines 1,5&13 are masked

0805H

Lines 1,3&12 are masked

2011H

Lines 1,5&14 are masked

1005H

Lines 1,3&13 are masked

4011H

Lines 1,5&15 are masked

2005H

Lines 1,3&14 are masked

8011H

Lines 1,5&16 are masked

4005H

Lines 1,3&15 are masked

0061H

Lines 1,6&7 are masked

8005H

Lines 1,3&16 are masked

00E1H

Lines 1,6&8 are masked

0019H

Lines 1,4&5 are masked

0121H

Lines 1,6&9 are masked

0029H

Lines 1,4&6 are masked

0221H

Lines 1,6&10 are masked

0049H

Lines 1,4&7 are masked

0421H

Lines 1,6&11 are masked

0089H

Lines 1,4&8 are masked

0821H

Lines 1,6&12 are masked

0109H

Lines 1,4&9 are masked

1021H

Lines 1,6&13 are masked

0209H

Lines 1,4&10 are masked

2021H

Lines 1,6&14 are masked

0409H

Lines 1,4&11 are masked

4021H

Lines 1,6&15 are masked

0809H

Lines 1,4&12 are masked

8021H

Lines 1,6&16 are masked

1009H

Lines 1,4&13 are masked

00C1H

Lines 1,7&8 are masked

2009H

Lines 1,4&14 are masked

0141H

Lines 1,7&9 are masked

4009H

Lines 1,4&15 are masked

0241H

Lines 1,7&10 are masked

Page 6 of 18

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-011

1.5M LIF CLOCK SOURCE SETTING
LINE RELATED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

0441H

Lines 1,7&11 are masked

4201H

Lines 1,10&15 are masked

0841H

Lines 1,7&12 are masked

8201H

Lines 1,10&16 are masked

1041H

Lines 1,7&13 are masked

0C01H

Lines 1,11&12 are masked

2041H

Lines 1,7&14 are masked

1401H

Lines 1,11&13 are masked

4041H

Lines 1,7&15 are masked

2401H

Lines 1,11&14 are masked

8041H

Lines 1,7&16 are masked

4401H

Lines 1,11&15 are masked

0181H

Lines 1,8&9 are masked

8401H

Lines 1,11&16 are masked

0281H

Lines 1,8&10 are masked

1801H

Lines 1,12&13 are masked

0481H

Lines 1,8&11 are masked

2801H

Lines 1,12&14 are masked

0881H

Lines 1,8&12 are masked

4801H

Lines 1,12&15 are masked

1081H

Lines 1,8&13 are masked

8801H

Lines 1,12&16 are masked

2081H

Lines 1,8&14 are masked

3001H

Lines 1,13&14 are masked

4081H

Lines 1,8&15 are masked

5001H

Lines 1,13&15 are masked

8081H

Lines 1,8&16 are masked

9001H

Lines 1,13&16 are masked

0301H

Lines 1,9&10 are masked

6001H

Lines 1,14&15 are masked

0501H

Lines 1,9&11 are masked

A001H

Lines 1,14&16 are masked

0901H

Lines 1,9&12 are masked

C001H

Lines 1,15&16 are masked

1101H

Lines 1,9&13 are masked

000FH

Lines 1,2,3&4 are masked

2101H

Lines 1,9&14 are masked

0017H

Lines 1,2,3&5 are masked

4101H

Lines 1,9&15 are masked

0027H

Lines 1,2,3&6 are masked

8101H

Lines 1,9&16 are masked

0047H

Lines 1,2,3&7 are masked

0601H

Lines 1,10&11 are masked

0087H

Lines 1,2,3&8 are masked

0A01H

Lines 1,10&12 are masked

0107H

Lines 1,2,3&9 are masked

1201H

Lines 1,10&13 are masked

0207H

Lines 1,2,3&10 are masked

2201H

Lines 1,10&14 are masked

0407H

Lines 1,2,3&11 are masked

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 7 of 18

SPR-011

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

1.5M LIF CLOCK SOURCE SETTING
LINE RELATED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

0807H

Lines 1,2,3&12 are masked

2013H

Lines 1,2,5&14 are masked

1007H

Lines 1,2,3&13 are masked

4013H

Lines 1,2,5&15 are masked

2007H

Lines 1,2,3&14 are masked

8013H

Lines 1,2,5&16 are masked

4007H

Lines 1,2,3&15 are masked

0063H

Lines 1,2,6&7 are masked

8007H

Lines 1,2,3&16 are masked

00A3H

Lines 1,2,6&8 are masked

001BH

Lines 1,2,4&5 are masked

0123H

Lines 1,2,6&9 are masked

002BH

Lines 1,2,4&6 are masked

0223H

Lines 1,2,6&10 are masked

004BH

Lines 1,2,4&7 are masked

0423H

Lines 1,2,6&11 are masked

008BH

Lines 1,2,4&8 are masked

0823H

Lines 1,2,6&12 are masked

010BH

Lines 1,2,4&9 are masked

1023H

Lines 1,2,6&13 are masked

020BH

Lines 1,2,4&10 are masked

2023H

Lines 1,2,6&14 are masked

040BH

Lines 1,2,4&11 are masked

4023H

Lines 1,2,6&15 are masked

080BH

Lines 1,2,4&12 are masked

8023H

Lines 1,2,6&16 are masked

100BH

Lines 1,2,4&13 are masked

00C3H

Lines 1,2,7&8 are masked

200BH

Lines 1,2,4&14 are masked

0143H

Lines 1,2,7&9 are masked

400BH

Lines 1,2,4&15 are masked

0243H

Lines 1,2,7&10 are masked

800BH

Lines 1,2,4&16 are masked

0183H

Lines 1,2,8&9 are masked

0033H

Lines 1,2,5&6 are masked

0283H

Lines 1,2,8&10 are masked

0053H

Lines 1,2,5&7 are masked

0483H

Lines 1,2,8&11 are masked

0093H

Lines 1,2,5&8 are masked

0883H

Lines 1,2,8&12 are masked

0113H

Lines 1,2,5&9 are masked

1083H

Lines 1,2,8&13 are masked

0213H

Lines 1,2,5&10 are masked

2083H

Lines 1,2,8&14 are masked

0413H

Lines 1,2,5&11 are masked

4083H

Lines 1,2,8&15 are masked

0813H

Lines 1,2,5&12 are masked

8083H

Lines 1,2,8&16 are masked

1013H

Lines 1,2,5&13 are masked

0303H

Lines 1,2,9&10 are masked

Page 8 of 18

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-011

1.5M LIF CLOCK SOURCE SETTING
LINE RELATED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER
0503H

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

Lines 1,2,9&11 are masked

A003H

Lines 1,2,14&16 are masked

0903H

Lines 1,2,9&12 are masked

C003H

Lines 1,2,15&16 are masked

1103H

Lines 1,2,9&13 are masked

001FH

Lines 1,2,3,4&5 are masked

2103H

Lines 1,2,9&14 are masked

002FH

Lines 1,2,3,4&6 are masked

4103H

Lines 1,2,9&15 are masked

004FH

Lines 1,2,3,4&7 are masked

8103H

Lines 1,2,9&16 are masked

008FH

Lines 1,2,3,4&8 are masked

0603H

Lines 1,2,10&11 are masked

010FH

Lines 1,2,3,4&9 are masked

0A03H

Lines 1,2,10&12 are masked

020FH

Lines 1,2,3,4&10 are masked

1203H

Lines 1,2,10&13 are masked

040FH

Lines 1,2,3,4&11 are masked

2203H

Lines 1,2,10&14 are masked

080FH

Lines 1,2,3,4&12 are masked

4203H

Lines 1,2,10&15 are masked

100FH

Lines 1,2,3,4&13 are masked

8203H

Lines 1,2,10&16 are masked

200FH

Lines 1,2,3,4&14 are masked

0C03H

Lines 1,2,11&12 are masked

400FH

Lines 1,2,3,4&15 are masked

1403H

Lines 1,2,11&13 are masked

800FH

Lines 1,2,3,4&16 are masked

2403H

Lines 1,2,11&14 are masked

0037H

Lines 1,2,3,5&6 are masked

4403H

Lines 1,2,11&15 are masked

0057H

Lines 1,2,3,5&7 are masked

8403H

Lines 1,2,11&16 are masked

0097H

Lines 1,2,3,5&8 are masked

1803H

Lines 1,2,12&13 are masked

0117H

Lines 1,2,3,5&9 are masked

2803H

Lines 1,2,12&14 are masked

0217H

Lines 1,2,3,5&10 are masked

4803H

Lines 1,2,12&15 are masked

0417H

Lines 1,2,3,5&11 are masked

8803H

Lines 1,2,12&16 are masked

0817H

Lines 1,2,3,5&12 are masked

3003H

Lines 1,2,13&14 are masked

1017H

Lines 1,2,3,5&13 are masked

5003H

Lines 1,2,13&15 are masked

2017H

Lines 1,2,3,5&14 are masked

9003H

Lines 1,2,13&16 are masked

4017H

Lines 1,2,3,5&15 are masked

6003H

Lines 1,2,14&15 are masked

8017H

Lines 1,2,3,5&16 are masked

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 9 of 18

SPR-011

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

1.5M LIF CLOCK SOURCE SETTING
LINE RELATED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

0067H

Lines 1,2,3,6&7 are masked

4087H

Lines 1,2,3,8&15 are masked

00A7H

Lines 1,2,3,6&8 are masked

8087H

Lines 1,2,3,8&16 are masked

0127H

Lines 1,2,3,6&9 are masked

0307H

Lines 1,2,3,9&10 are masked

0227H

Lines 1,2,3,6&10 are masked

0507H

Lines 1,2,3,9&11 are masked

0427H

Lines 1,2,3,6&11 are masked

0907H

Lines 1,2,3,9&12 are masked

0827H

Lines 1,2,3,6&12 are masked

1107H

Lines 1,2,3,9&13 are masked

1027H

Lines 1,2,3,6&13 are masked

2107H

Lines 1,2,3,9&14 are masked

2027H

Lines 1,2,3,6&14 are masked

4107H

Lines 1,2,3,9&15 are masked

4027H

Lines 1,2,3,6&15 are masked

8107H

Lines 1,2,3,9&16 are masked

8027H

Lines 1,2,3,6&16 are masked

0607H

Lines 1,2,3,10&11 are masked

00C7H

Lines 1,2,3,7&8 are masked

0A07H

Lines 1,2,3,10&12 are masked

0147H

Lines 1,2,3,7&9 are masked

1207H

Lines 1,2,3,10&13 are masked

0247H

Lines 1,2,3,7&10 are masked

2207H

Lines 1,2,3,10&14 are masked

0447H

Lines 1,2,3,7&11 are masked

4207H

Lines 1,2,3,10&15 are masked

0847H

Lines 1,2,3,7&12 are masked

8207H

Lines 1,2,3,10&16 are masked

1047H

Lines 1,2,3,7&13 are masked

0C07H

Lines 1,2,3,11&12 are masked

2047H

Lines 1,2,3,7&14 are masked

1407H

Lines 1,2,3,11&13 are masked

4047H

Lines 1,2,3,7&15 are masked

2407H

Lines 1,2,3,11&14 are masked

8047H

Lines 1,2,3,7&16 are masked

4407H

Lines 1,2,3,11&15 are masked

0187H

Lines 1,2,3,8&9 are masked

8407H

Lines 1,2,3,11&16 are masked

0287H

Lines 1,2,3,8&10 are masked

1807H

Lines 1,2,3,12&13 are masked

0487H

Lines 1,2,3,8&11 are masked

2807H

Lines 1,2,3,12&14 are masked

0887H

Lines 1,2,3,8&12 are masked

4807H

Lines 1,2,3,12&15 are masked

1087H

Lines 1,2,3,8&13 are masked

8807H

Lines 1,2,3,12&16 are masked

2087H

Lines 1,2,3,8&14 are masked

3007H

Lines 1,2,3,13&14 are masked

Page 10 of 18

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-011

1.5M LIF CLOCK SOURCE SETTING
LINE RELATED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

5007H

Lines 1,2,3,13&15 are masked

802FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,6&16 are masked

9007H

Lines 1,2,3,13&16 are masked

00CFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,7&8 are masked

6007H

Lines 1,2,3,14&15 are masked

014FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,7&9 are masked

A007H

Lines 1,2,3,14&16 are masked

024FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,7&10 are masked

C007H

Lines 1,2,3,15&16 are masked

044FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,7&11 are masked

003FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5&6 are masked

084FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,7&12 are masked

005FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5&7 are masked

104FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,7&13 are masked

009FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5&8 are masked

204FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,7&14 are masked

011FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5&9 are masked

404FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,7&15 are masked

021FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5&10 are masked

804FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,7&16 are masked

041FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5&11 are masked

018FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,8&9 are masked

081FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5&12 are masked

028FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,8&10 are masked

101FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5&13 are masked

048FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,8&11 are masked

201FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5&14 are masked

088FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,8&12 are masked

401FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5&15 are masked

108FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,8&13 are masked

801FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5&16 are masked

208FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,8&14 are masked

006FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,6&7 are masked

408FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,8&15 are masked

00AFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,6&8 are masked

808FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,8&16 are masked

012FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,6&9 are masked

030FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,9&10 are masked

022FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,6&10 are masked

050FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,9&11 are masked

042FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,6&11 are masked

090FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,9&12 are masked

082FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,6&12 are masked

110FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,9&13 are masked

102FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,6&13 are masked

210FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,9&14 are masked

202FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,6&14 are masked

410FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,9&15 are masked

402FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,6&15 are masked

810FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,9&16 are masked

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 11 of 18

SPR-011

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

1.5M LIF CLOCK SOURCE SETTING
LINE RELATED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

060FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,10&11 are masked

043FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6&11 are masked

0A0FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,10&12 are masked

083FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6&12 are masked

120FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,10&13 are masked

103FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6&13 are masked

220FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,10&14 are masked

203FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6&14 are masked

420FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,10&15 are masked

403FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6&15 are masked

820FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,10&16 are masked

803FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6&16 are masked

0C0FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,11&12 are masked

00DFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,7&8 are masked

140FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,11&13 are masked

015FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,7&9 are masked

240FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,11&14 are masked

025FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,7&10 are masked

440FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,11&15 are masked

045FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,7&11 are masked

840FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,11&16 are masked

085FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,7&12 are masked

180FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,12&13 are masked

105FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,7&13 are masked

280FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,12&14 are masked

205FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,7&14 are masked

480FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,12&15 are masked

405FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,7&15 are masked

880FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,12&16 are masked

805FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,7&16 are masked

300FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,13&14 are masked

019FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,8&9 are masked

500FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,13&15 are masked

029FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,8&10 are masked

900FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,13&16 are masked

049FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,8&11 are masked

600FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,14&15 are masked

089FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,8&12 are masked

A00FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,14&16 are masked

109FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,8&13 are masked

C00FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,15&16 are masked

209FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,8&14 are masked

007FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6&7 are masked

409FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,8&15 are masked

00BFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6&8 are masked

809FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,8&16 are masked

013FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6&9 are masked

031FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,9&10 are masked

023FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6&10 are masked

051FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,9&11 are masked

Page 12 of 18

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-011

1.5M LIF CLOCK SOURCE SETTING
LINE RELATED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

091FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,9&12 are masked

C01FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,15&16 are masked

111FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,9&13 are masked

00FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7&8 are masked

211FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,9&14 are masked

017FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7&9 are masked

411FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,9&15 are masked

027FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7&10 are masked

811FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,9&16 are masked

047FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7&11 are masked

061FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,10&11 are masked

087FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7&12 are masked

0A1FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,10&12 are masked

107FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7&13 are masked

121FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,10&13 are masked

207FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7&14 are masked

221FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,10&14 are masked

407FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7&15 are masked

421FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,10&15 are masked

807FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7&16 are masked

821FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,10&16 are masked

01BFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,8&9 are masked

0C1FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,11&12 are masked

02BFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,8&10 are masked

141FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,11&13 are masked

04BFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,8&11 are masked

241FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,11&14 are masked

08BFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,8&12 are masked

441FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,11&15 are masked

10BFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,8&13 are masked

841FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,11&16 are masked

20BFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,8&14 are masked

181FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,12&13 are masked

40BFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,8&15 are masked

281FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,12&14 are masked

80BFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,8&16 are masked

481FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,12&15 are masked

033FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,9&10 are masked

881FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,12&16 are masked

053FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,9&11 are masked

301FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,13&14 are masked

093FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,9&12 are masked

501FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,13&15 are masked

113FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,9&13 are masked

901FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,13&16 are masked

213FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,9&14 are masked

601FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,14&15 are masked

413FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,9&15 are masked

A01FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,14&16 are masked

813FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,9&16 are masked

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 13 of 18

SPR-011

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

1.5M LIF CLOCK SOURCE SETTING
LINE RELATED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

063FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,10&11 are masked

10FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8&13 are masked

0A3FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,10&12 are masked

20FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8&14 are masked

123FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,10&13 are masked

40FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8&15 are masked

223FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,10&14 are masked

80FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8&16 are masked

423FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,10&15 are masked

037FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,9&10 are masked

823FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,10&16 are masked

057FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,9&11 are masked

0C3FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,11&12 are masked

097FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,9&12 are masked

143FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,11&13 are masked

117FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,9&13 are masked

243FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,11&14 are masked

067FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,10&11 are masked

443FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,11&15 are masked

0A7FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,10&12 are masked

843FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,11&16 are masked

127FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,10&13 are masked

183FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,12&13 are masked

227FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,10&14 are masked

283FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,12&14 are masked

427FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,10&15 are masked

483FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,12&15 are masked

827FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,10&16 are masked

883FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,12&16 are masked

0C7FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,11&12 are masked

303FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,13&14 are masked

147FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,11&13 are masked

503FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,13&15 are masked

247FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,11&14 are masked

903FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,13&16 are masked

447FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,11&15 are masked

603FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,14&15 are masked

847FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,11&16 are masked

Page 14 of 18

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-011

1.5M LIF CLOCK SOURCE SETTING
LINE RELATED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

187FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,12&13 are masked

81FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9&16 are masked

287FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,12&14 are masked

06FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,10&11 are masked

487FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,12&15 are masked

0CFFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,10&12 are masked

887FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,12&16 are masked

12FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,10&13 are masked

307FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,13&14 are masked

22FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,10&14 are masked

507FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,13&15 are masked

42FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,10&15 are masked

907FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,13&16 are masked

82FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,10&16 are masked

607FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,14&15 are masked

0CFFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,11&12 are masked

A07FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,14&16 are masked

14FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,11&13 are masked

C07FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,15&16 are masked

24FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,11&14 are masked

03FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9&10 are masked

44FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,11&15 are masked

05FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9&11 are masked

84FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,11&16 are masked

09FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9&12 are masked

18FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,12&13 are masked

11FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9&13 are masked

28FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,12&14 are masked

21FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9&14 are masked

48FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,12&15 are masked

41FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9&15 are masked

88FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,12&16 are masked

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 15 of 18

SPR-011

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

1.5M LIF CLOCK SOURCE SETTING
LINE RELATED

SYSTEM
PARAMETE
R

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

SYSTEM
PARAMETE
R

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

30FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,13&14 are masked

85FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,11&16 are masked

50FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,13&15 are masked

19FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,12&13 are masked

90FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,13&16 are masked

29FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,12&14 are masked

60FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,14&15 are masked

49FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,12&15 are masked

A0FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,14&16 are masked

89FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,12&16 are masked

C0FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,15&16 are masked

31FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,13&14 are masked

07FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10&11 are masked

51FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,13&15 are masked

0BFFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10&12 are masked

91FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,13&16 are masked

13FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10&13 are masked

61FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,14&15 are masked

23FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10&14 are masked

A1FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,14&16 are masked

43FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10&15 are masked

C1FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,15&16 are masked

0FFFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11&12 are
masked

17FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11&13 are
masked

27FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11&14 are
masked

47FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11&15 are
masked

87FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11&16 are
masked

83FFH
0DFFH
15FFH
25FFH
45FFH

Page 16 of 18

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10&16 are masked
Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,11&12 are masked
Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,11&13 are masked
Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,11&14 are masked
Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,11&15 are masked

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-011

1.5M LIF CLOCK SOURCE SETTING
LINE RELATED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER
1BFFH
2BFFH
4BFFH
8BFFH
33FFH
53FFH
93FFH
63FFH
A3FFH
C3FFH

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED
Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,12&13 are masked
Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,12&14 are masked
Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,12&15 are masked
Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,12&16 are masked
Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,13&14 are masked
Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,13&15 are masked
Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,13&16 are masked
Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,14&15 are masked
Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,14&16 are masked
Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,15&16 are masked

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

57FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,13&15 are
masked

97FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,13&16 are
masked

67FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,14&15 are
masked

A7FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,14&16 are
masked

C7FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,15&16 are
masked

3FFFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12, 13&14 are
masked

5FFFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12, 13&15 are
masked

9FFFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12, 13&16 are
masked

6FFFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12, 14&15 are
masked

AFFFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12, 14&16 are
masked

1FFFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12&13 are
masked

CFFFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12, 15&16 are
masked

2FFFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12&14 are
masked

7FFFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12, 13, 14&15
are masked

4FFFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12&15 are
masked

BFFFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13, 14&16
are masked

8FFFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12&16 are
masked

DFFFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13, 15&16
are masked

37FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,13&14 are
masked

FFFFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,
14,15&16 are masked

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 17 of 18

SPR-011

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 18 of 18

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-012

1.5M LIF LINE EQUALIZER SETTING
LINE RELATED
SUMMARY:

STEP

Set the physical properties of line.

PROCEDURE
Note: When connecting to a T1 line, set the equalizer value according to the cable distance. In the
case of an NTT line, however, fix the value to “EQL-A” before use. The line equalizer can
be set independently for each line.

Enter the following command.
SSPR__ n1 = x1 __n2 = x2 __ … ni = xi … ↵

ni: System parameter address

40H to 4FH

[1] Line numbers corresponding to the addresses (hexadecimal values) on setting the line equalizer.

ADDRESS

PHYSICAL LINE
NUMBER

ADDRESS

40H

48H

41H

49H

42H

4AH

43H

4BH

44H

4CH

45H

4DH

46H

4EH

47H

4FH

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

PHYSICAL LINE
NUMBER

Page 1 of 2

SPR-012

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

1.5M LIF LINE EQUALIZER SETTING
LINE RELATED

STEP

PROCEDURE
xi :

System parameter values See below:

[2] System parameter values on setting the line equalizer for the addresses 40H to 4FH.
The factory shipment value for the system parameter applicable to all the lines is 00H.

SYSTEM PARAMETER

LINE EQUALIZER

00H

EQL-A (0 to 133 feet)

01H

EQL-B (133 to 267 feet)

02H

EQL-C (267 to 400 feet)

03H

EQL-D (400 to 533 feet)

04H

EQL-E (533 to 655 feet)

Verify that the normal response is displayed with “OK”.
If YES, go to Step 3.
If NO, go to Step 1.

Page 2 of 2

End of procedure.

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-013

RS 422 LIF LINE RATE SETTING
LINE RELATED
SUMMARY:

STEP

Set the rate of communication to and from the connecting conference terminals.
The rate can be set independently for each package of RS 422 LIF (LIF 1 to 4).
However, it must be noted that conference terminals having different rates cannot
be connected to each other, nor can be permitted to participle in the same
conference.

PROCEDURE
Note: The number of ports is set as the number of lines to be accommodated in a piece of RS 422
LIF interface.
Enter the following command.

SSPR__ n1 = x1 __n2 = x2 __ … ni = xi … ↵

ni: System parameter address

30H to 37H

[1] Line interface numbers (LIF1 to 4) of RS 422 LIF corresponding to the addresses
(hexadecimal values) on setting the rate of communication or the number of ports.

ADDRESS

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MEANING

30H

The line rate of LIF1.

32H

The line rate of LIF2.

34H

The line rate of LIF3.

36H

The line rate of LIF4.

31H

The number of ports for LIF1.

33H

The number of ports for LIF2.

35H

The number of ports for LIF3.

37H

The number of ports for LIF4.

Page 1 of 4

SPR-013

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

RS 422 LIF LINE RATE SETTING
LINE RELATED

STEP

PROCEDURE
xi: System parameter values See below:
[1] System parameter values on setting the line rate for each address (30H, 32H, 34H, 36H).
The factory shipment value for the system parameter is 05H.

SYSTEM PARAMETER

LINE RATE

SYSTEM PARAMETER

LINE RATE

20H

56 kb/s

25H

336 kb/s

30H

56 kb/s × 2

05H

384 kb/s

00H

64 kb/s

04H

512 kb/s

10H

64 kb/s × 2

06H

768 kb/s

21H

112 kb/s

09H

1152 kb/s

01H

128 kb/s

07H

1536 kb/s

02H

192 kb/s

08H

1920 kb/s

03H

256 kb/s

-------

15H

384kb/s x 2

-------

35H

336 kb/s x 2

-------

[2] System parameter values on setting the number of ports for each address (31H, 33H,
35H, 37H). The factory shipment value for the system parameter applicable to the
address is 04H. Refer to Tables 1 and 2.

Page 2 of 4

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-013

RS 422 LIF LINE RATE SETTING
LINE RELATED
Table 1: Number of Ports for System Parameter
SYSTEM
PARAMETER

NUMBER OF
PORTS

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

NUMBER OF
PORTS

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

NUMBER OF
PORTS

01H

21H

41H

02H

22H

42H

03H

23H

43H

04H

24H

44H

05H

25H

45H

06H

26H

46H

07H

27H

47H

08H

28H

48H

09H

29H

49H

0AH

2AH

4AH

0BH

2BH

4BH

0CH

2CH

4CH

0DH

2DH

4DH

0EH

2EH

4EH

0FH

2FH

4FH

10H

30H

50H

11H

31H

51H

12H

32H

52H

13H

33H

53H

14H

34H

54H

15H

35H

55H

16H

36H

56H

17H

37H

57H

18H

38H

58H

19H

39H

59H

1AH

3AH

5AH

1BH

3BH

5BH

1CH

3CH

5CH

1DH

3DH

5DH

1EH

3EH

5EH

1FH

3FH

5FH

20H

40H

60H

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 3 of 4

SPR-013

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

RS 422 LIF LINE RATE SETTING
LINE RELATED

STEP

PROCEDURE
Table 2: Maximum Number of Available Ports for Line Rate

LINE RATE

NUMBER OF
PORT (SYSTEM
PARAMETER)

LINE RATE

NUMBER OF
PORT (SYSTEM
PARAMETER)

LINE RATE

NUMBER OF
PORT (SYSTEM
PARAMETER)

T1 (64 kb/s)

96 (60H)

T1 (1152 kb/s)

4 (04H)

T1 (448 kb/s)

12 (0CH)

T1 (128 kb/s)

48 (30H)

T1 (1536 kb/s)

4 (04H)

T1 (672 kb/s)

8 (08H)

T1 (192 kb/s)

32 (20H)

T1 (56 kb/s)

96 (60H)

T1 (1008 kb/s)

4 (04H)

T1 (256 kb/s)

24 (18H)

T1 (112 kb/s)

48 (30H)

T1 (1344 kb/s)

4 (04H)

T1 (384 kb/s)

16 (10H)

T1 (168 kb/s)

32 (20H)

RS422

4 (04H)

T1 (512 kb/s)

12 (0CH)

T1 (224 kb/s)

24 (18H)

RS422 (2×B)

2 (02H)

T1 (768 kb/s)

8 (08H)

T1 (336 kb/s)

16 (10H)

INS

48 (30H)

Valid range of values for system parameter are 00H to FFH.

Verify that the normal response is displayed with “OK”.
If YES, go to Step 3.
If NO, go to Step 1.

Page 4 of 4

End of procedure.

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-014

RS 422 LIF CLOCK SOURCE SETTING
LINE RELATED
SUMMARY:

STEP

Specify the line from which to extract the line clock to be used inside the MCU
5000A. When set to “auto”, the line whose line signal is the first to turn normal
will be specified as the clock source, but it will be replaced by the lowestnumbered line currently in normal operation once the line acting as the clock
source then ceases being normal. When all the terminals are connected via
network, use the MCU 5000A on this setting.

PROCEDURE
Note: If the physical line number is set with any value from “01H” to “10H”, the line will be fixed
as the clock source. In this case, care must be taken because an abnormal state of the line
would lose the clock source and also cause the other lines to lose synchronization. If the MCU
5000A is connected to some terminals directly and to others via network, be sure to use the
line connected via network as the clock source. When set to “internal”, the intra-MCU crystal
oscillator clock will supply the line clock. If MCU 5000A must be connected directly to all
the terminals without going through network, use the MCU 5000A with this “internal” setting
on.

Enter the following command.
SSPR__ n1 = x1 __n2 = x2 __ … ni = xi … ↵

ni: System parameter address

3BH to 3DH

[1] The addresses for setting the clock source and clock mask are as shown in the
following table.

ADDRESS

MEANING

3BH

Clock source setting

3CH

Clock source masking for lines 1 through 8

3DH

Clock source masking for lines 9 through 16

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 18

SPR-014

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

RS 422 LIF CLOCK SOURCE SETTING
LINE RELATED

STEP

PROCEDURE
xi: System parameter values See below:
[1] System parameter values on setting the clock source for the address 3BH.
The factory shipment value for the system parameter is 00H.

SYSTEM PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER

SYSTEM PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER

00H

Automatic (Automatic
selection of line in its
numerical order)

09H

01H

0AH

02H

0BH

03H

0CH

04H

0DH

05H

0EH

06H

0FH

07H

10H

08H

80H

Internal

[2] System parameter values on setting the clock source mask for the addresses 3CH and
3DH. The factory shipment value is 0000H.
Valid only when setting the clock source, with the masked lines being so controlled
as not to function as the clock source.
See tables on the following pages.

Verify that the normal response is displayed with “OK”.
If YES, go to Step 3.
If NO, go to Step 1.

End of procedure.

Page 2 of 18

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-014

RS 422 LIF CLOCK SOURCE SETTING
LINE RELATED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

0000H

No lines masked

0201H

Lines 1&10 are masked

0001H

Line 1 is masked

0401H

Lines 1&11 are masked

0002H

Line 2 is masked

0801H

Lines 1&12 are masked

0004H

Line 3 is masked

1001H

Lines 1&13 are masked

0008H

Line 4 is masked

2001H

Lines 1&14 are masked

0010H

Line 5 is masked

4001H

Lines 1&15 are masked

0020H

Line 6 is masked

8001H

Lines 1&16 are masked

0040H

Line 7 is masked

0006H

Lines 2&3 are masked

0080H

Line 8 is masked

000AH

Lines 2&4 are masked

0100H

Line 9 is masked

0012H

Lines 2&5 are masked

0200H

Line 10 is masked

0022H

Lines 2&6 are masked

0400H

Line 11 is masked

0042H

Lines 2&7 are masked

0800H

Line 12 is masked

0082H

Lines 2&8 are masked

1000H

Line 13 is masked

0102H

Lines 2&9 are masked

2000H

Line 14 is masked

0202H

Lines 2&10 are masked

4000H

Line 15 is masked

0402H

Lines 2&11 are masked

8000H

Line 16 is masked

0802H

Lines 2&12 are masked

0003H

Lines 1&2 are masked

1002H

Lines 2&13 are masked

0005H

Lines 1&3 are masked

2002H

Lines 2&14 are masked

0009H

Lines 1&4 are masked

4002H

Lines 2&15 are masked

0011H

Lines 1&5 are masked

8002H

Lines 2&16 are masked

0021H

Lines 1&6 are masked

000CH

Lines 3&4 are masked

0041H

Lines 1&7 are masked

0014H

Lines 3&5 are masked

0081H

Lines 1&8 are masked

0024H

Lines 3&6 are masked

0101H

Lines 1&9 are masked

0044H

Lines 3&7 are masked

Note: Marking a line as masked omits it from automatic selection if 3B = 00.

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 3 of 18

SPR-014

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

RS 422 LIF CLOCK SOURCE SETTING
LINE RELATED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

0084H

Lines 3&8 are masked

0210H

Lines 5&10 are masked

0104H

Lines 3&9 are masked

0410H

Lines 5&11 are masked

0204H

Lines 3&10 are masked

0810H

Lines 5&12 are masked

0404H

Lines 3&11 are masked

1010H

Lines 5&13 are masked

0804H

Lines 3&12 are masked

2010H

Lines 5&14 are masked

1004H

Lines 3&13 are masked

4010H

Lines 5&15 are masked

2004H

Lines 3&14 are masked

8010H

Lines 5&16 are masked

4004H

Lines 3&15 are masked

0060H

Lines 6&7 are masked

8004H

Lines 3&16 are masked

00A0H

Lines 6&8 are masked

0018H

Lines 4&5 are masked

0120H

Lines 6&9 are masked

0028H

Lines 4&6 are masked

0220H

Lines 6&10 are masked

0048H

Lines 4&7 are masked

0420H

Lines 6&11 are masked

0088H

Lines 4&8 are masked

0820H

Lines 6&12 are masked

0108H

Lines 4&9 are masked

1020H

Lines 6&13 are masked

0208H

Lines 4&10 are masked

2020H

Lines 6&14 are masked

0408H

Lines 4&11 are masked

4020H

Lines 6&15 are masked

0808H

Lines 4&12 are masked

8020H

Lines 6&16 are masked

1008H

Lines 4&13 are masked

00C0H

Lines 7&8 are masked

2008H

Lines 4&14 are masked

0140H

Lines 7&9 are masked

4008H

Lines 4&15 are masked

0240H

Lines 7&10 are masked

8008H

Lines 4&16 are masked

0440H

Lines 7&11 are masked

0030H

Lines 5&6 are masked

0840H

Lines 7&12 are masked

0050H

Lines 5&7 are masked

1040H

Lines 7&13 are masked

0090H

Lines 5&8 are masked

2040H

Lines 7&14 are masked

0110H

Lines 5&9 are masked

4040H

Lines 7&15 are masked

Page 4 of 18

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-014

RS 422 LIF CLOCK SOURCE SETTING
LINE RELATED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

8040H

Lines 7&16 are masked

4400H

Lines 11&15 are masked

0180H

Lines 8&9 are masked

8400H

Lines 11&16 are masked

1280H

Lines 8&10 are masked

1800H

Lines 12&13 are masked

0480H

Lines 8&11 are masked

2800H

Lines 12&14 are masked

0880H

Lines 8&12 are masked

4800H

Lines 12&15 are masked

1080H

Lines 8&13 are masked

8800H

Lines 12&16 are masked

2080H

Lines 8&14 are masked

3000H

Lines 13&14 are masked

4080H

Lines 8&15 are masked

5000H

Lines 13&15 are masked

8080H

Lines 8&16 are masked

9000H

Lines 13&16 are masked

0300H

Lines 9&10 are masked

6000H

Lines 14&15 are masked

0500H

Lines 9&11 are masked

A000H

Lines 14&16 are masked

0900H

Lines 9&12 are masked

C000H

Lines 15&16 are masked

1100H

Lines 9&13 are masked

0070H

Lines 1,2&3 are masked

2100H

Lines 9&14 are masked

00B0H

Lines 1,2&4 are masked

4100H

Lines 9&15 are masked

0013H

Lines 1,2&5 are masked

8100H

Lines 9&16 are masked

0023H

Lines 1,2&6 are masked

0600H

Lines 10&11 are masked

0043H

Lines 1,2&7 are masked

0A00H

Lines 10&12 are masked

0083H

Lines 1,2&8 are masked

1200H

Lines 10&13 are masked

0103H

Lines 1,2&9 are masked

2200H

Lines 10&14 are masked

0203H

Lines 1,2&10 are masked

4200H

Lines 10&15 are masked

0403H

Lines 1,2&11 are masked

8200H

Lines 10&16 are masked

0803H

Lines 1,2&12 are masked

0C00H

Lines 11&12 are masked

1003H

Lines 1,2&13 are masked

1400H

Lines 11&13 are masked

2003H

Lines 1,2&14 are masked

2400H

Lines 11&14 are masked

4003H

Lines 1,2&15 are masked

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 5 of 18

SPR-014

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

RS 422 LIF CLOCK SOURCE SETTING
LINE RELATED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

8003H

Lines 1,2&16 are masked

8009H

Lines 1,4&16 are masked

00D0H

Lines 1,3&4 are masked

0031H

Lines 1,5&6 are masked

0015H

Lines 1,3&5 are masked

0051H

Lines 1,5&7 are masked

0025H

Lines 1,3&6 are masked

0091H

Lines 1,5&8 are masked

0045H

Lines 1,3&7 are masked

0111H

Lines 1,5&9 are masked

0085H

Lines 1,3&8 are masked

0211H

Lines 1,5&10 are masked

0105H

Lines 1,3&9 are masked

0411H

Lines 1,5&11 are masked

0205H

Lines 1,3&10 are masked

0811H

Lines 1,5&12 are masked

0405H

Lines 1,3&11 are masked

1011H

Lines 1,5&13 are masked

0805H

Lines 1,3&12 are masked

2011H

Lines 1,5&14 are masked

1005H

Lines 1,3&13 are masked

4011H

Lines 1,5&15 are masked

2005H

Lines 1,3&14 are masked

8011H

Lines 1,5&16 are masked

4005H

Lines 1,3&15 are masked

0061H

Lines 1,6&7 are masked

8005H

Lines 1,3&16 are masked

00E1H

Lines 1,6&8 are masked

0019H

Lines 1,4&5 are masked

0121H

Lines 1,6&9 are masked

0029H

Lines 1,4&6 are masked

0221H

Lines 1,6&10 are masked

0049H

Lines 1,4&7 are masked

0421H

Lines 1,6&11 are masked

0089H

Lines 1,4&8 are masked

0821H

Lines 1,6&12 are masked

0109H

Lines 1,4&9 are masked

1021H

Lines 1,6&13 are masked

0209H

Lines 1,4&10 are masked

2021H

Lines 1,6&14 are masked

0409H

Lines 1,4&11 are masked

4021H

Lines 1,6&15 are masked

0809H

Lines 1,4&12 are masked

8021H

Lines 1,6&16 are masked

1009H

Lines 1,4&13 are masked

00C1H

Lines 1,7&8 are masked

2009H

Lines 1,4&14 are masked

0141H

Lines 1,7&9 are masked

4009H

Lines 1,4&15 are masked

0241H

Lines 1,7&10 are masked

Page 6 of 18

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-014

RS 422 LIF CLOCK SOURCE SETTING
LINE RELATED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

0441H

Lines 1,7&11 are masked

4201H

Lines 1,10&15 are masked

0841H

Lines 1,7&12 are masked

8201H

Lines 1,10&16 are masked

1041H

Lines 1,7&13 are masked

0C01H

Lines 1,11&12 are masked

2041H

Lines 1,7&14 are masked

1401H

Lines 1,11&13 are masked

4041H

Lines 1,7&15 are masked

2401H

Lines 1,11&14 are masked

8041H

Lines 1,7&16 are masked

4401H

Lines 1,11&15 are masked

0181H

Lines 1,8&9 are masked

8401H

Lines 1,11&16 are masked

0281H

Lines 1,8&10 are masked

1801H

Lines 1,12&13 are masked

0481H

Lines 1,8&11 are masked

2801H

Lines 1,12&14 are masked

0881H

Lines 1,8&12 are masked

4801H

Lines 1,12&15 are masked

1081H

Lines 1,8&13 are masked

8801H

Lines 1,12&16 are masked

2081H

Lines 1,8&14 are masked

3001H

Lines 1,13&14 are masked

4081H

Lines 1,8&15 are masked

5001H

Lines 1,13&15 are masked

8081H

Lines 1,8&16 are masked

9001H

Lines 1,13&16 are masked

0301H

Lines 1,9&10 are masked

6001H

Lines 1,14&15 are masked

0501H

Lines 1,9&11 are masked

A001H

Lines 1,14&16 are masked

0901H

Lines 1,9&12 are masked

C001H

Lines 1,15&16 are masked

1101H

Lines 1,9&13 are masked

000FH

Lines 1,2,3&4 are masked

2101H

Lines 1,9&14 are masked

0017H

Lines 1,2,3&5 are masked

4101H

Lines 1,9&15 are masked

0027H

Lines 1,2,3&6 are masked

8101H

Lines 1,9&16 are masked

0047H

Lines 1,2,3&7 are masked

0601H

Lines 1,10&11 are masked

0087H

Lines 1,2,3&8 are masked

0A01H

Lines 1,10&12 are masked

0107H

Lines 1,2,3&9 are masked

1201H

Lines 1,10&13 are masked

0207H

Lines 1,2,3&10 are masked

2201H

Lines 1,10&14 are masked

0407H

Lines 1,2,3&11 are masked

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 7 of 18

SPR-014

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

RS 422 LIF CLOCK SOURCE SETTING
LINE RELATED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

0807H

Lines 1,2,3&12 are masked

2013H

Lines 1,2,5&14 are masked

1007H

Lines 1,2,3&13 are masked

4013H

Lines 1,2,5&15 are masked

2007H

Lines 1,2,3&14 are masked

8013H

Lines 1,2,5&16 are masked

4007H

Lines 1,2,3&15 are masked

0063H

Lines 1,2,6&7 are masked

8007H

Lines 1,2,3&16 are masked

00A3H

Lines 1,2,6&8 are masked

001BH

Lines 1,2,4&5 are masked

0123H

Lines 1,2,6&9 are masked

002BH

Lines 1,2,4&6 are masked

0223H

Lines 1,2,6&10 are masked

004BH

Lines 1,2,4&7 are masked

0423H

Lines 1,2,6&11 are masked

008BH

Lines 1,2,4&8 are masked

0823H

Lines 1,2,6&12 are masked

010BH

Lines 1,2,4&9 are masked

1023H

Lines 1,2,6&13 are masked

020BH

Lines 1,2,4&10 are masked

2023H

Lines 1,2,6&14 are masked

040BH

Lines 1,2,4&11 are masked

4023H

Lines 1,2,6&15 are masked

080BH

Lines 1,2,4&12 are masked

8023H

Lines 1,2,6&16 are masked

100BH

Lines 1,2,4&13 are masked

00C3H

Lines 1,2,7&8 are masked

200BH

Lines 1,2,4&14 are masked

0143H

Lines 1,2,7&9 are masked

400BH

Lines 1,2,4&15 are masked

0243H

Lines 1,2,7&10 are masked

800BH

Lines 1,2,4&16 are masked

0183H

Lines 1,2,8&9 are masked

0033H

Lines 1,2,5&6 are masked

0283H

Lines 1,2,8&10 are masked

0053H

Lines 1,2,5&7 are masked

0483H

Lines 1,2,8&11 are masked

0093H

Lines 1,2,5&8 are masked

0883H

Lines 1,2,8&12 are masked

0113H

Lines 1,2,5&9 are masked

1083H

Lines 1,2,8&13 are masked

0213H

Lines 1,2,5&10 are masked

2083H

Lines 1,2,8&14 are masked

0413H

Lines 1,2,5&11 are masked

4083H

Lines 1,2,8&15 are masked

0813H

Lines 1,2,5&12 are masked

8083H

Lines 1,2,8&16 are masked

1013H

Lines 1,2,5&13 are masked

0303H

Lines 1,2,9&10 are masked

Page 8 of 18

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-014

RS 422 LIF CLOCK SOURCE SETTING
LINE RELATED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER
0503H

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

Lines 1,2,9&11 are masked

A003H

Lines 1,2,14&16 are masked

0903H

Lines 1,2,9&12 are masked

C003H

Lines 1,2,15&16 are masked

1103H

Lines 1,2,9&13 are masked

001FH

Lines 1,2,3,4&5 are masked

2103H

Lines 1,2,9&14 are masked

002FH

Lines 1,2,3,4&6 are masked

4103H

Lines 1,2,9&15 are masked

004FH

Lines 1,2,3,4&7 are masked

8103H

Lines 1,2,9&16 are masked

008FH

Lines 1,2,3,4&8 are masked

0603H

Lines 1,2,10&11 are masked

010FH

Lines 1,2,3,4&9 are masked

0A03H

Lines 1,2,10&12 are masked

020FH

Lines 1,2,3,4&10 are masked

1203H

Lines 1,2,10&13 are masked

040FH

Lines 1,2,3,4&11 are masked

2203H

Lines 1,2,10&14 are masked

080FH

Lines 1,2,3,4&12 are masked

4203H

Lines 1,2,10&15 are masked

100FH

Lines 1,2,3,4&13 are masked

8203H

Lines 1,2,10&16 are masked

200FH

Lines 1,2,3,4&14 are masked

0C03H

Lines 1,2,11&12 are masked

400FH

Lines 1,2,3,4&15 are masked

1403H

Lines 1,2,11&13 are masked

800FH

Lines 1,2,3,4&16 are masked

2403H

Lines 1,2,11&14 are masked

0037H

Lines 1,2,3,5&6 are masked

4403H

Lines 1,2,11&15 are masked

0057H

Lines 1,2,3,5&7 are masked

8403H

Lines 1,2,11&16 are masked

0097H

Lines 1,2,3,5&8 are masked

1803H

Lines 1,2,12&13 are masked

0117H

Lines 1,2,3,5&9 are masked

2803H

Lines 1,2,12&14 are masked

0217H

Lines 1,2,3,5&10 are masked

4803H

Lines 1,2,12&15 are masked

0417H

Lines 1,2,3,5&11 are masked

8803H

Lines 1,2,12&16 are masked

0817H

Lines 1,2,3,5&12 are masked

3003H

Lines 1,2,13&14 are masked

1017H

Lines 1,2,3,5&13 are masked

5003H

Lines 1,2,13&15 are masked

2017H

Lines 1,2,3,5&14 are masked

9003H

Lines 1,2,13&16 are masked

4017H

Lines 1,2,3,5&15 are masked

6003H

Lines 1,2,14&15 are masked

8017H

Lines 1,2,3,5&16 are masked

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 9 of 18

SPR-014

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

RS 422 LIF CLOCK SOURCE SETTING
LINE RELATED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

0067H

Lines 1,2,3,6&7 are masked

4087H

Lines 1,2,3,8&15 are masked

00A7H

Lines 1,2,3,6&8 are masked

8087H

Lines 1,2,3,8&16 are masked

0127H

Lines 1,2,3,6&9 are masked

0307H

Lines 1,2,3,9&10 are masked

0227H

Lines 1,2,3,6&10 are masked

0507H

Lines 1,2,3,9&11 are masked

0427H

Lines 1,2,3,6&11 are masked

0907H

Lines 1,2,3,9&12 are masked

0827H

Lines 1,2,3,6&12 are masked

1107H

Lines 1,2,3,9&13 are masked

1027H

Lines 1,2,3,6&13 are masked

2107H

Lines 1,2,3,9&14 are masked

2027H

Lines 1,2,3,6&14 are masked

4107H

Lines 1,2,3,9&15 are masked

4027H

Lines 1,2,3,6&15 are masked

8107H

Lines 1,2,3,9&16 are masked

8027H

Lines 1,2,3,6&16 are masked

0607H

Lines 1,2,3,10&11 are masked

00C7H

Lines 1,2,3,7&8 are masked

0A07H

Lines 1,2,3,10&12 are masked

0147H

Lines 1,2,3,7&9 are masked

1207H

Lines 1,2,3,10&13 are masked

0247H

Lines 1,2,3,7&10 are masked

2207H

Lines 1,2,3,10&14 are masked

0447H

Lines 1,2,3,7&11 are masked

4207H

Lines 1,2,3,10&15 are masked

0847H

Lines 1,2,3,7&12 are masked

8207H

Lines 1,2,3,10&16 are masked

1047H

Lines 1,2,3,7&13 are masked

0C07H

Lines 1,2,3,11&12 are masked

2047H

Lines 1,2,3,7&14 are masked

1407H

Lines 1,2,3,11&13 are masked

4047H

Lines 1,2,3,7&15 are masked

2407H

Lines 1,2,3,11&14 are masked

8047H

Lines 1,2,3,7&16 are masked

4407H

Lines 1,2,3,11&15 are masked

0187H

Lines 1,2,3,8&9 are masked

8407H

Lines 1,2,3,11&16 are masked

0287H

Lines 1,2,3,8&10 are masked

1807H

Lines 1,2,3,12&13 are masked

0487H

Lines 1,2,3,8&11 are masked

2807H

Lines 1,2,3,12&14 are masked

0887H

Lines 1,2,3,8&12 are masked

4807H

Lines 1,2,3,12&15 are masked

1087H

Lines 1,2,3,8&13 are masked

8807H

Lines 1,2,3,12&16 are masked

2087H

Lines 1,2,3,8&14 are masked

3007H

Lines 1,2,3,13&14 are masked

Page 10 of 18

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-014

RS 422 LIF CLOCK SOURCE SETTING
LINE RELATED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

5007H

Lines 1,2,3,13&15 are masked

802FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,6&16 are masked

9007H

Lines 1,2,3,13&16 are masked

00CFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,7&8 are masked

6007H

Lines 1,2,3,14&15 are masked

014FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,7&9 are masked

A007H

Lines 1,2,3,14&16 are masked

024FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,7&10 are masked

C007H

Lines 1,2,3,15&16 are masked

044FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,7&11 are masked

003FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5&6 are masked

084FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,7&12 are masked

005FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5&7 are masked

104FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,7&13 are masked

009FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5&8 are masked

204FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,7&14 are masked

011FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5&9 are masked

404FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,7&15 are masked

021FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5&10 are masked

804FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,7&16 are masked

041FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5&11 are masked

018FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,8&9 are masked

081FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5&12 are masked

028FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,8&10 are masked

101FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5&13 are masked

048FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,8&11 are masked

201FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5&14 are masked

088FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,8&12 are masked

401FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5&15 are masked

108FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,8&13 are masked

801FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5&16 are masked

208FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,8&14 are masked

006FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,6&7 are masked

408FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,8&15 are masked

00AFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,6&8 are masked

808FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,8&16 are masked

012FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,6&9 are masked

030FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,9&10 are masked

022FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,6&10 are masked

050FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,9&11 are masked

042FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,6&11 are masked

090FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,9&12 are masked

082FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,6&12 are masked

110FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,9&13 are masked

102FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,6&13 are masked

210FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,9&14 are masked

202FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,6&14 are masked

410FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,9&15 are masked

402FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,6&15 are masked

810FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,9&16 are masked

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 11 of 18

SPR-014

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

RS 422 LIF CLOCK SOURCE SETTING
LINE RELATED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

060FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,10&11 are masked

043FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6&11 are masked

0A0FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,10&12 are masked

083FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6&12 are masked

120FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,10&13 are masked

103FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6&13 are masked

220FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,10&14 are masked

203FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6&14 are masked

420FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,10&15 are masked

403FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6&15 are masked

820FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,10&16 are masked

803FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6&16 are masked

0C0FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,11&12 are masked

00DFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,7&8 are masked

140FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,11&13 are masked

015FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,7&9 are masked

240FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,11&14 are masked

025FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,7&10 are masked

440FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,11&15 are masked

045FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,7&11 are masked

840FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,11&16 are masked

085FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,7&12 are masked

180FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,12&13 are masked

105FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,7&13 are masked

280FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,12&14 are masked

205FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,7&14 are masked

480FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,12&15 are masked

405FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,7&15 are masked

880FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,12&16 are masked

805FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,7&16 are masked

300FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,13&14 are masked

019FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,8&9 are masked

500FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,13&15 are masked

029FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,8&10 are masked

900FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,13&16 are masked

049FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,8&11 are masked

600FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,14&15 are masked

089FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,8&12 are masked

A00FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,14&16 are masked

109FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,8&13 are masked

C00FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,15&16 are masked

209FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,8&14 are masked

007FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6&7 are masked

409FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,8&15 are masked

00BFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6&8 are masked

809FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,8&16 are masked

013FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6&9 are masked

031FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,9&10 are masked

023FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6&10 are masked

051FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,9&11 are masked

Page 12 of 18

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-014

RS 422 LIF CLOCK SOURCE SETTING
LINE RELATED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

091FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,9&12 are masked

C01FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,15&16 are masked

111FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,9&13 are masked

00FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7&8 are masked

211FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,9&14 are masked

017FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7&9 are masked

411FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,9&15 are masked

027FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7&10 are masked

811FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,9&16 are masked

047FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7&11 are masked

061FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,10&11 are masked

087FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7&12 are masked

0A1FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,10&12 are masked

107FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7&13 are masked

121FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,10&13 are masked

207FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7&14 are masked

221FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,10&14 are masked

407FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7&15 are masked

421FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,10&15 are masked

807FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7&16 are masked

821FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,10&16 are masked

01BFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,8&9 are masked

0C1FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,11&12 are masked

02BFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,8&10 are masked

141FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,11&13 are masked

04BFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,8&11 are masked

241FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,11&14 are masked

08BFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,8&12 are masked

441FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,11&15 are masked

10BFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,8&13 are masked

841FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,11&16 are masked

20BFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,8&14 are masked

181FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,12&13 are masked

40BFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,8&15 are masked

281FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,12&14 are masked

80BFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,8&16 are masked

481FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,12&15 are masked

033FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,9&10 are masked

881FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,12&16 are masked

053FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,9&11 are masked

301FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,13&14 are masked

093FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,9&12 are masked

501FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,13&15 are masked

113FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,9&13 are masked

901FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,13&16 are masked

213FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,9&14 are masked

601FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,14&15 are masked

413FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,9&15 are masked

A01FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,14&16 are masked

813FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,9&16 are masked

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 13 of 18

SPR-014

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

RS 422 LIF CLOCK SOURCE SETTING
LINE RELATED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

063FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,10&11 are masked

10FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8&13 are masked

0A3FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,10&12 are masked

20FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8&14 are masked

123FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,10&13 are masked

40FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8&15 are masked

223FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,10&14 are masked

80FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8&16 are masked

423FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,10&15 are masked

037FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,9&10 are masked

823FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,10&16 are masked

057FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,9&11 are masked

0C3FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,11&12 are masked

097FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,9&12 are masked

143FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,11&13 are masked

117FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,9&13 are masked

243FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,11&14 are masked

067FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,10&11 are masked

443FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,11&15 are masked

0A7FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,10&12 are masked

843FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,11&16 are masked

127FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,10&13 are masked

183FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,12&13 are masked

227FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,10&14 are masked

283FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,12&14 are masked

427FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,10&15 are masked

483FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,12&15 are masked

827FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,10&16 are masked

883FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,12&16 are masked

0C7FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,11&12 are masked

303FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,13&14 are masked

147FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,11&13 are masked

503FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,13&15 are masked

247FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,11&14 are masked

903FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,13&16 are masked

447FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,11&15 are masked

603FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,14&15 are masked

847FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,11&16 are masked

Page 14 of 18

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-014

RS 422 LIF CLOCK SOURCE SETTING
LINE RELATED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

187FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,12&13 are masked

81FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9&16 are masked

287FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,12&14 are masked

06FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,10&11 are masked

487FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,12&15 are masked

0CFFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,10&12 are masked

887FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,12&16 are masked

12FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,10&13 are masked

307FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,13&14 are masked

22FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,10&14 are masked

507FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,13&15 are masked

42FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,10&15 are masked

907FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,13&16 are masked

82FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,10&16 are masked

607FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,14&15 are masked

0CFFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,11&12 are masked

A07FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,14&16 are masked

14FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,11&13 are masked

C07FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,15&16 are masked

24FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,11&14 are masked

03FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9&10 are masked

44FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,11&15 are masked

05FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9&11 are masked

84FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,11&16 are masked

09FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9&12 are masked

18FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,12&13 are masked

11FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9&13 are masked

28FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,12&14 are masked

21FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9&14 are masked

48FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,12&15 are masked

41FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9&15 are masked

88FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,12&16 are masked

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 15 of 18

SPR-014

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

RS 422 LIF CLOCK SOURCE SETTING
LINE RELATED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

30FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,13&14 are masked

85FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,11&16 are masked

50FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,13&15 are masked

19FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,12&13 are masked

90FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,13&16 are masked

29FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,12&14 are masked

60FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,14&15 are masked

49FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,12&15 are masked

A0FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,14&16 are masked

89FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,12&16 are masked

C0FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,15&16 are masked

31FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,13&14 are masked

07FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10&11 are masked

51FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,13&15 are masked

0BFFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10&12 are masked

91FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,13&16 are masked

13FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10&13 are masked

61FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,14&15 are masked

23FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10&14 are masked

A1FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,14&16 are masked

43FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10&15 are masked

C1FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,15&16 are masked

0FFFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11&12 are
masked

17FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11&13 are
masked

27FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11&14 are
masked

47FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11&15 are
masked

87FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11&16 are
masked

83FFH
0DFFH
15FFH
25FFH
45FFH

Page 16 of 18

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-014

RS 422 LIF CLOCK SOURCE SETTING
LINE RELATED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER
1BFFH
2BFFH
4BFFH
8BFFH
33FFH
53FFH
93FFH
63FFH
A3FFH
C3FFH

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

57FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,13&15 are
masked

97FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,13&16 are
masked

67FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,14&15 are
masked

A7FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,14&16 are
masked

C7FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,15&16 are
masked

3FFFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12, 13&14 are
masked

5FFFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12, 13&15 are
masked

9FFFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12, 13&16 are
masked

6FFFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12, 14&15 are
masked

AFFFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12, 14&16 are
masked

1FFFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12&13 are
masked

CFFFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12, 15&16 are
masked

2FFFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12&14 are
masked

7FFFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12, 13, 14&15
are masked

4FFFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12&15 are
masked

BFFFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13, 14&16
are masked

8FFFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12&16 are
masked

DFFFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13, 15&16
are masked

37FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,13&14 are
masked

FFFFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,
14,15&16 are masked

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 17 of 18

SPR-014

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 18 of 18

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-015

H0-INF LIF LINE RATE SETTING
LINE RELATED
SUMMARY:

STEP
1

Set a per-channel communication rate for the communication channels for the H0
lines to and from the connecting conference terminals. Also set the number of
conference terminals (in terms of ports) to be accommodated.

PROCEDURE
Enter the following command.
SSPR__ n1 = x1 __n2 = x2 __ … ni = xi … ↵

ni: System parameter address

30H to 37H

[1] Addresses (hexadecimal values) on setting H0-INF LIF line rate.

ADDRESS

MEANING

30H

The line rate of LIF1

32H

The line rate of LIF2

34H

The line rate of LIF3

36H

The line rate of LIF4

31H

The number of ports for LIF1

33H

The number of ports for LIF2

35H

The number of ports for LIF3

37H

The number of ports for LIF4

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 4

SPR-015

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

H0-INF LIF LINE RATE SETTING
LINE RELATED

STEP

PROCEDURE
xi: System parameter value
[1]

See below:

System parameter values on setting the line rate for each address (30H, 32H, 34H, 36H).
The factory shipment value is 05H.

SYSTEM PARAMETER

LINE RATE

20H

56 kb/s

30H

56 kb/s×2

00H

64 kb/s

10H

64 kb/s×2

25H

336 kb/s

05H

384 kb/s

15H

384 kb/s x 2

35H

336 kb/s x 2

[2] System parameter values on setting the number of ports for each address (31H, 33H, 35H, 37H).
The factory shipment value is 10H. Refer to Tables 1 and 2.

Page 2 of 4

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-015

H0-INF LIF LINE RATE SETTING
LINE RELATED
Table 1: Number of Ports For System Parameter
SYSTEM
PARAMETER

NUMBER OF
PORTS

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

NUMBER OF
PORTS

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

NUMBER OF
PORTS

01H

21H

41H

02H

22H

42H

03H

23H

43H

04H

24H

44H

05H

25H

45H

06H

26H

46H

07H

27H

47H

08H

28H

48H

09H

29H

49H

0AH

2AH

4AH

0BH

2BH

4BH

0CH

2CH

4CH

0DH

2DH

4DH

0EH

2EH

4EH

0FH

2FH

4FH

10H

30H

50H

11H

31H

51H

12H

32H

52H

13H

33H

53H

14H

34H

54H

15H

35H

55H

16H

36H

56H

17H

37H

57H

18H

38H

58H

19H

39H

59H

1AH

3AH

5AH

1BH

3BH

5BH

1CH

3CH

5CH

1DH

3DH

5DH

1EH

3EH

5EH

1FH

3FH

5FH

20H

40H

60H

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 3 of 4

SPR-015

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

H0-INF LIF LINE RATE SETTING
LINE RELATED
STEP

PROCEDURE

LINE RATE

NUMBER OF
PORT (SYSTEM
PARAMETER)

LINE RATE

NUMBER OF
PORT (SYSTEM
PARAMETER)

LINE RATE

NUMBER OF
PORT (SYSTEM
PARAMETER)

T1 (64 kb/s)

96 (60H)

T1 (1152 kb/s)

4 (04H)

T1 (448 kb/s)

12 (0CH)

T1 (128 kb/s)

48 (30H)

T1 (1536 kb/s)

4 (04H)

T1 (672 kb/s)

8 (08H)

T1 (192 kb/s)

32 (20H)

T1 (56 kb/s)

96 (60H)

T1 (1008 kb/s)

4 (04H)

T1 (256 kb/s)

24 (18H)

T1 (112 kb/s)

48 (30H)

T1 (1344 kb/s)

4 (04H)

T1 (384 kb/s)

16 (10H)

T1 (168 kb/s)

32 (20H)

RS422

4 (04H)

T1 (512 kb/s)

12 (0CH)

T1 (224 kb/s)

24 (18H)

RS422 (2×B)

2 (02H)

T1 (768 kb/s)

8 (08H)

T1 (336 kb/s)

16 (10H)

INS

48 (30H)

Valid range of values for system parameter are 00H to FFH.

Verify that the normal response is displayed with “OK”.
If YES, go to Step 3.
If NO, go to Step 1.

End of procedure.

Page 4 of 4

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-016

H0-INF LIF CLOCK SOURCE SETTING
LINE RELATED
SUMMARY:

STEP

PROCEDURE
Note: If the physical line number is set with any value from “01H” to “10H”, the line will be fixed
as the clock source. In this case, care must be taken because an abnormal state of the line
would lose the clock source and also cause the other lines to lose synchronization. If the MCU
5000A is connected to some terminals directly and to others via network, be sure to use the
line connected via network as the clock source. When set to “internal”, the intra-MCU crystal
oscillator clock will supply the line clock. If MCU 5000A must be connected directly to all
the terminals without going through network, use the MCU 5000A with this “internal” setting
on.

Enter the following command.
SSPR__ n1 = x1 __n2 = x2 __ … ni = xi … ↵

ni: System parameter address

3BH to 3DH

The addresses for setting the clock source and clock mask are as shown in the following table.

ADDRESS

MEANING

3BH

Clock source setting

3CH

Clock source masking for lines 1 through 8

3DH

Clock source masking for lines 9 through 16

xi: System parameter values

See below:

[1] System parameter values on setting the clock source for the address 3BH. The
factory shipment value for the system parameter is 00H.

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 18

SPR-016

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

H0-INF LIF CLOCK SOURCE SETTING
LINE RELATED
STEP

PROCEDURE

SYSTEM PARAMETER
00H

[2]

CLOCK SOURCE
(CH)
Automatic (automatic
selection of line in its
numerical order)

SYSTEM PARAMETER

CLOCK SOURCE
(CH)

09H

01H

0AH

02H

0BH

03H

0CH

04H

0DH

05H

0EH

06H

0FH

07H

10H

08H

80H

N/A

System parameter values on setting the clock source mask for the addresses 3CH and
3DH. The factory shipment value is 0000H.
Valid only when setting the clock source, with the masked lines being so controlled as not
to function as the clock source.

See tables on the following pages.

Verify that the normal response is displayed with “OK”.
If YES, go to Step 3.
If NO, go to Step 1.

End of procedure.

Page 2 of 18

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-016

H0-INF LIF CLOCK SOURCE SETTING
LINE RELATED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

0000H

No lines masked

0201H

Lines 1&10 are masked

0001H

Line 1 is masked

0401H

Lines 1&11 are masked

0002H

Line 2 is masked

0801H

Lines 1&12 are masked

0004H

Line 3 is masked

1001H

Lines 1&13 are masked

0008H

Line 4 is masked

2001H

Lines 1&14 are masked

0010H

Line 5 is masked

4001H

Lines 1&15 are masked

0020H

Line 6 is masked

8001H

Lines 1&16 are masked

0040H

Line 7 is masked

0006H

Lines 2&3 are masked

0080H

Line 8 is masked

000AH

Lines 2&4 are masked

0100H

Line 9 is masked

0012H

Lines 2&5 are masked

0200H

Line 10 is masked

0022H

Lines 2&6 are masked

0400H

Line 11 is masked

0042H

Lines 2&7 are masked

0800H

Line 12 is masked

0082H

Lines 2&8 are masked

1000H

Line 13 is masked

0102H

Lines 2&9 are masked

2000H

Line 14 is masked

0202H

Lines 2&10 are masked

4000H

Line 15 is masked

0402H

Lines 2&11 are masked

8000H

Line 16 is masked

0802H

Lines 2&12 are masked

0003H

Lines 1&2 are masked

1002H

Lines 2&13 are masked

0005H

Lines 1&3 are masked

2002H

Lines 2&14 are masked

0009H

Lines 1&4 are masked

4002H

Lines 2&15 are masked

0011H

Lines 1&5 are masked

8002H

Lines 2&16 are masked

0021H

Lines 1&6 are masked

000CH

Lines 3&4 are masked

0041H

Lines 1&7 are masked

0014H

Lines 3&5 are masked

0081H

Lines 1&8 are masked

0024H

Lines 3&6 are masked

0101H

Lines 1&9 are masked

0044H

Lines 3&7 are masked

Note: Marking a line as masked omits it from automatic selection if 3B = 00

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 3 of 18

SPR-016

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

H0-INF LIF CLOCK SOURCE SETTING
LINE RELATED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

0084H

Lines 3&8 are masked

0210H

Lines 5&10 are masked

0104H

Lines 3&9 are masked

0410H

Lines 5&11 are masked

0204H

Lines 3&10 are masked

0810H

Lines 5&12 are masked

0404H

Lines 3&11 are masked

1010H

Lines 5&13 are masked

0804H

Lines 3&12 are masked

2010H

Lines 5&14 are masked

1004H

Lines 3&13 are masked

4010H

Lines 5&15 are masked

2004H

Lines 3&14 are masked

8010H

Lines 5&16 are masked

4004H

Lines 3&15 are masked

0060H

Lines 6&7 are masked

8004H

Lines 3&16 are masked

00A0H

Lines 6&8 are masked

0018H

Lines 4&5 are masked

0120H

Lines 6&9 are masked

0028H

Lines 4&6 are masked

0220H

Lines 6&10 are masked

0048H

Lines 4&7 are masked

0420H

Lines 6&11 are masked

0088H

Lines 4&8 are masked

0820H

Lines 6&12 are masked

0108H

Lines 4&9 are masked

1020H

Lines 6&13 are masked

0208H

Lines 4&10 are masked

2020H

Lines 6&14 are masked

0408H

Lines 4&11 are masked

4020H

Lines 6&15 are masked

0808H

Lines 4&12 are masked

8020H

Lines 6&16 are masked

1008H

Lines 4&13 are masked

00C0H

Lines 7&8 are masked

2008H

Lines 4&14 are masked

0140H

Lines 7&9 are masked

4008H

Lines 4&15 are masked

0240H

Lines 7&10 are masked

8008H

Lines 4&16 are masked

0440H

Lines 7&11 are masked

0030H

Lines 5&6 are masked

0840H

Lines 7&12 are masked

0050H

Lines 5&7 are masked

1040H

Lines 7&13 are masked

0090H

Lines 5&8 are masked

2040H

Lines 7&14 are masked

0110H

Lines 5&9 are masked

4040H

Lines 7&15 are masked

Page 4 of 18

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-016

H0-INF LIF CLOCK SOURCE SETTING
LINE RELATED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

8040H

Lines 7&16 are masked

4400H

Lines 11&15 are masked

0180H

Lines 8&9 are masked

8400H

Lines 11&16 are masked

1280H

Lines 8&10 are masked

1800H

Lines 12&13 are masked

0480H

Lines 8&11 are masked

2800H

Lines 12&14 are masked

0880H

Lines 8&12 are masked

4800H

Lines 12&15 are masked

1080H

Lines 8&13 are masked

8800H

Lines 12&16 are masked

2080H

Lines 8&14 are masked

3000H

Lines 13&14 are masked

4080H

Lines 8&15 are masked

5000H

Lines 13&15 are masked

8080H

Lines 8&16 are masked

9000H

Lines 13&16 are masked

0300H

Lines 9&10 are masked

6000H

Lines 14&15 are masked

0500H

Lines 9&11 are masked

A000H

Lines 14&16 are masked

0900H

Lines 9&12 are masked

C000H

Lines 15&16 are masked

1100H

Lines 9&13 are masked

0070H

Lines 1,2&3 are masked

2100H

Lines 9&14 are masked

00B0H

Lines 1,2&4 are masked

4100H

Lines 9&15 are masked

0013H

Lines 1,2&5 are masked

8100H

Lines 9&16 are masked

0023H

Lines 1,2&6 are masked

0600H

Lines 10&11 are masked

0043H

Lines 1,2&7 are masked

0A00H

Lines 10&12 are masked

0083H

Lines 1,2&8 are masked

1200H

Lines 10&13 are masked

0103H

Lines 1,2&9 are masked

2200H

Lines 10&14 are masked

0203H

Lines 1,2&10 are masked

4200H

Lines 10&15 are masked

0403H

Lines 1,2&11 are masked

8200H

Lines 10&16 are masked

0803H

Lines 1,2&12 are masked

0C00H

Lines 11&12 are masked

1003H

Lines 1,2&13 are masked

1400H

Lines 11&13 are masked

2003H

Lines 1,2&14 are masked

2400H

Lines 11&14 are masked

4003H

Lines 1,2&15 are masked

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 5 of 18

SPR-016

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

H0-INF LIF CLOCK SOURCE SETTING
LINE RELATED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

8003H

Lines 1,2&16 are masked

8009H

Lines 1,4&16 are masked

00D0H

Lines 1,3&4 are masked

0031H

Lines 1,5&6 are masked

0015H

Lines 1,3&5 are masked

0051H

Lines 1,5&7 are masked

0025H

Lines 1,3&6 are masked

0091H

Lines 1,5&8 are masked

0045H

Lines 1,3&7 are masked

0111H

Lines 1,5&9 are masked

0085H

Lines 1,3&8 are masked

0211H

Lines 1,5&10 are masked

0105H

Lines 1,3&9 are masked

0411H

Lines 1,5&11 are masked

0205H

Lines 1,3&10 are masked

0811H

Lines 1,5&12 are masked

0405H

Lines 1,3&11 are masked

1011H

Lines 1,5&13 are masked

0805H

Lines 1,3&12 are masked

2011H

Lines 1,5&14 are masked

1005H

Lines 1,3&13 are masked

4011H

Lines 1,5&15 are masked

2005H

Lines 1,3&14 are masked

8011H

Lines 1,5&16 are masked

4005H

Lines 1,3&15 are masked

0061H

Lines 1,6&7 are masked

8005H

Lines 1,3&16 are masked

00E1H

Lines 1,6&8 are masked

0019H

Lines 1,4&5 are masked

0121H

Lines 1,6&9 are masked

0029H

Lines 1,4&6 are masked

0221H

Lines 1,6&10 are masked

0049H

Lines 1,4&7 are masked

0421H

Lines 1,6&11 are masked

0089H

Lines 1,4&8 are masked

0821H

Lines 1,6&12 are masked

0109H

Lines 1,4&9 are masked

1021H

Lines 1,6&13 are masked

0209H

Lines 1,4&10 are masked

2021H

Lines 1,6&14 are masked

0409H

Lines 1,4&11 are masked

4021H

Lines 1,6&15 are masked

0809H

Lines 1,4&12 are masked

8021H

Lines 1,6&16 are masked

1009H

Lines 1,4&13 are masked

00C1H

Lines 1,7&8 are masked

2009H

Lines 1,4&14 are masked

0141H

Lines 1,7&9 are masked

4009H

Lines 1,4&15 are masked

0241H

Lines 1,7&10 are masked

Page 6 of 18

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-016

H0-INF LIF CLOCK SOURCE SETTING
LINE RELATED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

0441H

Lines 1,7&11 are masked

4201H

Lines 1,10&15 are masked

0841H

Lines 1,7&12 are masked

8201H

Lines 1,10&16 are masked

1041H

Lines 1,7&13 are masked

0C01H

Lines 1,11&12 are masked

2041H

Lines 1,7&14 are masked

1401H

Lines 1,11&13 are masked

4041H

Lines 1,7&15 are masked

2401H

Lines 1,11&14 are masked

8041H

Lines 1,7&16 are masked

4401H

Lines 1,11&15 are masked

0181H

Lines 1,8&9 are masked

8401H

Lines 1,11&16 are masked

0281H

Lines 1,8&10 are masked

1801H

Lines 1,12&13 are masked

0481H

Lines 1,8&11 are masked

2801H

Lines 1,12&14 are masked

0881H

Lines 1,8&12 are masked

4801H

Lines 1,12&15 are masked

1081H

Lines 1,8&13 are masked

8801H

Lines 1,12&16 are masked

2081H

Lines 1,8&14 are masked

3001H

Lines 1,13&14 are masked

4081H

Lines 1,8&15 are masked

5001H

Lines 1,13&15 are masked

8081H

Lines 1,8&16 are masked

9001H

Lines 1,13&16 are masked

0301H

Lines 1,9&10 are masked

6001H

Lines 1,14&15 are masked

0501H

Lines 1,9&11 are masked

A001H

Lines 1,14&16 are masked

0901H

Lines 1,9&12 are masked

C001H

Lines 1,15&16 are masked

1101H

Lines 1,9&13 are masked

000FH

Lines 1,2,3&4 are masked

2101H

Lines 1,9&14 are masked

0017H

Lines 1,2,3&5 are masked

4101H

Lines 1,9&15 are masked

0027H

Lines 1,2,3&6 are masked

8101H

Lines 1,9&16 are masked

0047H

Lines 1,2,3&7 are masked

0601H

Lines 1,10&11 are masked

0087H

Lines 1,2,3&8 are masked

0A01H

Lines 1,10&12 are masked

0107H

Lines 1,2,3&9 are masked

1201H

Lines 1,10&13 are masked

0207H

Lines 1,2,3&10 are masked

2201H

Lines 1,10&14 are masked

0407H

Lines 1,2,3&11 are masked

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 7 of 18

SPR-016

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

H0-INF LIF CLOCK SOURCE SETTING
LINE RELATED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

0807H

Lines 1,2,3&12 are masked

2013H

Lines 1,2,5&14 are masked

1007H

Lines 1,2,3&13 are masked

4013H

Lines 1,2,5&15 are masked

2007H

Lines 1,2,3&14 are masked

8013H

Lines 1,2,5&16 are masked

4007H

Lines 1,2,3&15 are masked

0063H

Lines 1,2,6&7 are masked

8007H

Lines 1,2,3&16 are masked

00A3H

Lines 1,2,6&8 are masked

001BH

Lines 1,2,4&5 are masked

0123H

Lines 1,2,6&9 are masked

002BH

Lines 1,2,4&6 are masked

0223H

Lines 1,2,6&10 are masked

004BH

Lines 1,2,4&7 are masked

0423H

Lines 1,2,6&11 are masked

008BH

Lines 1,2,4&8 are masked

0823H

Lines 1,2,6&12 are masked

010BH

Lines 1,2,4&9 are masked

1023H

Lines 1,2,6&13 are masked

020BH

Lines 1,2,4&10 are masked

2023H

Lines 1,2,6&14 are masked

040BH

Lines 1,2,4&11 are masked

4023H

Lines 1,2,6&15 are masked

080BH

Lines 1,2,4&12 are masked

8023H

Lines 1,2,6&16 are masked

100BH

Lines 1,2,4&13 are masked

00C3H

Lines 1,2,7&8 are masked

200BH

Lines 1,2,4&14 are masked

0143H

Lines 1,2,7&9 are masked

400BH

Lines 1,2,4&15 are masked

0243H

Lines 1,2,7&10 are masked

800BH

Lines 1,2,4&16 are masked

0183H

Lines 1,2,8&9 are masked

0033H

Lines 1,2,5&6 are masked

0283H

Lines 1,2,8&10 are masked

0053H

Lines 1,2,5&7 are masked

0483H

Lines 1,2,8&11 are masked

0093H

Lines 1,2,5&8 are masked

0883H

Lines 1,2,8&12 are masked

0113H

Lines 1,2,5&9 are masked

1083H

Lines 1,2,8&13 are masked

0213H

Lines 1,2,5&10 are masked

2083H

Lines 1,2,8&14 are masked

0413H

Lines 1,2,5&11 are masked

4083H

Lines 1,2,8&15 are masked

0813H

Lines 1,2,5&12 are masked

8083H

Lines 1,2,8&16 are masked

1013H

Lines 1,2,5&13 are masked

0303H

Lines 1,2,9&10 are masked

Page 8 of 18

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-016

H0-INF LIF CLOCK SOURCE SETTING
LINE RELATED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER
0503H

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

Lines 1,2,9&11 are masked

A003H

Lines 1,2,14&16 are masked

0903H

Lines 1,2,9&12 are masked

C003H

Lines 1,2,15&16 are masked

1103H

Lines 1,2,9&13 are masked

001FH

Lines 1,2,3,4&5 are masked

2103H

Lines 1,2,9&14 are masked

002FH

Lines 1,2,3,4&6 are masked

4103H

Lines 1,2,9&15 are masked

004FH

Lines 1,2,3,4&7 are masked

8103H

Lines 1,2,9&16 are masked

008FH

Lines 1,2,3,4&8 are masked

0603H

Lines 1,2,10&11 are masked

010FH

Lines 1,2,3,4&9 are masked

0A03H

Lines 1,2,10&12 are masked

020FH

Lines 1,2,3,4&10 are masked

1203H

Lines 1,2,10&13 are masked

040FH

Lines 1,2,3,4&11 are masked

2203H

Lines 1,2,10&14 are masked

080FH

Lines 1,2,3,4&12 are masked

4203H

Lines 1,2,10&15 are masked

100FH

Lines 1,2,3,4&13 are masked

8203H

Lines 1,2,10&16 are masked

200FH

Lines 1,2,3,4&14 are masked

0C03H

Lines 1,2,11&12 are masked

400FH

Lines 1,2,3,4&15 are masked

1403H

Lines 1,2,11&13 are masked

800FH

Lines 1,2,3,4&16 are masked

2403H

Lines 1,2,11&14 are masked

0037H

Lines 1,2,3,5&6 are masked

4403H

Lines 1,2,11&15 are masked

0057H

Lines 1,2,3,5&7 are masked

8403H

Lines 1,2,11&16 are masked

0097H

Lines 1,2,3,5&8 are masked

1803H

Lines 1,2,12&13 are masked

0117H

Lines 1,2,3,5&9 are masked

2803H

Lines 1,2,12&14 are masked

0217H

Lines 1,2,3,5&10 are masked

4803H

Lines 1,2,12&15 are masked

0417H

Lines 1,2,3,5&11 are masked

8803H

Lines 1,2,12&16 are masked

0817H

Lines 1,2,3,5&12 are masked

3003H

Lines 1,2,13&14 are masked

1017H

Lines 1,2,3,5&13 are masked

5003H

Lines 1,2,13&15 are masked

2017H

Lines 1,2,3,5&14 are masked

9003H

Lines 1,2,13&16 are masked

4017H

Lines 1,2,3,5&15 are masked

6003H

Lines 1,2,14&15 are masked

8017H

Lines 1,2,3,5&16 are masked

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 9 of 18

SPR-016

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

H0-INF LIF CLOCK SOURCE SETTING
LINE RELATED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

0067H

Lines 1,2,3,6&7 are masked

4087H

Lines 1,2,3,8&15 are masked

00A7H

Lines 1,2,3,6&8 are masked

8087H

Lines 1,2,3,8&16 are masked

0127H

Lines 1,2,3,6&9 are masked

0307H

Lines 1,2,3,9&10 are masked

0227H

Lines 1,2,3,6&10 are masked

0507H

Lines 1,2,3,9&11 are masked

0427H

Lines 1,2,3,6&11 are masked

0907H

Lines 1,2,3,9&12 are masked

0827H

Lines 1,2,3,6&12 are masked

1107H

Lines 1,2,3,9&13 are masked

1027H

Lines 1,2,3,6&13 are masked

2107H

Lines 1,2,3,9&14 are masked

2027H

Lines 1,2,3,6&14 are masked

4107H

Lines 1,2,3,9&15 are masked

4027H

Lines 1,2,3,6&15 are masked

8107H

Lines 1,2,3,9&16 are masked

8027H

Lines 1,2,3,6&16 are masked

0607H

Lines 1,2,3,10&11 are masked

00C7H

Lines 1,2,3,7&8 are masked

0A07H

Lines 1,2,3,10&12 are masked

0147H

Lines 1,2,3,7&9 are masked

1207H

Lines 1,2,3,10&13 are masked

0247H

Lines 1,2,3,7&10 are masked

2207H

Lines 1,2,3,10&14 are masked

0447H

Lines 1,2,3,7&11 are masked

4207H

Lines 1,2,3,10&15 are masked

0847H

Lines 1,2,3,7&12 are masked

8207H

Lines 1,2,3,10&16 are masked

1047H

Lines 1,2,3,7&13 are masked

0C07H

Lines 1,2,3,11&12 are masked

2047H

Lines 1,2,3,7&14 are masked

1407H

Lines 1,2,3,11&13 are masked

4047H

Lines 1,2,3,7&15 are masked

2407H

Lines 1,2,3,11&14 are masked

8047H

Lines 1,2,3,7&16 are masked

4407H

Lines 1,2,3,11&15 are masked

0187H

Lines 1,2,3,8&9 are masked

8407H

Lines 1,2,3,11&16 are masked

0287H

Lines 1,2,3,8&10 are masked

1807H

Lines 1,2,3,12&13 are masked

0487H

Lines 1,2,3,8&11 are masked

2807H

Lines 1,2,3,12&14 are masked

0887H

Lines 1,2,3,8&12 are masked

4807H

Lines 1,2,3,12&15 are masked

1087H

Lines 1,2,3,8&13 are masked

8807H

Lines 1,2,3,12&16 are masked

2087H

Lines 1,2,3,8&14 are masked

3007H

Lines 1,2,3,13&14 are masked

Page 10 of 18

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-016

H0-INF LIF CLOCK SOURCE SETTING
LINE RELATED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

5007H

Lines 1,2,3,13&15 are masked

802FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,6&16 are masked

9007H

Lines 1,2,3,13&16 are masked

00CFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,7&8 are masked

6007H

Lines 1,2,3,14&15 are masked

014FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,7&9 are masked

A007H

Lines 1,2,3,14&16 are masked

024FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,7&10 are masked

C007H

Lines 1,2,3,15&16 are masked

044FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,7&11 are masked

003FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5&6 are masked

084FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,7&12 are masked

005FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5&7 are masked

104FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,7&13 are masked

009FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5&8 are masked

204FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,7&14 are masked

011FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5&9 are masked

404FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,7&15 are masked

021FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5&10 are masked

804FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,7&16 are masked

041FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5&11 are masked

018FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,8&9 are masked

081FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5&12 are masked

028FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,8&10 are masked

101FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5&13 are masked

048FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,8&11 are masked

201FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5&14 are masked

088FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,8&12 are masked

401FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5&15 are masked

108FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,8&13 are masked

801FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5&16 are masked

208FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,8&14 are masked

006FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,6&7 are masked

408FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,8&15 are masked

00AFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,6&8 are masked

808FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,8&16 are masked

012FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,6&9 are masked

030FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,9&10 are masked

022FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,6&10 are masked

050FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,9&11 are masked

042FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,6&11 are masked

090FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,9&12 are masked

082FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,6&12 are masked

110FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,9&13 are masked

102FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,6&13 are masked

210FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,9&14 are masked

202FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,6&14 are masked

410FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,9&15 are masked

402FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,6&15 are masked

810FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,9&16 are masked

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 11 of 18

SPR-016

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

H0-INF LIF CLOCK SOURCE SETTING
LINE RELATED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

060FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,10&11 are masked

043FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6&11 are masked

0A0FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,10&12 are masked

083FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6&12 are masked

120FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,10&13 are masked

103FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6&13 are masked

220FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,10&14 are masked

203FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6&14 are masked

420FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,10&15 are masked

403FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6&15 are masked

820FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,10&16 are masked

803FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6&16 are masked

0C0FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,11&12 are masked

00DFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,7&8 are masked

140FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,11&13 are masked

015FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,7&9 are masked

240FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,11&14 are masked

025FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,7&10 are masked

440FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,11&15 are masked

045FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,7&11 are masked

840FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,11&16 are masked

085FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,7&12 are masked

180FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,12&13 are masked

105FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,7&13 are masked

280FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,12&14 are masked

205FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,7&14 are masked

480FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,12&15 are masked

405FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,7&15 are masked

880FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,12&16 are masked

805FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,7&16 are masked

300FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,13&14 are masked

019FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,8&9 are masked

500FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,13&15 are masked

029FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,8&10 are masked

900FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,13&16 are masked

049FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,8&11 are masked

600FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,14&15 are masked

089FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,8&12 are masked

A00FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,14&16 are masked

109FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,8&13 are masked

C00FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,15&16 are masked

209FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,8&14 are masked

007FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6&7 are masked

409FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,8&15 are masked

00BFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6&8 are masked

809FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,8&16 are masked

013FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6&9 are masked

031FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,9&10 are masked

023FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6&10 are masked

051FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,9&11 are masked

Page 12 of 18

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-016

H0-INF LIF CLOCK SOURCE SETTING
LINE RELATED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

091FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,9&12 are masked

C01FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,15&16 are masked

111FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,9&13 are masked

00FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7&8 are masked

211FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,9&14 are masked

017FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7&9 are masked

411FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,9&15 are masked

027FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7&10 are masked

811FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,9&16 are masked

047FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7&11 are masked

061FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,10&11 are masked

087FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7&12 are masked

0A1FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,10&12 are masked

107FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7&13 are masked

121FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,10&13 are masked

207FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7&14 are masked

221FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,10&14 are masked

407FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7&15 are masked

421FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,10&15 are masked

807FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7&16 are masked

821FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,10&16 are masked

01BFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,8&9 are masked

0C1FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,11&12 are masked

02BFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,8&10 are masked

141FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,11&13 are masked

04BFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,8&11 are masked

241FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,11&14 are masked

08BFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,8&12 are masked

441FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,11&15 are masked

10BFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,8&13 are masked

841FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,11&16 are masked

20BFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,8&14 are masked

181FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,12&13 are masked

40BFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,8&15 are masked

281FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,12&14 are masked

80BFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,8&16 are masked

481FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,12&15 are masked

033FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,9&10 are masked

881FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,12&16 are masked

053FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,9&11 are masked

301FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,13&14 are masked

093FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,9&12 are masked

501FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,13&15 are masked

113FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,9&13 are masked

901FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,13&16 are masked

213FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,9&14 are masked

601FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,14&15 are masked

413FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,9&15 are masked

A01FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,14&16 are masked

813FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,9&16 are masked

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 13 of 18

SPR-016

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

H0-INF LIF CLOCK SOURCE SETTING
LINE RELATED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

063FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,10&11 are masked

10FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8&13 are masked

0A3FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,10&12 are masked

20FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8&14 are masked

123FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,10&13 are masked

40FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8&15 are masked

223FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,10&14 are masked

80FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8&16 are masked

423FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,10&15 are masked

037FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,9&10 are masked

823FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,10&16 are masked

057FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,9&11 are masked

0C3FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,11&12 are masked

097FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,9&12 are masked

143FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,11&13 are masked

117FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,9&13 are masked

243FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,11&14 are masked

067FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,10&11 are masked

443FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,11&15 are masked

0A7FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,10&12 are masked

843FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,11&16 are masked

127FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,10&13 are masked

183FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,12&13 are masked

227FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,10&14 are masked

283FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,12&14 are masked

427FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,10&15 are masked

483FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,12&15 are masked

827FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,10&16 are masked

883FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,12&16 are masked

0C7FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,11&12 are masked

303FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,13&14 are masked

147FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,11&13 are masked

503FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,13&15 are masked

247FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,11&14 are masked

903FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,13&16 are masked

447FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,11&15 are masked

603FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,14&15 are masked

847FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,11&16 are masked

Page 14 of 18

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-016

H0-INF LIF CLOCK SOURCE SETTING
LINE RELATED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

187FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,12&13 are masked

81FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9&16 are masked

287FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,12&14 are masked

06FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,10&11 are masked

487FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,12&15 are masked

0CFFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,10&12 are masked

887FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,12&16 are masked

12FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,10&13 are masked

307FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,13&14 are masked

22FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,10&14 are masked

507FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,13&15 are masked

42FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,10&15 are masked

907FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,13&16 are masked

82FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,10&16 are masked

607FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,14&15 are masked

0CFFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,11&12 are masked

A07FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,14&16 are masked

14FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,11&13 are masked

C07FH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,15&16 are masked

24FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,11&14 are masked

03FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9&10 are masked

44FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,11&15 are masked

05FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9&11 are masked

84FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,11&16 are masked

09FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9&12 are masked

18FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,12&13 are masked

11FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9&13 are masked

28FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,12&14 are masked

21FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9&14 are masked

48FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,12&15 are masked

41FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9&15 are masked

88FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,12&16 are masked

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 15 of 18

SPR-016

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

H0-INF LIF CLOCK SOURCE SETTING
LINE RELATED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

30FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,13&14 are masked

85FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,11&16 are masked

50FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,13&15 are masked

19FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,12&13 are masked

90FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,13&16 are masked

29FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,12&14 are masked

60FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,14&15 are masked

49FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,12&15 are masked

A0FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,14&16 are masked

89FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,12&16 are masked

C0FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,15&16 are masked

31FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,13&14 are masked

07FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10&11 are masked

51FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,13&15 are masked

0BFFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10&12 are masked

91FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,13&16 are masked

13FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10&13 are masked

61FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,14&15 are masked

23FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10&14 are masked

A1FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,14&16 are masked

43FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10&15 are masked

C1FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,15&16 are masked

0FFFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11&12 are
masked

17FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11&13 are
masked

27FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11&14 are
masked

47FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11&15 are
masked

87FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11&16 are
masked

83FFH
0DFFH
15FFH
25FFH
45FFH

Page 16 of 18

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-016

H0-INF LIF CLOCK SOURCE SETTING
LINE RELATED

SYSTEM
PARAMETER
1BFFH
2BFFH
4BFFH
8BFFH
33FFH
53FFH
93FFH
63FFH
A3FFH
C3FFH

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

LINE NUMBER TO BE MASKED

57FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,13&15 are
masked

97FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,13&16 are
masked

67FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,14&15 are
masked

A7FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,14&16 are
masked

C7FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,15&16 are
masked

3FFFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12, 13&14 are
masked

5FFFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12, 13&15 are
masked

9FFFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12, 13&16 are
masked

6FFFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12, 14&15 are
masked

AFFFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12, 14&16 are
masked

1FFFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12&13 are
masked

CFFFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12, 15&16 are
masked

2FFFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12&14 are
masked

7FFFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12, 13, 14&15
are masked

4FFFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12&15 are
masked

BFFFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13, 14&16
are masked

8FFFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12&16 are
masked

DFFFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13, 15&16
are masked

37FFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,13&14 are
masked

FFFFH

Lines 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,
14,15&16 are masked

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 17 of 18

SPR-016

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 18 of 18

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-017

TALKER DETECTION BACKWARD PROTECTION TIME SETTING
VOICE RELATED
When automatically switching on detection of voice, protection time is set until
the start of switching, after detection of voice, by recognizing that conference
room in which the voice was detected.

SUMMARY:

STEP

PROCEDURE
Note: Set talker detection backward protection time with the factory shipment value (0BH) as a
general rule. If change is necessary for any reason, be sure to follow the steps described below.

Enter the following command.
SSPR__ n1 = x1 __n2 = x2 __ … ni = xi … ↵

ni:

System parameter address

50H

xi:

System parameter values

See below:

[1] System parameter values on setting the talker detection backward protection time for
the address 50H.
The factory shipment value for the system parameter is 0BH.

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

SPR-017

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

TALKER DETECTION BACKWARD PROTECTION TIME SETTING
VOICE RELATED
STEP

PROCEDURE

SYSTEM PARAMETER

TALKER DETECTION
TALKER DETECTION
BACKWARD
SYSTEM PARAMETER
BACKWARD
PROTECTION TIME
PROTECTION TIME

00H

310 ms

08H

230 ms

01H
02H

300 ms

09H

220 ms

290 ms

0AH

210 ms

03H

280 ms

0BH

200 ms

04H

270 ms

0CH

190 ms

05H

260 ms

0DH

180 ms

06H

250 ms

0EH

170 ms

07H

240 ms

0FH

160 ms

10H

150 ms

18H

70 ms

11H

140 ms

19H

60 ms

12H

130 ms

1AH

50 ms

13H

120 ms

1BH

40 ms

14H

110 ms

1CH

30 ms

15H

100 ms

1DH

20 ms

16H

90 ms

1EH

10 ms

17H

80 ms

-------

Verify that the normal response is displayed with “OK”.
If YES, go to Step 3.
If NO, go to Step 1.

Page 2 of 2

End of procedure.

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-018

TALKER DETECTION FORWARD PROTECTION TIME SETTING
VOICE RELATED
When automatically switching on detection of voice, protection time is set until
the start of detecting the voice of another talker after disappearance of the current
voice signal.

SUMMARY:

STEP

PROCEDURE
Note: Set talker detection forward protection time with the factory shipment value (0DH) as a
general rule. If change is necessary for any reason, be sure to follow the steps described
below.

Enter the following command.
SSPR__ n1 = x1 __n2 = x2 __ … ni = xi … ↵

ni: System parameter address

3BH to 3DH

xi: System parameter values

See below:

[1] System parameter values on setting the protection time for the address 51H.
The factory shipment value for the system parameter is 0DH.

SYSTEM PARAMETER

TALKER DETECTION
TALKER DETECTION
FORWARD
SYSTEM PARAMETER
FORWARD
PROTECTION TIME
PROTECTION TIME

00H

630 ms

01H

620 ms

0CH

510 ms

02H

610 ms

0DH

500 ms

03H

600 ms

0EH

490 ms

04H

590 ms

0FH

480 ms

05H

580 ms

10H

470 ms

06H

570 ms

11H

460 ms

07H

560 ms

12H

450 ms

08H

550 ms

13H

440 ms

09H

540 ms

14H

430 ms

0AH

530 ms

15H

420 ms

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

0BH

520 ms

Page 1 of 2

SPR-018

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

TALKER DETECTION FORWARD PROTECTION TIME SETTING
VOICE RELATED
STEP

PROCEDURE

SYSTEM PARAMETER

TALKER DETECTION
TALKER DETECTION
FORWARD
SYSTEM PARAMETER
FORWARD
PROTECTION TIME
PROTECTION TIME

16H

410 ms

2BH

200 ms

17H

400 ms

2CH

190 ms

18H

390 ms

2DH

180 ms

19H

380 ms

2EH

170 ms

1AH

370 ms

2FH

160 ms

1BH

360 ms

30H

150 ms

1CH

350 ms

31H

140 ms

1DH

340 ms

32H

130 ms

1EH

330 ms

33H

120 ms

1FH

320 ms

34H

110 ms

20H

310 ms

35H

100 ms

21H

300 ms

36H

90 ms

22H

290 ms

37H

80 ms

23H

280 ms

38H

70 ms

24H

270 ms

39H

60 ms

25H

260 ms

3AH

50 ms

26H

250 ms

3BH

40 ms

27H

240 ms

3CH

30 ms

28H

230 ms

3DH

20 ms

29H

220 ms

3EH

10 ms

2AH

210 ms

Verify that the normal response is displayed with “OK”.
If YES, go to Step 3.
If NO, go to Step 1.

Page 2 of 2

End of procedure.

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-019

TALKER DETECTION VOICE LEVEL SETTING
VOICE RELATED
SUMMARY:

STEP

Set the threshold level for voice prominence decision when automatically
switching on detection of voice.

PROCEDURE
Note: Use as a general rule the factory shipment value (06H) for the talker detection voice level.
Adjust the detection level higher if required (if the conference room is noisy, etc.). The
parameter can be set for every connecting conference room. When a change is necessary for
any reason, follow the steps described below.

Enter the following command.
SSPR__ n1 = x1 __n2 = x2 __ … ni = xi … ↵

ni: System parameter address

60H to 67H

[1] Conference room numbers corresponding to the addresses (hexadecimal values) on
setting talker detection voice level.

ADDRESS

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MEANING

60H

Conference room number 1

61H

Conference room number 2

62H

Conference room number 3

63H

Conference room number 4

64H

Conference room number 5

65H

Conference room number 6

66H

Conference room number 7

67H

Conference room number 8

Page 1 of 2

SPR-019

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

TALKER DETECTION VOICE LEVEL SETTING
VOICE RELATED
STEP

PROCEDURE
xi: System parameter values

See below:

[2] System parameter values to be used when setting talker detection levels for the addresses
60H to 67H.
The factory shipment value of the system parameter for setting talker detection level is
06H.

SYSTEM PARAMETER

TALKER DETECTION
TALKER DETECTION
SYSTEM PARAMETER
VOICE LEVEL
VOICE LEVEL

00H

No talker detected

07H

-24 dBm0

01H

-30 dBm0

08H

-23 dBm0

02H

-29 dBm0

09H

-22 dBm0

03H

-28 dBm0

0AH

-21 dBm0

04H

-27 dBm0

0BH

-20 dBm0

05H

-26 dBm0

0CH

-19 dBm0

06H

-25 dBm0

0DH

-18 dBm0

Verify that the normal response is displayed with “OK”.
If YES, go to Step 3.
If NO, go to Step 1.

Page 2 of 2

End of procedure.

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-020

MAXIMUM TALKER SETTING
VOICE RELATED
SUMMARY:

Restrict the number of the talkers who are allowed to talk simultaneously on a
voice channel.

STEP
1

PROCEDURE
Enter the following command.
SSPR__ n1 = x1 __n2 = x2 __ … ni = xi … ø

ni:

System parameter address

53H

xi:

System parameter values

See below:

[1]

System parameter values on setting the number of talkers. The factory shipment value
is 00H.

SYSTEM
PARAMETER

NUMBER OF TALKERS

00H

Unlimited

01H

Only the last 3 talkers before this setting is enabled
are allowed to talk.

Verify that the normal response is displayed with “OK”.
If YES, go to Step 3.
If NO, go to Step 1.

End of procedure.

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

SPR-020

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-021

TALKER DETECTION (MCON) SETTING
MULTIPOINT TELECONFERENCE RELATED
SUMMARY:

STEP
1

Set the talker detection to ON or OFF when MCON is executed.

PROCEDURE
Enter the following command.
SSPR__ n1 = x1 __n2 = x2 __ … ni = xi … ↵

ni: System parameter address 70H
xi: System parameter values See below:
[1] System parameter values on setting for talker detection. The factory shipment value
is 00H.

SYSTEM PARAMETER

TALKER DETECTION

00H

Detected (automatic detection)

80H

Not Detected (manual detection)

Verify that the normal response is displayed with “OK”.
If YES, go to Step 3.
If NO, go to Step 1.

End of procedure.

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

SPR-021

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-022

AREA NAME DELETION SETTING
MULTIPOINT TELECONFERENCE RELATED
SUMMARY:

STEP
1

Set the deletion of area name to ON or OFF when MDSC is executed.

PROCEDURE
Enter the following command.
SSPR__ n1 = x1 __n2 = x2 __ … ni = xi … ↵

ni: System parameter address 73H
xi: System parameter values See below:
[1] System parameter values on setting the deletion of area name. The factory shipment
value is 00H.

SYSTEM PARAMETER

AREA NAME

00H

Not deleted

01H

Deleted

Verify that the normal response is displayed with “OK”.
If YES, go to Step 3.
If NO, go to Step 1.

End of procedure.

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

SPR-022

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-023

H.242 CAPABILITY SWITCHING ACTION SETTING
MULTIPOINT TELECONFERENCE RELATED
SUMMARY:

STEP

Set whether or not to perform ITU-T Recommendation H.242 defined capability
switching to and from connecting terminal (VL 5000). When the capability
switching is performed, it is necessary to confirm all the participating terminals
have the same capability. Terminals having different capabilities cannot
participate in the multipoint video teleconference.

PROCEDURE
Note: When capability switching is not performed, any terminals irrespective of capability can
participate in the conference. However, difference in terminal capability is conducive to
occurrence of phenomena such as non-display of picture. Be sure, therefore, to set all the
terminal-side CODECs to capability non switching mode in case capability switching is not
required. Also see that all the terminal-side CODECs have the same capability setting as in
MCU 5000A. Moreover, if broadcast switching (UCON and LCON commands) is intended,
never fail to use all the terminals in capability non switching mode because the CODECs on
the terminal side cannot perform capability switching among themselves by both-way
communication at the time of broadcast switching.

Enter the following command.
SSPR__ n1 = x1 __n2 = x2 __ … ni = xi … ↵

ni: System parameter address 77H
xi: System parameter values See below:
[1] System parameter values on setting the H.242 capability switching action for the
address 77H.
The factory shipment value for the system parameter is 80H.

SYSTEM PARAMETER

H.242 CAPABILITY SWITCHING SETTING

00H

Not performed

80H

Performed

Verify that the normal response is displayed with “OK”.
If YES, go to Step 3.
If NO, go to Step 1.

End of procedure.

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

SPR-023

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-024

TALKER DETECTION (ECON) SETTING
MULTIPOINT TELECONFERENCE RELATED
SUMMARY:

STEP
1

Set the talker detection to ON or OFF when ECON is executed.

PROCEDURE
Enter the following command.
SSPR__ n1 = x1 __n2 = x2 __ … ni = xi … ↵

ni: System parameter address 88H
xi: System parameter values See below:
[1] System parameter values on setting the talker detection. The factory shipment value
is 00H.

SYSTEM PARAMETER

TALKER DETECTION

00H

Detected (automatic detection)

01H

Not detected (manual detection)

Verify that the normal response is displayed with “OK”.
If YES, go to Step 3.
If NO, go to Step 1.

End of procedure.

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

SPR-024

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-025

TC5000 OPERATION MODE SETTING
MULTIPOINT TELECONFERENCE RELATED
SUMMARY:

STEP
1

Set the following parameters of teleconference terminal (TC5000).
•

Simultaneous multi-way conversation

•

Picture switching

PROCEDURE
Enter the following command.
SSPR__ n1 = x1 __n2 = x2 __ … ni = xi … ↵

ni: System parameter address 8EH and 8FH
[1] Addresses (hexadecimal values) on setting the TC5000 operation mode. The
operation mode is set in hexadecimal values by dividing the 16 bits (b0 to b15) into
the upper-half and lower-half 8 bits, or specifically by setting bit 0 and bit 1 in the
lower-half 8 bits to “1” or “0”. Accordingly, since the upper-half 8 bits are always
“00H”, set only the lower-half 8 bits (address 8EH).

ADDRESS

TC5000 OPERATION MODE

8EH

Lower-half 8 bits setting address (b0 to b7)

8FH

Upper-half 8 bits setting address (b8 to b15)

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

SPR-025

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

TC5000 OPERATION MODE SETTING
MULTIPOINT TELECONFERENCE RELATED

STEP

PROCEDURE
xi :

System parameter values
[1]

See below:

System parameter values on setting the TC5000 operation mode for the addresses
8EH and 8FH.
The factory shipment value for the system parameter is 0000H.

SYSTEM PARAMETER
ADDRESS
8FH

ADDRESS
8EH

PICTURE SWITCHING

00H

01H

Picture broadcasting of the specified terminal which is
permitted to talk

00H

02H

00H

03H

Automatic switching by talker detection

SIMULTANEOUS TALK
Permitted
Not permitted
Permitted
Not permitted

Verify that the normal response is displayed with “OK”.
If YES, go to Step 3.
If NO, go to Step 1.

Page 2 of 2

End of procedure.

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-026

PICTURE SWITCHING TIMERS 1 TO 4 SETTING
PICTURE RELATED
Set the timing in picture switching.

SUMMARY:

STEP

PROCEDURE
Note: Set the standard value for every communication rate. A communication rate using a shorter
timer is more likely to cause picture disturbances. The standard value is a value capable of
reducing picture disturbances to a level compatible with practical utility, with only a very few
picture disturbances. The standard value corresponding to communication rates are shown in
the table on next page. If the line bit rate is higher than the transfer rate, set the timer value
according to the transfer rate.
The following four timers are available:

•

Timer 1:

Time required from the sending of a Video Command to Freeze (VCF) for CODEC
to the switching-end of picture.

•

Timer 2:

Time required from the switching-end of picture to the detecting of a Video
Command to Update (VCU) for CODEC.

•

Timer 3:

Guard time from the detecting of a Video Command to Update (VCU) to the sending
of a Video Command to Freeze (VCF) of the next picture.

•

Timer 4:

Time-out time (waiting period) for the reception of a Still picture Sending End (SSE)
after the sending of a Still picture Sending Command (SSC) at the transmitting
terminal of still picture. If the SSE is not received after time-out, MCU transmits a
Video Command to Freeze (VCF) to the transmitting CODEC (terminal) of still
picture in order to switch to motion picture.

Enter the following command.
SSPR__ n1 = x1 __n2 = x2 __ … ni = xi … ↵

ni: System parameter address 180H and 1AFH
[1] The timer contents corresponding to the addresses (hexadecimal values) on setting the
picture switching timers 1 to 4.

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 4

SPR-026

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

PICTURE SWITCHING TIMERS 1 TO 4 SETTING
PICTURE RELATED
STEP

PROCEDURE
ADDRESS

LINE BIT RATE

TIMER 1

TIMER 2

TIMER 3

TIMER 4

64 kb/s×2 (56 kb/s×2)

180H

181H

182H

183H

128 kb/s (112 kb/s)

184H

185H

186H

187H

192 kb/s (168 kb/s)

188H

189H

18AH

18BH

256 kb/s (224 kb/s)

18CH

18DH

18EH

18FH

384 kb/s (336 kb/s)

194H

195H

196H

197H

512 kb/s (448 kb/s)

190H

191H

192H

193H

768 kb/s (672 kb/s)

198H

199H

19AH

19BH

1152 kb/s (1008 kb/s)

1A4H

1A5H

1A6H

1A7H

1536 kb/s (1344 kb/s)

19CH

19DH

19EH

19FH

1920 kb/s (1680 kb/s)

1A0H

1A1H

1A2H

1A3H

1472 kb/s (1288 kb/s)

1A8H

1A9H

1AAH

1ABH

384 kb/s x 2 (336 kb/s x 2)

1ACH

1ADH

1AEH

1AFH

System parameter values

xi :
[1]

See below:

System parameter values on setting the picture switching timers 1 to 4.

TIMERS 1 AND 2
SYSTEM PARAMETER

TIME

SYSTEM PARAMETER

TIME

00H

0 ms

00H

0 ms

01H

10 ms

01H

100 ms

FEH

2.54 s

FEH

25.4 s

FFH

2.55 s

FFH

25.5 s

Time=nnH×10 ms

Page 2 of 4

TIMERS 3 AND 4

Time=nnH×100 ms

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-026

PICTURE SWITCHING TIMERS 1 TO 4 SETTING
PICTURE RELATED
STEP

PROCEDURE
[2]

TRANSFER
RATE

Picture Switch Timer 1 ~ 4 (= 180H ~ 1A7H: Byte)
TIMER 1

ADDRESS

SET UP
VALUE

TIMER 2
ADDRESS

SET UP
VALUE

TIMER 3
ADDRESS

SET UP
VALUE

TIMER 4
ADDRESS

SET UP
VALUE

64 kbps x 2
56 kbps x 2

+180H

400ms
(28H)

+181H

1.25s
(7DH)

+182H

2.4s
(18H)

+183H

10s
(64H)

128 kbps
112 kbps

+184H

400ms
(28H)

+185H

1.25s
(7DH)

+186H

2.4s
(18H)

+187H

10s
(64H)

192 kbps
168 kbps

+188H

400ms
(28H)

+189H

630ms
(3FH)

+18AH

1.8s
(12H)

+18BH

10s
(64H)

256 kbps
224 kbps

+18CH

400ms
(28H)

+18DH

420ms
(2AH)

+18EH

1.8s
(12H)

+18FH

7s
(46H)

512 kbps
448 kbps

+190H

400ms
(28H)

+191H

240ms
(18H)

+192H

1.4s
(0EH)

+193H

5s
(32H)

384 kbps
336 kbps

+194H

400ms
(28H)

+195H

300ms
(1EH)

+196H

1.8s
(12H)

+197H

7s
(46H)

768 kbps
672 kbps

+198H

400ms
(28H)

+199H

200ms
(14H)

+19AH

1.4s
(0EH)

+19BH

5s
(32H)

1536 kbps
1344 kbps

+19CH

400ms
(28H)

+19DH

60ms
(06H)

+19EH

1.0s
(0AH)

+19FH

3s
(1EH)

1920 kbps
1680 kbps

+1A0H

400ms
(28H)

+1A1H

60ms
(06H)

+1A2H

1.0s
(0AH)

+1A3H

3s
(1EH)

1152 kbps
1008 kbps

+1A4H

400ms
(28H)

+1A5H

100ms
(0AH)

+1A6H

1.0s
(0AH)

+1A7H

3s
(1EH)

1472 kbps
1288 kbps

+1A8H

400ms
(28H)

+1A9H

60s
(06H)

+1AAH

1.0s
(0AH)

+1ABH

3s
(1EH)

384 x 2 kbps
336 x 2 kbps

+1ACH

400ms
(28H)

+1ADH

200ms
(14H)

+1AEH

1.4s
(0EH)

+1AFH

5s
(32H)

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 3 of 4

SPR-026

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

PICTURE SWITCHING TIMERS 1 TO 4 SETTING
PICTURE RELATED
STEP

PROCEDURE
The standard timer values corresponding to communication rates.

LINE BIT RATE

TIME (PARAMETER VALUE)
TIMER 1

TIMER 2

TIMER 3

TIMER 4

64 kb/s×2

400 ms (28H)

1.25 s (7DH)

2.4 s (18H)

10 s (64H)

128 kb/s

400 ms (28H)

1.25 s (7DH)

2.4 s (18H)

10 s (64H)

192 kb/s

400 ms (28H)

630 ms (3FH)

1.8 s (12H)

10 s (64H)

256 kb/s

400 ms (28H)

420 ms (2AH)

1.8 s (12H)

7 s (46H)

384 kb/s

400 ms (28H)

300 ms (1EH)

1.8 s (12H)

7 s (46H)

512 kb/s

400 ms (28H)

240 ms (18 H)

1.4 s (0EH)

5 s (32H)

768 kb/s

400 ms (28H)

200 ms (14H)

1.4 s (0EH)

5 s (32H)

1152 kb/s

400 ms (28H)

100 ms (0AH)

1.0 s (0AH)

3 s (1EH)

1536 kb/s

400 ms (28H)

60 ms (06H)

1.0 s (0AH)

3 s (1EH)

1920 kb/s

400 ms (28H)

60 ms (06H)

1.0 s (0AH)

3 s (1EH)

1472 kb/s

400 ms (28H)

60 ms (06H)

1.0 s (0AH)

3 s (1EH)

384 kb/s x 2

400 ms (28H)

100 ms (14H)

1.4 s (0EH)

5 s (32H)

Verify that the normal response is displayed with “OK”.
If YES, go to Step 3.
If NO, go to Step 1.

Page 4 of 4

End of procedure.

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-027

AUDIO CAPABILITY SETTING
TERMINAL CAPABILITY RELATED
SUMMARY:

STEP

Set the audio capability supported by MCU 5000A. MCU 5000A corresponds to
“G.725 type 0” (but, without A-Law)

PROCEDURE
Note: Set the audio capability with the factory shipment value (0AH 00H 00H 00H) as a general rule.
If change is necessary for any reason, follow the steps described below.

Enter the following command.
SSPR__ n1 = x1 __n2 = x2 __ … ni = xi … ↵

ni: System parameter address 100H to 103H
[1] Addresses (hexadecimal values) on setting the audio capability.
The audio capability is set in hexadecimal values by dividing the 32 bits (b0 to b31)
into four-quarter 8 bits.

ADDRESS

AUDIO CAPABILITY

100H

Fourth-quarter 8 bits setting address (b0 to b7)

101H

Third-quarter 8 bits setting address (b8 to b15)

102H

Second-quarter 8 bits setting address (b16 to b23)

103H

First-quarter 8 bits setting address (b24 to b31)

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

SPR-027

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

AUDIO CAPABILITY SETTING
TERMINAL CAPABILITY RELATED

STEP

PROCEDURE
xi:
[1]

System parameter values

See below:

System parameter values on setting the audio capability for the addresses 100H to
103H. The factory shipment value for the system parameter is 0AH 00H 00H 00H.

SYSTEM PARAMETER

AUDIO CAPABILITY

ADDRESS
103H

ADDRESS
102H

ADDRESS
101H

ADDRESS
100H

µ-law (G.725 TYPE 0)

G.722-64

00H

OFF

00H

02H

OFF

00H

04H

OFF

00H

06H

OFF

00H

08H

OFF

00H

0AH

OFF

00H

0CH

OFF

00H

0EH

G.722-48

ON: This capability is available.
OFF: This capability is not available.

Verify that the normal response is displayed with “OK”.
If YES, go to Step 3.
If NO, go to Step 1.

Page 2 of 2

End of procedure.

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-028

TRANSFER RATE CAPABILITY SETTING
TERMINAL CAPABILITY RELATED
Set the transfer rates to be used.

SUMMARY:

STEP

PROCEDURE
Note: When operating at the several transfer rates, set the several transfer rate capabilities to ON.
The transfer rates usable, however, may not go beyond the line rates set for the addresses
between 30H and 37H.

Enter the following command.
SSPR__ n1 = x1 __n2 = x2 __ … ni = xi … ↵

ni: System parameter address 104H to 107H
[1]

The transfer rates corresponding to the addresses (hexadecimal values) on setting
the transfer rate capability setting.

ADDRESS

TRANSFER RATE

104H

For 64 kb/s, 64 kb/s×2, 128 kb/s, or 192 kb/s

105H

For 256 kb/s, 384 kb/s, 512 kb/s, 768 kb/s, or 384 kb/s x 2

106H

For 1152 kb/s, 1536 kb/s, 1920 kb/s, or 1472 kb/s

107H

Not used

LINE INTERFACE

AVAILABLE TRANSFER RATE

64 kb/s, 128 kb/s, 192 kb/s, 256 kb/s, 384 kb/s, 512 kb/s, 768 kb/s, 1152 kb/s, 1536 kb/s,
64 kb/s x 2, 384 kb/s x 2, and 1472 kb/s

RS 422

64 kb/s, 64 kb/s×2, 128 kb/s, 192 kb/s, 256 kb/s, 384 kb/s, 512 kb/s, 768 kb/s, 1152 kb/s,
1536 kb/s, 1920 kb/s, and 384 kb/s x 2

INS

64 kb/s, 64 kb/s×2, 384 kb/s, and 384 kb/s x 2

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 6

SPR-028

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

TRANSFER RATE CAPABILITY SETTING
TERMINAL CAPABILITY RELATED
STEP

PROCEDURE
xi :
[2]

System parameter values

System parameter values on setting the transfer rate capability for the address 104H.
The factory shipment value for the system parameter is C2H.

SYSTEM PARAMETER

Page 2 of 6

See below:

USABLE TRANSFER RATE

00H

None

01H

64 kb/s

02H

64 kb/s×2

03H

64 kb/s and 64 kb/s×2

40H

128 kb/s

41H

64 kb/s and 128 kb/s

42H

64 kb/s×2 and 128 kb/s

43H

64 kb/s, 64 kb/s×2, and 128 kb/s

80H

192 kb/s

81H

64 kb/s and 192 kb/s

82H

64 kb/s×2 and 192 kb/s

83H

64 kb/s, 64 kb/s×2, and 192 kb/s

C0H

128 kb/s and 192 kb/s

C1H

64 kb/s, 128 kb/s, and 192 kb/s

C2H

64 kb/s×2, 128 kb/s, and 192 kb/s

C3H

64 kb/s, 64 kb/s×2, 128 kb/s, and 192 kb/s

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-028

TRANSFER RATE CAPABILITY SETTING
TERMINAL CAPABILITY RELATED
STEP

PROCEDURE
[3]

System parameter values on setting the transfer rate capability for the address 105H.
The factory shipment value for the system parameter is C3H.

SYSTEM PARAMETER
00H

USABLE TRANSFER RATE
None

01H

256 kb/s

02H

384kb/s

03H

256 kb/s and 384 kb/s

40H

512 kb/s

41H

256 kb/s and 512 kb/s

42H

384 kb/s and 512 kb/s

43H

256 kb/s, 384 kb/s, and 512 kb/s

80H

768 kb/s

81H

256 kb/s and 768 kb/s

82H

384 kb/s and 768 kb/s

83H

256 kb/s, 384 kb/s, and 768 kb/s

C0H

512 kb/s and 768 kb/s

C1H

256kb/s, 512 kb/s, and 768 kb/s

C2H

384 kb/s, 512 kb/s, and 768 kb/s

C3H

256 kb/s, 384 kb/s, 512 kb/s, and 768 kb/s

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 3 of 6

SPR-028

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

TRANSFER RATE CAPABILITY SETTING
TERMINAL CAPABILITY RELATED

SYSTEM PARAMETER

Page 4 of 6

USABLE TRANSFER RATE

04H

384 kb/s x 2

05H

256 kb/s and 384 kb/s x 2

06H

384 kb/s and 384 kb/s x 2

07H

256 kb/s, 384 kb/s and 384 kb/s x 2

44H

512 kb/s and 384 kb/s x 2

45H

256 kb/s, 512 kb/s, and 384 kb/s x 2

46H

384 kb/s, 512 kb/s, and 384 kb/s x 2

47H

256 kb/s, 384 kb/s, 512 kb/s, and 384 kb/s x 2

84H

768 kb/s and 384 kb/s x 2

85H

256 kb/s, 768 kb/s, and 384 kb/s x 2

86H

384 kb/s, 768 kb/s, and 384 kb/s x 2

87H

256 kb/s, 384 kb/s, 768 kb/s, and 384 kb/s x 2

C4H

512 kb/s, 768 kb/s, and 384 kb/s x 2

C5H

256 kb/s, 512 kb/s, 768 kb/s, and 384 kb/s x 2

C6H

384 kb/s, 512 kb/s, 768 kb/s, and 384 kb/s x 2

C7H

256 kb/s, 384 kb/s, 512 kb/s, 768 kb/s, and 384 kb/s x 2

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-028

TRANSFER RATE CAPABILITY SETTING
TERMINAL CAPABILITY RELATED
STEP

PROCEDURE

[4]

System parameter values and hexadecimal numbers on setting the transfer rate capability
for the address 106H.
The factory shipment value for the system parameter is 0FH.

SYSTEM PARAMETER

[5]
2

USABLE TRANSFER RATE

00H

None

01H

1152 kb/s

02H

1472 kb/s

03H

1152 kb/s and 1472 kb/s

04H

1536 kb/s

05H

1152 kb/s and 1536 kb/s

06H

1536 and 1472 kb/s

07H

1152 kb/s, 1536 kb/s, and 1472 kb/s

08H

1920 kb/s

09H

1152 kb/s and 1920 kb/s

0AH

1920 kb/s and 1472 kb/s

0BH

1152 kb/s, 1920 kb/s, and 1472 kb/s

0CH

1536 kb/s and 1920 kb/s

0DH

1152 kb/s, 1536 kb/s, and 1920 kb/s

0EH

1536 kb/s, 1920 kb/s, and 1472 kb/s

0FH

1152 kb/s, 1536 kb/s, 1920 kb/s, and 1472 kb/s

Since the address 107H is unused, the parameter value is “00”.

Verify that the normal response is displayed with “OK”.
If YES, go to Step 3.
If NO, go to Step 1.

End of procedure.

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 5 of 6

SPR-028

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

TRANSFER RATE CAPABILITY SETTING
TERMINAL CAPABILITY RELATED
STEP

PROCEDURE
Transfer Rate Capability (+104H ~ 107H)

+104H

0 fixed

b0 : 64 kbps
b1 : 64 x 2 kbps
b6 : 128 kbps
b7 : 192 kbps

+105H

0 fixed

b0 : 256 kbps
b1 : 384 kbps
b2 : 384 x 2 kbps
b6 : 512 kbps
b7 : 768 kbps

+107H

Page 6 of 6

0 fixed

Default = C2

0 fixed 0 fixed

Default = C5H

(T1/RS422)
(T1/RS422/INS-H0)
(T1/RS422/INF-H0)
(T1/RS422)
(T1/RS422)

b0 : 1152 kbps
b1 : 1472 kbps
b2 : 1536 kbps
b3 : 1920 kbps

0 fixed 0 fixed

+106H

(T1/RS422/INF-H0)
(T1/RS422/INS-H0)
(T1/RS422)
(T1/RS422)

Default = 0FH

(T1/RS422)
(T1)
(T1/RS422)
(RS422)

Default = 00H

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-029

VIDEO CAPABILITY SETTING
TERMINAL CAPABILITY RELATED
SUMMARY:

STEP

Set the H.261 defined video capability.

PROCEDURE
Note: Set the video capability with the factory shipment value (22H 02H). If change is necessary
for any reason, follow the steps described below.

Enter the following command.
SSPR__ n1 = x1 __n2 = x2 __ … ni = xi … ↵

ni: System parameter address 108H and 109H
[1] Video capability corresponding to the addresses (hexadecimal values) in setting the
video capability.
The video capability is set in hexadecimal values by dividing the 16 bits (b0 to b15)
into the upper-half and lower-half 8 bits.

VIDEO CAPABILITY SETTING
(1: ON, 0: OFF)

ADDRESS

REMARKS

BIT
108H

109H

QCIF

QCIF and QCIF

QCIF: 4/29.97

QCIF: 3/29.97

QCIF: 2/29.97

QCIF: 1/29.97

CIF: 4/29.97

CIF: 3/29.97

CIF: 2/29.97

CIF: 1/29.97

2~7

Not used, fixed to 0

Set either one of the two bits to 1.
(NOTE)
Only one of these four bits should be set to
1.

(NOTE)
Only one of these four bits should be set to
1.

(NOTE)
_

Note: If none of the bits or more than one of the bits are set to 1, video capability is not guaranteed.

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

SPR-029

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

VIDEO CAPABILITY SETTING
TERMINAL CAPABILITY RELATED

STEP

PROCEDURE
xi:

System parameter values See below:
[1]

System parameter values on setting the video capability for the addresses 108H
and 109H.
The factory shipment value for the system parameter is 22H 02H.

SYSTEM PARAMETER

VIDEO CAPABILITY

ADDRESS
109H

ADDRESS
108H

00H

05H

00H

09H

QCIF: 3/29.79 is ON

00H

11H

QCIF: 2/29.79 is ON

00H

21H

QCIF: 1/29.79 is ON

00H

46H

QCIF: 4/29.79 and CIF: 4/29.97 are ON.

00H

86H

QCIF: 4/29.79 and CIF: 3/29.97 are ON.

01H

06H

QCIF: 4/29.79 and CIF: 2/29.97 are ON.

02H

06H

QCIF: 4/29.79 and CIF: 1/29.97 are ON.

00H

4AH

QCIF: 3/29.79 and CIF: 4/29.97 are ON.

00H

8AH

QCIF: 3/29.79 and CIF: 3/29.97 are ON.

01H

0AH

QCIF: 3/29.79 and CIF: 2/29.97 are ON.

02H

0AH

QCIF: 3/29.79 and CIF: 1/29.97 are ON.

00H

52H

QCIF: 2/29.79 and CIF: 4/29.97 are ON.

00H

92H

QCIF: 2/29.79 and CIF: 3/29.97 are ON.

01H

12H

QCIF: 2/29.79 and CIF: 2/29.97 are ON.

02H

12H

QCIF: 2/29.79 and CIF: 1/29.97 are ON.

00H

62H

QCIF: 1/29.79 and CIF: 4/29.97 are ON.

00H

A2H

QCIF: 1/29.79 and CIF: 3/29.97 are ON.

01H

22H

QCIF: 1/29.79 and CIF: 2/29.97 are ON.

02H

22H

QCIF: 1/29.79 and CIF: 1/29.97 are ON.

QCIF: 4/29.79 is ON

Verify that the normal response is displayed with “OK”.
If YES, go to Step 3.
If NO, go to Step 1.

Page 2 of 2

End of procedure.

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-030

LOW SPEED DATA (LSD) CAPABILITY SETTING
TERMINAL CAPABILITY RELATED
SUMMARY:

STEP

Set the transmission capability of MCU 5000A for Low Speed Data (LSD).

PROCEDURE
Note: MCU 5000A does not support LSD. Be sure, therefore, to use all the system parameters in
OFF (0000H). If change is necessary for any reason, follow the steps described below.

Enter the following command.
SSPR__ n1 = x1 __n2 = x2 __ … ni = xi … ↵

ni:

System parameter address 10AH and 10BH
[1] Addresses (hexadecimal values) on setting the LSD (Low Speed Data) capability.
The LSD (Low Speed Data) capability is set in hexadecimal values by dividing the
16 bits (b0 to b15) into the upper-half and lower-half 8 bits.

ADDRESS

LSD (LOW SPEED DATA) CAPABILITY

10AH

Lower-half 8 bits setting address (b0 to b7)

10BH

Upper-half 8 bits setting address (b8 to b15)

xi:

System parameter values See below:
[1] System parameter values in setting the LSD (Low Speed Data) capability for the
addresses 10AH and 10BH.
The factory shipment value for the system parameter is 00H 00H.

SYSTEM PARAMETER

ADDRESS
10BH

ADDRESS
10AH

LSD (LOW SPEED DATA) CAPABILITY

00H

OFF

Verify that the normal response is displayed with “OK”.
If YES, go to Step 3.
If NO, go to Step 1.

End of procedure.

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

SPR-030

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-031

HIGH SPEED DATA (HSD) CAPABILITY SETTING
TERMINAL CAPABILITY RELATED
SUMMARY:

STEP

Set the transmission capability of MCU 5000A for the High Speed Data (HSD).

PROCEDURE
Note: MCU 5000A does not support HSD in MCON mode. Be sure, therefore, to set all the system
parameters to OFF (00H 00H). If change is necessary, follow the steps described below.

Enter the following command.
SSPR__ n1 = x1 __n2 = x2 __ … ni = xi … ↵

ni: System parameter address 10CH and 10FH
[1] Addresses (hexadecimal values) on setting the HSD (High Speed Data) capability.
The HSD (High Speed Data) capability is set in hexadecimal values by dividing the
32 bits (b0 to b31) into four quarter 8 bits.

ADDRESS

HSD (HIGH SPEED DATA) CAPABILITY

10CH

Fourth-quarter 8 bits setting address (b0 to b7)

10DH

Third-quarter 8 bits setting address (b8 to b15)

10EH

Second-quarter 8 bits setting address (b16 to b23)

10FH

First-quarter 8 bits setting address (b24 to b31)

xi: System parameter values See below:
[1] System parameter values on setting the HSD (High Speed Data) capability for the
addresses 10CH to 10FH.
The factory shipment value for the system parameter is 00H 00H 00H 00H.

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

SPR-031

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

HIGH SPEED DATA (HSD) CAPABILITY SETTING
TERMINAL CAPABILITY RELATED
STEP

PROCEDURE
SYSTEM PARAMETER
ADDRESS
10FH

ADDRESS
10EH

ADDRESS
10DH

ADDRESS
10CH

00H

HSD (HIGH SPEED DATA)
CAPABILITY
OFF

Verify that the normal response is displayed with “OK”.
If YES, go to Step 3.
If NO, go to Step 1.

Page 2 of 2

End of procedure.

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-032

MLP CAPABILITY SETTING
TERMINAL CAPABILITY RELATED
SUMMARY:

STEP

MCU 5000A communicates with terminals (VisuaLink ADs) via MLP channels.

PROCEDURE
Note: Set the MLP capability with the factory shipment value (06H 00H). If change is necessary
for any reason, follow the steps described below.

Enter the following command.
SSPR__ n1 = x1 __n2 = x2 __ … ni = xi … ↵

ni: System parameter address 110H and 111H
[1]

Addresses (hexadecimal values) on setting the MLP capability.
The MLP capability is set in hexadecimal values by dividing the 16 bits (b0 to b15)
into the upper-half and lower-half 8 bits, or specifically by setting bit 1 and bit 2 in
the lower-half 8 bit to “1” or “0”.
Accordingly, since the upper-half 8 bits are always “00H”, set only the lower-half
8 bits (address 110H).

ADDRESS

MLP CAPABILITY

110H

Lower-half 8 bits setting address (b0 to b7)

111H

Upper-half 8 bits setting address (b8 to b15)

xi:

System parameter valuesSee below:

[1]

System parameter values on setting the MLP capability for the addresses.
The factory shipment value for the system parameter is 06H 00H.

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

SPR-032

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

MLP CAPABILITY SETTING
TERMINAL CAPABILITY RELATED
STEP

PROCEDURE
SYSTEM PARAMETER

ADDRESS
111H

ADDRESS
110H

00H

MLP CAPABILITY
OFF

00H

02H

MLP-4K: ON

00H

04H

MLP-6.4 K: ON

00H

06H

MLP-4 K and MLP-6.4 K: ON

Verify that the normal response is displayed with “OK”.
If YES, go to Step 3.
If NO, go to Step 1.

Page 2 of 2

End of procedure.

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-033

NETWORK CLASSIFICATION CAPABILITY SETTING
TERMINAL CAPABILITY RELATED
SUMMARY:

STEP
1

When communicating with a network having its basic line capacity restricted to
56 kb/s such as ACCUNET in North America, set “56 kb/s (restricted)” to ON. If
all the networks are in 64 kb/s, set it to OFF.

PROCEDURE
Enter the following command.
SSPR__ n1 = x1 __n2 = x2 __ … ni = xi … ↵

ni: System parameter address

112H and 113H

[1] Addresses (Hexadecimal values) in setting the network classification capability.
The network classification capability is set in hexadecimal values by dividing the 16
bits (b0 to b15) into the upper-half and lower-half 8 bits, or specifically by setting bit
1 in the lower-half 8 bits to “1” or “0”. Accordingly, since the upper-half 8 bits are
always “00H”, be sure to set only the lower-half 8 bits (address 112H).

ADDRESS

NETWORK CLASSIFICATION

112H

Lower-half 8 bits setting address (b0 to b7)

113H

Upper-half 8 bits setting address (b8 to b15)

xi: System parameter valuesSee below:
[1]

System parameter values on setting the network classification capability for the
addresses.
The factory shipment value for the system parameter is 00H 00H.

SYSTEM PARAMETER
NETWORK CLASSIFICATION CAPABILITY

ADDRESS
113H

ADDRESS
112H

00H

OFF (64 kb/s)

00H

02H

ON [56 kb/s (restricted)]

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

SPR-033

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

NETWORK CLASSIFICATION CAPABILITY SETTING
TERMINAL CAPABILITY RELATED

STEP
2

PROCEDURE
Verify that the normal response is displayed with “OK”.
If YES, go to Step 3.
If NO, go to Step 1.

Page 2 of 2

End of procedure.

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-035

MBE CAPABILITY SETTING
TERMINAL CAPABILITY RELATED
SUMMARY:

STEP

MCU 5000A uses MBE to expand NEC original function.

PROCEDURE
Note: Use the MBE capability with the factory shipment value (01H 00H) as a general rule. If
change is necessary for any reason, follow the steps described below.

Enter the following command.
SSPR__ n1 = x1 __n2 = x2 __ … ni = xi … ↵

ni: System parameter address 116H and 117H
[1]

Addresses (hexadecimal values) on setting the MBE capability.
The MBE capability is set in hexadecimal values by dividing the 16 bits (b0 to
b15) into the upper-half and lower-half 8 bits, or specifically by setting bit 0 in the
lower-half 8 bits to “1” or “0”. Accordingly, since the upper-half 8 bits are always
“00H”, set only the lower-half 8 bits (address 116H).

ADDRESS

MBE CAPABILITY

116H

Lower-half 8 bits setting address (b0 to b7)

117H

Upper-half 8 bits setting address (b8 to b15)

xi: System parameter values

See below:

[1] System parameter values on setting the MBE capability for the addresses 116H and
117H.
The factory shipment value for the system parameter is 01H 00H.

SYSTEM PARAMETER
ADDRESS
117H

ADDRESS
116H

MBE CAPABILITY

00H

OFF

00H

01H

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

SPR-035

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

MBE CAPABILITY SETTING
TERMINAL CAPABILITY RELATED

STEP
2

PROCEDURE
Verify that the normal response is displayed with “OK”.
If YES, go to Step 3.
If NO, go to Step 1.

Page 2 of 2

End of procedure.

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-036

MBE MESSAGE (AUDIO) CAPABILITY SETTING
TERMINAL CAPABILITY RELATED
SUMMARY:

STEP

Set the expansion audio capability of connecting CODEC (VL 5000).

PROCEDURE
Note: Use the MBE message (audio) capability with the factory shipment value (00H 00H). If
change is necessary for any reason, follow the steps described below.

Enter the following command.
SSPR__ n1 = x1 __n2 = x2 __ … ni = xi … ↵

ni: System parameter address 118H and 119H
[1] Addresses (hexadecimal values) on setting the MBE message (audio) capability.
The MBE message (audio) capability is set in hexadecimal values by dividing the 16
bits (b0 to b15) into the upper-half and lower-half 8 bits.

ADDRESS

MBE MESSAGE (AUDIO)

118H

Lower-half 8 bits setting address (b0 to b7)

119H

Upper-half 8 bits setting address (b8 to b15)

xi: System parameter values

See below:

[1] System parameter values on setting the MBE message (audio) capability for the
addresses 118H and 119H.
The factory shipment value for the system parameter is 00H 00H.

SYSTEM PARAMETER
ADDRESS
119H

ADDRESS
118H

MBE MESSAGE (AUDIO) CAPABILITY

00H

OFF

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

SPR-036

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

MBE MESSAGE (AUDIO) CAPABILITY SETTING
TERMINAL CAPABILITY RELATED

STEP
2

PROCEDURE
Verify that the normal response is displayed with “OK”.
If YES, go to Step 3.
If NO, go to Step 1.

Page 2 of 2

End of procedure.

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-037

MBE MESSAGE (LSD2) CAPABILITY SETTING
TERMINAL CAPABILITY RELATED
SUMMARY:

STEP

Set the expansion LSD2 capability of connecting CODEC (VL 5000).

PROCEDURE
Note: MCU 5000A does not support LSD2. Use the MBE message (LSD2) capability with the
factory shipment value (00H 00H). If change is necessary for any reason, follow the steps
described below.

Enter the following command.
SSPR__ n1 = x1 __n2 = x2 __ … ni = xi … ↵

ni: System parameter address 11AH and 11BH
[1] Addresses (hexadecimal values) in setting the MBE message (LSD2) capability.
The MBE message (LSD2) capability is set in hexadecimal values by dividing the
16 bits (b0 to b15) into the upper-half and lower-half 8 bits, or specifically by setting
bit 0, bit 2, and bit 3 in the lower-half 8 bits to “1” or “0”. Accordingly, since the
upper-half 8 bits are always “00H”, set only the lower-half 8 bits (address 11AH).

ADDRESS

MBE MESSAGE (LSD2)

11AH

Lower-half 8 bits setting address (b0 to b7)

11BH

Upper-half 8 bits setting address (b8 to b15)

xi: System parameter values

See below:

[1] System parameter values on setting the MBE message (LSD2) capability for the
addresses 11AH and 11BH.
The factory shipment value for the system parameter is 00H 00H.

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

SPR-037

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

MBE MESSAGE (LSD2) CAPABILITY SETTING
TERMINAL CAPABILITY RELATED
STEP

PROCEDURE
SYSTEM PARAMETER

MBE MESSAGE (LSD2)

ADDRESS
11BH

ADDRESS
11AH

00H

NONE

00H

01H

1200 b/s

00H

04H

4800 b/s

00H

05H

1200 b/s and 4800 b/s

00H

08H

9600 b/s

00H

09H

1200 b/s and 9600 b/s

00H

0CH

4800 b/s and 9600 b/s

00H

0DH

1200 b/s, 4800 b/s, and 9600 b/s

Verify that the normal response is displayed with “OK”.
If YES, go to Step 3.
If NO, go to Step 1.

Page 2 of 2

End of procedure.

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-038

MBE MESSAGE (VIDEO) CAPABILITY SETTING
TERMINAL CAPABILITY RELATED
SUMMARY:

STEP

Set the expansion video capability of connecting CODEC (VL 5000).

PROCEDURE
Note: Use the MBE message (video) capability with the factory shipment value (04H 00H). If
change is necessary for any reason, follow the steps described below.

Enter the following command.
SSPR__ n1 = x1 __n2 = x2 __ … ni = xi … ↵

ni: System parameter address 11CH and 11DH
[1] Addresses (hexadecimal values) on setting the MBE message (video) capability.
The MBE message (video) capability is set in hexadecimal values by dividing the 16
bits (b0 to b15) into the upper-half and lower-half 8 bits, or specifically by setting
bit 0 to bit 2 in the lower-half 8 bits to “1” or “0”. Accordingly, since the upper-half
8 bits are always “00H”, set only the lower-half 8 bits (address 11CH).

ADDRESS

MBE MESSAGE (VIDEO)

11CH

Lower-half 8 bits setting address (b0 to b7)

11DH

Upper-half 8 bits setting address (b8 to b15)

xi: System parameter values

See below:

[1] System parameter values on setting the MBE message (video) capability for the
addresses 11CH and 11DH.
The factory shipment value for the system parameter is 04H 00H.

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

SPR-038

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

MBE MESSAGE (VIDEO) CAPABILITY SETTING
TERMINAL CAPABILITY RELATED
STEP

PROCEDURE
SYSTEM PARAMETER

Note:

MBE MESSAGE (VIDEO) CAPABILITY

ADDRESS
11DH

ADDRESS
11CH

00H

OFF

00H

01H

PTY is ON.

00H

02H

PTY + FULL are ON.

00H

04H

PTY + FULL + VSP are ON.

PTY detects a parity error and performs Demand Refresh on its occurrence.
FULL: NTSC full resolution mode
VSP: dual screen multiplex mode

Verify that the normal response is displayed with “OK”.
If YES, go to Step 3.
If NO, go to Step 1.

Page 2 of 2

End of procedure.

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-039

AUDIO MODE SETTING
TERMINAL MODE RELATED
SUMMARY:

Set audio mode. If all the terminal CODECs (VL 5000s) are equipped with SBADPCM audio CODEC (7 kHz band) features, set the audio mode to “G.722
mode 2 (P×64k network)” or “G.722 mode 3 (p×56k network)”. If not, set it to
“µ-LAW and OF” and refrain from setting other values.

STEP
1

PROCEDURE
Enter the following command.
SSPR__ n1 = x1 __n2 = x2 __ … ni = xi … ↵

ni: System parameter address 120H and 123H
[1] Addresses (hexadecimal values) on setting the audio mode.
The audio mode capability is set in hexadecimal values by dividing the 32 bits (b0 to
b31) into four-quarter 8 bits.

ADDRESS

AUDIO MODE CAPABILITY

120H

Fourth-quarter 8 bits setting address (b0 to b7)

121H

Third-quarter 8 bits setting address (b8 to b15)

122H

Second-quarter 8 bits setting address (b16 to b23)

123H

First-quarter 8 bits setting address (b24 to b31)

xi:

System parameter valuesSee below:

[1] System parameter values on setting the audio mode capability for the addresses 120H
to 123H.
The factory shipment value for the system parameter is 20H 00H 00H 00H.

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

SPR-039

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

AUDIO MODE SETTING
TERMINAL MODE RELATED
STEP

PROCEDURE
SYSTEM PARAMETER
ADDRESS
123H

ADDRESS
122H

ADDRESS
121H

ADDRESS
120H

AUDIO MODE CAPABILITY

00H

04H

µ-law, OU is ON.

00H

08H

µ-law, OF (u7) is ON.

00H

10H

G.722 mode 1 is ON.

00H

20H

G.722 mode 2 is ON.

00H

40H

G.722 mode 3 is ON.

00H

04H

00H

µ-law, OF (u6) is ON.

40H

00H

Audio OFF, U is ON.

80H

00H

Audio OFF, F is ON.

Verify that the normal response is displayed with “OK”.
If YES, go to Step 3.
If NO, go to Step 1.

Page 2 of 2

End of procedure.

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-040

TRANSFER RATE MODE SETTING
TERMINAL MODE RELATED
SUMMARY:

Set the transfer rate for terminal.

STEP

PROCEDURE
Note: If rate is specified when setting up the multipoint teleconference by MCON or ECON
command, the MCON or ECON command specified rate is set.

Enter the following command.
SSPR__ n1 = x1 __n2 = x2 __ … ni = xi … ↵

ni: System parameter address 124H and 127H
[1] Addresses (hexadecimal values) on setting the transfer rate modes. The transfer rate
mode is set in hexadecimal values by dividing the 32 bits (b0 to b31) into fourquarter 8 bits.

ADDRESS

TRANSFER RATE MODE SETTING

124H

For 64 kb/s, 64 kb/s×2, 128 kb/s or 192 kb/s

125H

For 256 kb/s, 384 kb/s, 512 kb/s, 768 kb/s, or 384 kb/s x 2

126H

For 1152 kb/s, 1536 kb/s, 1920 kb/s, or 1472 kb/s

127H

Not used

LINE INTERFACE

AVAILABLE TRANSFER RATE

64 kb/s, 128 kb/s, 192 kb/s, 256 kb/s, 384 kb/s, 512 kb/s, 768 kb/s, 1152 kb/s, 1536 kb/s, 64 kb/s x 2,
384 kb/s x 2, and 1472 kb/s

RS 422

64 kb/s, 64 kb/s×2, 128 kb/s, 192 kb/s, 256 kb/s, 384 kb/s, 512 kb/s, 768 kb/s, 1152 kb/s, 1536 kb/s,
1920 kb/s, and 384 kb/s x 2

INS

64 kb/s, 64 kb/s×2, 384 kb/s, and 384 kb/s x 2

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 4

SPR-040

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

TRANSFER RATE MODE SETTING
TERMINAL MODE RELATED

STEP

PROCEDURE
xi: System parameter values

See below:

[1] System parameter values on setting the transfer rate mode for the addresses 124H to
127H.
The factory shipment value for the system parameter is 00H 02H 00H 00H.

SYSTEM PARAMETER
ADDRESS
127H

ADDRESS
126H

ADDRESS
125H

ADDRESS
124H

00H

01H

Transfer rate mode
64 kb/s is ON.

00H

02H

64 kb/s x 2 is ON.

00H

04H

128 kb/s is ON.

00H

08H

192 kb/s is ON.

00H

01H

00H

256 kb/s is ON.

00H

02H

00H

384 kb/s is ON.

00H

40H

00H

512 kb/s is ON.

00H

80H

00H

768 kb/s is ON.

00H

01H

00H

1152 kb/s is ON.

00H

04H

00H

1536 kb/s is ON.

00H

08H

00H

1920 kb/s is ON.

Verify that the normal response is displayed with “OK”.
If YES, go to Step 3.
If NO, go to Step 1.

Page 2 of 4

End of procedure.

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-040

TRANSFER RATE MODE SETTING
TERMINAL MODE RELATED
STEP

PROCEDURE
Transfer Rate Mode (+124H ~ 127H)

+124H

0 fixed

b0 : 64 kbps
b1 : 64 x 2 kbps
b6 : 128 kbps
b7 : 192 kbps

+125H

0 fixed

b0 : 256 kbps
b1 : 384 kbps
b2 : 384 x 2 kbps
b6 : 512 kbps
b7 : 768 kbps

0 fixed

Default = 00H

0 fixed 0 fixed

Default = 02H

(T1/RS422)
(T1/RS422/INS-H0)
(T1/RS422/INF-H0)
(T1/RS422)
(T1/RS422)

b0 : 1152 kbps
b1 : 1472 kbps
b2 : 1536 kbps
b3 : 1920 kbps

0 fixed 0 fixed

+126H

(T1/RS422/INF-H0)
(T1/RS422/INS-H0)
(T1/RS422)
(T1/RS422)

Default = 00H

(T1/RS422)
(T1)
(T1/RS422)
(RS422)

+127H

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Default = 00H

Page 3 of 4

SPR-040

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 4 of 4

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-041

VIDEO MODE SETTING
TERMINAL MODE RELATED
SUMMARY:

STEP

Specify whether video mode is set or not.

PROCEDURE
Note: Use the factory shipment value (08H 00H) in setting the video mode as a general rule. If
change is necessary for any reason, follow the steps described below.

Enter the following command.
SSPR__ n1 = x1 __n2 = x2 __ … ni = xi … ↵

ni: System parameter address 128H and 129H
[1] Addresses (hexadecimal values) in setting the video mode.
The video mode is set in hexadecimal values by dividing the 16 bits (b0 to b15) into
the upper-half and lower-half 8 bits, or specifically by setting bit 3 in the lower-half
8 bits to “1” or “0”. Accordingly, since the upper-half 8 bits are always “00H”, set
only the lower-half 8 bits (address 128H).

ADDRESS

VIDEO MODE

128H

Lower-half 8 bits setting address (b0 to b7)

129H

Upper-half 8 bits setting address (b8 to b15)

xi:System parameter values

See below:

[1] System parameter values on setting the video mode for the addresses.
The factory shipment value for the system parameter is 08H 00H.

SYSTEM PARAMETER
VIDEO MODE

ADDRESS
129H

ADDRESS
128H

00H

OFF

00H

08H

ON (H.261 video)

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

SPR-041

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

VIDEO MODE SETTING
TERMINAL MODE RELATED

STEP
2

PROCEDURE
Verify that the normal response is displayed with “OK”.
If YES, go to Step 3.
If NO, go to Step 1.

Page 2 of 2

End of procedure.

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-042

LOW SPEED DATA (LSD) MODE SETTING
TERMINAL MODE RELATED
SUMMARY:

STEP
1

Set the Low Speed Data (LSD) mode.

PROCEDURE
Note: MCU 5000A does not support LSD mode. Be sure, therefore, to set all LSD mode settings to
OFF (0000H). If change is necessary for any reason, follow the steps described below.
Enter the following command.
SSPR__ n1 = x1 __n2 = x2 __ … ni = xi … ↵

ni: System parameter address 12AH and 12BH
[1] Addresses (hexadecimal values) on setting the LSD mode.
The LSD mode is set in hexadecimal values by dividing the 16 bits (b0 to b15) into
the upper-half and lower-half 8 bits.

ADDRESS

LSD MODE

12AH

Lower-half 8 bits setting address (b0 to b7)

12BH

Upper-half 8 bits setting address (b8 to b15)

xi: System parameter values

See below:

[1] System parameter values on setting the LSD mode for the addresses.
The factory shipment value for the system parameter is 00H 00H.

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

SPR-042

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

LOW SPEED DATA (LSD) MODE SETTING
TERMINAL MODE RELATED
STEP

PROCEDURE
SYSTEM PARAMETER

ADDRESS
12BH

ADDRESS
12AH

LSD MODE SETTING

00H

OFF

Verify that the normal response is displayed with “OK”.
If YES, go to Step 3.
If NO, go to Step 1.

Page 2 of 2

End of procedure.

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-043

HIGH SPEED DATA (HSD) MODE SETTING
TERMINAL MODE RELATED
SUMMARY:

STEP

Set the High Speed Data (HSD) mode.

PROCEDURE
Note: MCU 5000A does not support HSD in MCON mode.

Enter the following command.
SSPR__ n1 = x1 __n2 = x2 __ … ni = xi … ↵
ni: System parameter address 12CH and 12DH
[1] Addresses (hexadecimal values) on setting the HSD mode.
The HSD mode is set in hexadecimal values by dividing the 32 bits (b0 to b31) into
the four-quarter 8 bits.

ADDRESS

HSD (HIGH SPEED DATA) MODE

12CH

Fourth-quarter 8 bits setting address (b0 to b7)

12DH

Third-quarter 8 bits setting address (b8 to b15)

12EH

Second-quarter 8 bits setting address (b16 to b23)

12FH

First-quarter 8 bits setting address (b24 to b31)

xi: System parameter values See below:
[1] System parameter values on setting the HSD mode for the addresses.
The factory shipment value for the system parameter is 00H 00H 00H 00H.

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

SPR-043

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

HIGH SPEED DATA (HSD) MODE SETTING
TERMINAL MODE RELATED
STEP

PROCEDURE
SYSTEM PARAMETER
ADDRESS
12FH

ADDRESS
12EH

ADDRESS
12DH

HSD MODE SETTING

ADDRESS
12CH

00H

OFF

00H

02H

00H

64 kb/s is ON.

00H

04H

00H

128 kb/s is ON.

00H

08H

00H

192 kb/s is ON.

00H

10H

00H

256 kb/s is ON.

00H

20H

00H

320 kb/s is ON

00H

40H

00H

384 kb/s is ON.

00H

80H

00H

512 kb/s (R) is ON.

00H

01H

00H

768 kb/s (R) is ON.

00H

02H

00H

1152 kb/s (R) is ON.

00H

04H

00H

1536 kb/s (r) is ON.

In all cases, all H-MLPs are OFF.

Verify that the normal response is displayed with “OK”.
If YES, go to Step 3.
If NO, go to Step 1.

Page 2 of 2

End of procedure.

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-044

MLP MODE SETTING
TERMINAL MODE RELATED
SUMMARY:

STEP

MCU 5000A communicates with terminals (VisuaLink ADs) via MLP channels.
This mode should be set to the same setting as “MLP Capability Setting, Terminal
Capability Related” in SPR-032.

PROCEDURE
Note: When MCU 5000A communicates with VisuaLink AD terminal, this mode should be set to
“MLP-6.4K”. If MCU 5000A does not communicate with a terminal, set to “OFF”.

Enter the following command.
SSPR__ n1 = x1 __n2 = x2 __ … ni = xi … ↵

ni: System parameter address 130H and 131H
[1] Addresses (hexadecimal values) on setting the MLP mode.
The MLP mode is set in hexadecimal values by dividing the 16 bits (b0 to b15) into
the upper-half and lower-half 8 bits, or specifically by setting bit 2 or bit 3 in the
lower-half 8 bits to “1” or “0”. Accordingly, since the upper-half 8 bits are always
“00H”, set only the lower-half 8 bits (address 130H).

ADDRESS

MLP MODE

130H

Lower-half 8 bits setting address (b0 to b7)

131H

Upper-half 8 bits setting address (b8 to b15)

xi: System parameter values See below:
[1] System parameter values on setting the MLP mode for the addresses.
The factory shipment value for the system parameter is 04H 00H.

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

SPR-044

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

MLP MODE SETTING
TERMINAL MODE RELATED
STEP

PROCEDURE
SYSTEM PARAMETER

MLP MODE SETTING

ADDRESS
131H

ADDRESS
130H

00H

OFF

00H

02H

MLP-4K is ON.

00H

04H

MLP-6.4K is ON.

Verify that the normal response is displayed with “OK”.
If YES, go to Step 3.
If NO, go to Step 1.

Page 2 of 2

End of procedure.

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-045

NETWORK CLASSIFICATION MODE SETTING
TERMINAL MODE RELATED
SUMMARY:

STEP
1

When communicating with a network having its basic line capacity restricted to
56 kb/s like Accunet in North America, set the mode to 56 kb/s. If all the
networks are unrestricted digital networks (64 kb/s), make the setting to 64 kb/s.
This mode should be set to the same setting as “Network Classification Capability
Setting, Terminal Capability Related” in SPR-033.

PROCEDURE
Enter the following command.
SSPR__ n1 = x1 __n2 = x2 __ … ni = xi … ↵

ni: System parameter address 132H and 133H
[1] Addresses (hexadecimal values) on setting the network classification mode.
The network classification mode is set in hexadecimal values by dividing the 16 bits
(b0 to b15) into the upper-half and lower-half 8 bits, or specifically by setting bit 0
or bit 1 in the lower-half 8 bits to “1” or “0”. Accordingly, since the upper-half 8
bits are always “00H”, set only the lower-half 8 bits (address 132H).

ADDRESS

NETWORK CLASSIFICATION MODE

132H

Lower-half 8 bits setting address (b0 to b7)

133H

Upper-half 8 bits setting address (b8 to b15)

xi: System parameter values See below:
[1] System parameter values on setting the network classification mode for the
addresses. The factory shipment value for the system parameter is 01H 00H.

SYSTEM PARAMETER
NETWORK CLASSIFICATION MODE SETTING

ADDRESS
133H

ADDRESS
132H

00H

01H

64 kb/s is ON. (unrestricted network)

00H

02H

56 kb/s is ON. (restricted network)

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

SPR-045

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

NETWORK CLASSIFICATION MODE SETTING
TERMINAL MODE RELATED
STEP
2

PROCEDURE
Verify that the normal response is displayed with “OK”.
If YES, go to Step 3.
If NO, go to Step 1.

Page 2 of 2

End of procedure.

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-047

MBE MODE SETTING
TERMINAL MODE RELATED
SUMMARY:

STEP

MCU 5000A uses MBE command to utilize NEC's original expansion devices.

PROCEDURE
Note: Set the MBE mode to ON (01H 00H) as a general rule. If change is necessary for any reason,
follow the steps described below.

Enter the following command.
SSPR__ n1 = x1 __n2 = x2 __ … ni = xi … ↵

ni: System parameter address 136H and 137H
[1] Addresses (hexadecimal values) in setting the MBE mode.
The MBE mode is set in hexadecimal values by dividing the 16 bits (b0 to b15) into
the upper-half and lower-half 8 bits, or specifically by setting bit 0 in the lower-half
8 bits to “1” or “0”. Accordingly, since the upper-half 8 bits are always “00H”, set
only the lower-half 8 bits (address 136H).

ADDRESS

MBE MODE

136H

Lower-half 8 bits setting address (b0 to b7)

137H

Upper-half 8 bits setting address (b8 to b15)

xi: System parameter values See below:
[1] System parameter values on setting the MBE mode for the addresses.
The factory shipment value for the system parameter is 01H 00H.

SYSTEM PARAMETER
ADDRESS
137H

ADDRESS
136H

MBE MODE SETTING

00H

OFF

00H

01H

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

SPR-047

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

MBE MODE SETTING
TERMINAL MODE RELATED

STEP
2

PROCEDURE
Verify that the normal response is displayed with “OK”.
If YES, go to Step 3.
If NO, go to Step 1.

Page 2 of 2

End of procedure.

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-048

MBE MESSAGE (AUDIO) MODE SETTING
TERMINAL MODE RELATED
SUMMARY:

STEP

Set expansion audio devices to be used in communication with the connecting
CODECs (VL 5000s).

PROCEDURE
Note: MCU 500A does not support MBE message (audio) mode. Be sure, therefore, to set all the
system parameters to OFF (00H 00H). If change is necessary for any reason, follow the steps
described below.

Enter the following command.
SSPR__ n1 = x1 __n2 = x2 __ … ni = xi … ↵

ni: System parameter address 138H and 139H
[1] Addresses (hexadecimal values) on setting the MBE message (audio) mode.
The MBE message (audio) mode is set in hexadecimal values by dividing the 16 bits
(b0 to b15) into the upper-half and lower-half 8 bits.

ADDRESS

MBE MESSAGE (AUDIO) MODE

138H

Lower-half 8 bits setting address (b0 to b7)

139H

Upper-half 8 bits setting address (b8 to b15)

xi: System parameter values See below:
[1] System parameter values on setting the MBE message (audio) mode for the addresses
138H and 139H.
The factory shipment value for the system parameter is 00H 00H.

SYSTEM PARAMETER
ADDRESS
139H

ADDRESS
138H

MBE MESSAGE (AUDIO) MODE SETTING

00H

OFF

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

SPR-048

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

MBE MESSAGE (AUDIO) MODE SETTING
TERMINAL MODE RELATED

STEP
2

PROCEDURE
Verify that the normal response is displayed with “OK”.
If YES, go to Step 3.
If NO, go to Step 1.

Page 2 of 2

End of procedure.

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-049

MBE MESSAGE (LSD2) MODE SETTING
TERMINAL MODE RELATED
SUMMARY:

STEP

Set expansion LSD (Low Speed Data) devices to be used in communication with
the connecting CODECs (VL 5000s)

PROCEDURE
Note: MCU 5000A does not support LSD2.

Enter the following command.
SSPR__ n1 = x1 __n2 = x2 __ … ni = xi … ↵

ni: System parameter address 13AH and 13BH
[1] Addresses (hexadecimal values) on setting the MBE message (LSD2) mode.
The MBE message (LSD2) mode is set in hexadecimal values by dividing the 16 bits
(b0 to b15) into the upper-half and lower-half 8 bits, or specially by setting any of bit
0, bit 2, or bit 3 in the lower-half 8 bits to “1” or “0”. Accordingly, since the upperhalf 8 bits are always 00H, set only the lower-half 8 bits (address 13AH).

ADDRESS

MBE MESSAGE (LSD2) MODE

13AH

Lower-half 8 bits setting address (b0 to b7)

13BH

Upper-half 8 bits setting address (b8 to b15)

xi: System parameter values See below:
[1] System parameter values on setting the MBE message (LSD2) mode for the
addresses 13AH and 13BH.
The factory shipment value for the system parameter is 00H 00H.

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

SPR-049

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

MBE MESSAGE (LSD2) MODE SETTING
TERMINAL MODE RELATED
STEP

PROCEDURE
SYSTEM PARAMETER

MBE MESSAGE (LSD2) MODE SETTING

ADDRESS
13BH

ADDRESS
13AH

00H

OFF

00H

01H

1200 b/s is ON.

00H

04H

4800 b/s is ON.

00H

08H

9600 b/s is ON.

Verify that the normal response is displayed with “OK”.
If YES, go to Step 3.
If NO, go to Step 1.

Page 2 of 2

End of procedure.

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-050

MBE MESSAGE (VIDEO) MODE SETTING
TERMINAL MODE RELATED
SUMMARY:

Set expansion video devices to be used in communication with the connecting
CODECs (VL 5000s).

STEP

PROCEDURE
Note: Set “PTY” and “FULL” to OFF as a general rule. Set “VSP” to ON when the dual screen
multiplex function is used at the connecting terminals, and OFF when it is not used.

Enter the following command.
SSPR__ n1 = x1 __n2 = x2 __ … ni = xi … ↵

ni: System parameter address 13CH and 13DH
[1] Addresses (hexadecimal values) on setting the MBE message (video) mode.
The MBE message (video) mode is set in hexadecimal values by dividing the 16 bits
(b0 to b15) into the upper-half and lower-half 8 bits, or specifically by setting any of
bit 1 through bit 3 in the lower-half 8 bits to “1” or “0”. Accordingly, since the upperhalf 8 bits are always “00H”, set only the lower-half 8 bits (address 13CH).

ADDRESS

MBE MESSAGE (VIDEO) MODE

13CH

Lower-half 8 bits setting address (b0 to b7)

13DH

Upper-half 8 bits setting address (b8 to b15)

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

SPR-050

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

MBE MESSAGE (VIDEO) MODE SETTING
TERMINAL MODE RELATED

STEP

PROCEDURE
xi: System parameter values

See below:

[1] System parameter values on setting the MBE message (video) mode for the address
13CH and 13DH.
The factory shipment value for the system parameter is 06H 00H.

SYSTEM PARAMETER

Note:

MBE MESSAGE (VIDEO) MODE SETTING

ADDRESS
13DH

ADDRESS
13CH

00H

OFF

00H

01H

PTY is ON.

00H

02H

FULL is ON.

00H

03H

PTY and FULL are ON.

00H

04H

VSP is ON.

00H

05H

PTY and VSP are ON.

00H

06H

FULL and VSP are ON.

00H

07H

PTY, FULL and VSP are ON.

PTY detects a parity error and performs Demand Refresh on its occurrence.
FULL: NTSC full resolution mode
VSP: dual screen multiplex mode

Verify that the normal response is displayed with “OK”.
If YES, go to Step 3.
If NO, go to Step 1.

Page 2 of 2

End of procedure.

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-101

AUDIO CAPABILITY
TERMINAL CAPABILITY RELATED
RCON (H.243 mode)
Group A and Group B:

"A:" means Group A and "B:" means Group B.

Audio Capability (A: +200H ~ +203H) (B: +260H ~ +263H)

A: +200H
B: +260H

0 fixed

Default = 0AH

b1 : m -Law, OF (F6)
b6 : G.722-64k
b7 : G.722-48k

A: +201H
B: +261H

A: +202H
B: +262H

A: +203H
B: +263H

0 fixed

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

0 fixed 0 fixed

Default = 00H

Page 1 of 2

SPR-101

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-102

TRANSFER RATE CAPABILITY
TERMINAL CAPABILITY RELATED
Transfer Rate Capability (A: +204H ~ 207H) (B: +264H ~ +267H)

A: +204H
B: +264H

0 fixed

b0 : 64 kbps
b1 : 64 x 2 kbps
b6 : 128 kbps
b7 : 192 kbps

A: +205H
B: +265H

0 fixed

b0 : 256 kbps
b1 : 384 kbps
b2 : 384 x 2 kbps
b6 : 512 kbps
b7 : 768 kbps

0 fixed

Default = C2

0 fixed 0 fixed

Default = C5H

(T1/RS422)
(T1/RS422/INS-H0)
(T1/RS422/INF-H0)
(T1/RS422)
(T1/RS422)

b0 : 1152 kbps
b1 : 1472 kbps
b2 : 1536 kbps
b3 : 1920 kbps

0 fixed 0 fixed

A: +206H
B: +266H

(T1/RS422/INF-H0)
(T1/RS422/INS-H0)
(T1/RS422)
(T1/RS422)

Default = 0FH

(T1/RS422)
(T1)
(T1/RS422)
(RS422)

A: +207H
B: +267H

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Default = 00H

Page 1 of 2

SPR-102

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-103

VIDEO CAPABILITY SETTING
TERMINAL CAPABILITY RELATED
SUMMARY:

STEP

Set the H.261 defined video capability.

PROCEDURE
Note: Set the video capability with the factory shipment value (22H 02H). If change is necessary
for any reason, follow the steps described below.

Enter the following command.
SSPR__ n1 = x1 __n2 = x2 __ … ni = xi … ↵

ni: System parameter address A: 208H and 209H
B: 268H and 269H
[1] Video capability corresponding to the addresses (hexadecimal values) in setting the
video capability.
The video capability is set in hexadecimal values by dividing the 16 bits (b0 to b15)
into the upper-half and lower-half 8 bits.

VIDEO CAPABILITY SETTING
(1: ON, 0: OFF)

ADDRESS

REMARKS

BIT
A: 208H
B: 268H

A: 209H
B: 269H

QCIF

QCIF and QCIF

QCIF: 4/29.97

QCIF: 3/29.97

QCIF: 2/29.97

QCIF: 1/29.97

CIF: 4/29.97

CIF: 3/29.97

CIF: 2/29.97

CIF: 1/29.97

2~7

Not used, fixed to 0

Set either one of the two bits to 1.
(NOTE)
Only one of these four bits should be set to
1.

(NOTE)
Only one of these four bits should be set to
1.

(NOTE)
_

Note: If none of the bits or more than one of the bits are set to 1, video capability is not guaranteed.

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

SPR-103

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

VIDEO CAPABILITY SETTING
TERMINAL CAPABILITY RELATED

STEP

PROCEDURE
xi:

System parameter values See below:
[1]

System parameter values on setting the video capability for the addresses 108H
and 109H.
The factory shipment value for the system parameter is 22H 02H.

SYSTEM PARAMETER

ADDRESS
A: 209H
B: 269H

ADDRESS
A: 208H
B: 268H

00H

05H

00H

09H

QCIF: 3/29.79 is ON

00H

11H

QCIF: 2/29.79 is ON

00H

21H

QCIF: 1/29.79 is ON

00H

46H

QCIF: 4/29.79 and CIF: 4/29.97 are ON.

00H

86H

QCIF: 4/29.79 and CIF: 3/29.97 are ON.

01H

06H

QCIF: 4/29.79 and CIF: 2/29.97 are ON.

02H

06H

QCIF: 4/29.79 and CIF: 1/29.97 are ON.

00H

4AH

QCIF: 3/29.79 and CIF: 4/29.97 are ON.

00H

8AH

QCIF: 3/29.79 and CIF: 3/29.97 are ON.

01H

0AH

QCIF: 3/29.79 and CIF: 2/29.97 are ON.

02H

0AH

QCIF: 3/29.79 and CIF: 1/29.97 are ON.

00H

52H

QCIF: 2/29.79 and CIF: 4/29.97 are ON.

00H

92H

QCIF: 2/29.79 and CIF: 3/29.97 are ON.

01H

12H

QCIF: 2/29.79 and CIF: 2/29.97 are ON.

02H

12H

QCIF: 2/29.79 and CIF: 1/29.97 are ON.

00H

62H

QCIF: 1/29.79 and CIF: 4/29.97 are ON.

00H

A2H

QCIF: 1/29.79 and CIF: 3/29.97 are ON.

01H

22H

QCIF: 1/29.79 and CIF: 2/29.97 are ON.

02H

22H

QCIF: 1/29.79 and CIF: 1/29.97 are ON.

VIDEO CAPABILITY

QCIF: 4/29.79 is ON

Verify that the normal response is displayed with “OK”.
If YES, go to Step 3.
If NO, go to Step 1.

Page 2 of 2

End of procedure.

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-104

LSD CAPABILITY SETTING
TERMINAL CAPABILITY RELATED
LSD Capability (A: +20AH ~ 20BH) (B: +26AH ~ +26BH)

A: +20AH
B: +26AH

0 fixed

Default = 00H

b2 : 1200 bps
b3 : 4800 bps
b4 : 6400 bps
b6 : 9600 bps
b7 : 14,400 bps

A: +20BH
B: +26BH

0 fixed

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

0 fixed 0 fixed

Default = 00H

Page 1 of 2

SPR-104

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-105

HSD CAPABILITY SETTING
TERMINAL CAPABILITY RELATED
HSD Capability (A: +20CH ~ 20FH) (B: +26CH ~ +26FH)

A: +20CH
B: +26CH

A: +20DH
B: +26DH

0 fixed

0 fixed 0 fixed

Default = 00H

b1 : 64 kbps
b2 : 128 kbps
b3 : 192 kbps
b4 : 256 kbps
b6 : 384 kbps

Note: When distributing HSD date, bit will be "1".

A: +20EH
B: +26EH

0 fixed

Default = 00H

b0 : 768 kbps (R)
b2 : 1536 kbps (R)

Note: When distributing HSD date, bit will be "1".

A: +20FH
B: +26FH

0 fixed

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

0 fixed 0 fixed

0 fixed

Default = 00H

Page 1 of 2

SPR-105

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-106

MLP CAPABILITY SETTING
TERMINAL CAPABILITY RELATED
MLP Capability (A: +210H ~ 211H) (B: +270H ~ +271H)

A: +210H
B: +270H

0 fixed

0 fixed 0 fixed

0 fixed

Default = 00H

b1 : MLP-4k
b2 : MLP-6k

A: +211H
B: +271H

0 fixed

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

0 fixed 0 fixed

Default = 00H

Page 1 of 2

SPR-106

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-107

NETWORK CLASSIFICATION CAPABILITY SETTING
TERMINAL CAPABILITY RELATED
Network Classification Capability (A: +212H ~ 213H) (B: +272H ~ +273H)

A: +212H
B: +272H

0 fixed

0 fixed 0 fixed

0 fixed

Default = 00H

b1 : 56 kbps (restricted)

A: +213H
B: +273H

0 fixed

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

0 fixed 0 fixed

Default = 00H

Page 1 of 2

SPR-107

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-108

MBE CAPABILITY SETTING
TERMINAL CAPABILITY RELATED
MBE Capability (A: +216H ~ 216H) (B: +277H ~ +277H)

A: +216H
B: +276H

0 fixed

b3
0 fixed

0 fixed

Default = 01H

1 : ON
0 : OFF

A: +217H
B: +277H

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

0 fixed 0 fixed

Default = 00H

Page 1 of 2

SPR-108

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-109

MBE MESSAGE 1 (AUDIO) CAPABILITY SETTING
TERMINAL CAPABILITY RELATED
MBE Message 1 (Audio) Capability (A: +218H) (B: +278H)

A: +218H
B: +278H

0 fixed

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

b3
0 fixed

b2
0 fixed

0 fixed 0 fixed

Default = 00H

Page 1 of 2

SPR-109

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-110

MBE MESSAGE 2 (PROPRIETARY) CAPABILITY SETTING
TERMINAL CAPABILITY RELATED
MBE Message 2 (Proprietary) Capability (A: +219H) (B: +279H)

A: +219H
B: +279H

0 fixed

b3
0 fixed

0 fixed

Default = C0H

b6 : H.243 proprietary site name
b7 : CMI capability

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

SPR-110

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-111

MBE MESSAGE 3 (LSD2) CAPABILITY SETTING
TERMINAL CAPABILITY RELATED
MBE Message 3 (LSD2) Capability (A: +21AH ~ 21BH) (B: +27AH ~ +27BH)

A: +21AH
B: +27AH

0 fixed

Default = 00H

b0 : 1200 bps
b1 : 2400 bps
b2 : 4800 bps
b3 : 9600 bps
b4 : 14400 bps

A: +21BH
B: +27BH

0 fixed

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

0 fixed 0 fixed

Default = 00H

Page 1 of 2

SPR-111

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-112

MBE MESSAGE 4 (VIDEO) CAPABILITY SETTING
TERMINAL CAPABILITY RELATED
MBE Message 4 (Video) Capability (A: +21CH ~ 21DH) (B: +27CH ~ +27DH)

A: +21CH
B: +27CH

0 fixed

b3
0 fixed

Default = 04H

b0 : PTY
b1 : PTY + FULL
b2 : PTY + FULL + VSP

Note:

PTY detects a parity error and performs Demand Refresh on its occurrence.
FULL: NTSC full resolution mode
VSP: dual screen multiplex mode

A: +21DH
B: +27DH

0 fixed

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

0 fixed 0 fixed

0 fixed

Default = 00H

Page 1 of 2

SPR-112

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-113

MBE MESSAGE CAPABILITY SETTING
TERMINAL CAPABILITY RELATED
(1)

A: +21EH
B: +27EH

MBE Message 6 (Data Application BAS) Capability (A: +21EH) (B: +27EH)
b7

0 fixed

(2)

A: +21FH
B: +27FH

0 fixed 0 fixed

0 fixed

Default = 00H

MBE Message 7 (Data Application BAS) Capability (A: +21FH) (B: +27FH)
b7

0 fixed

0 fixed 0 fixed

0 fixed

Default = 00H

b1 : STILL (H.261)

(3)

A: +220H
B: +280H

MBE Message 8 (Data Application BAS) Capability (A: +220H) (B: +280H)
b7

0 fixed

(4)

A: +221H
B: +281H

Default = 00H

MBE Message 9 Capability (A: +221H) (B: +281H)
b7

0 fixed

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

0 fixed 0 fixed

0 fixed

Default = 00H

Page 1 of 2

SPR-113

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-114

TIC CAPABILITY SETTING
TERMINAL CAPABILITY RELATED
TIC Capability (A: +222H) (B: +282H)

A: +222H
B: +282H

0 fixed

0 fixed 0 fixed

0 fixed

TIC

Default = 01H

1 : ON
0 : OFF

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

SPR-114

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-115

CIC CAPABILITY SETTING
TERMINAL CAPABILITY RELATED
CIC Capability (A: +223H) (B: +283H)

A: +223H
B: +283H

0 fixed

0 fixed 0 fixed

0 fixed

CIC

Default = 01H

1 : ON
0 : OFF

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

SPR-115

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-116

AUDIO MODE CAPABILITY SETTING
TERMINAL CAPABILITY RELATED
Audio Mode (A: +230H ~ +233H) (B: +290H ~ +293H)

A: +230H
B: +290H

0 fixed

Default = 20H

b2 : µ-law, OU
b3 : µ-law,OF (f7)
b4 : G.722 Mode 1
b5 : G.722 Mode 2
b6 : G.722 Mode 3

A: +231H
B: +291H

A: +232H
B: +292H

0 fixed

0 fixed 0 fixed

Default = 00H

b2 : µ-law, OU

A: +233H
B: +293H

0 fixed

Default = 00H

b6 : Audio OFF, U
b7 : Audio OFF, F

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

SPR-116

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-117

TRANSFER RATE CAPABILITY SETTING
TERMINAL CAPABILITY RELATED
Transfer Rate Mode (A: +234H ~ +237H) (B: +294H ~ +297H)

A: +234H
B: +294H

0 fixed

b0 : 64 kbps
b1 : 64 x 2 kbps
b6 : 128 kbps
b7 : 192 kbps

A: +235H
B: +295H

0 fixed

Default = 20H

(T1/RS422/INS)
(RS422/INS)
(T1/RS422)
(T1/RS422)

0 fixed

b0 : 256 kbps
b1 : 384 kbps
b2 : 384 x 2 kbps
b6 : 512 kbps
b7 : 768 kbps

b3
0 fixed

Default = 02H

(T1/RS422/INS)
(T1/RS422/INS-H0)
(RS422/INS-H0)
(T1/RS422)
(T1/RS422)

Note: For 2H0, b2 will be "1".

A: +236H
B: +296H

0 fixed

b0 : 1152 kbps
b1 : 1472kbps
b2 : 1536 kbps
b3 : 1920 kbps

b7
A: +237H
B: +297H

0 fixed

Default = 00H

(T1/RS422)
(T1)
(T1/RS422)
(RS422)

0 fixed 0 fixed

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

b4
0 fixed

0 fixed

Default = 00H

Page 1 of 2

SPR-117

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-118

VIDEO MODE SETTING
TERMINAL MODE RELATED
SUMMARY:

STEP

Specify whether video mode is set or not.

PROCEDURE
Note: Use the factory shipment value (08H 00H) in setting the video mode as a general rule. If
change is necessary for any reason, follow the steps described below.

Enter the following command.
SSPR__ n1 = x1 __n2 = x2 __ … ni = xi … ↵

ni: System parameter address A: 238H and 239H
B: 298H and 299H
[1] Addresses (hexadecimal values) in setting the video mode.
The video mode is set in hexadecimal values by dividing the 16 bits (b0 to b15) into
the upper-half and lower-half 8 bits, or specifically by setting bit 3 in the lower-half
8 bits to “1” or “0”. Accordingly, since the upper-half 8 bits are always “00H”, set
only the lower-half 8 bits (address 128H).

ADDRESS

VIDEO MODE

A: 238H, B: 298H

Lower-half 8 bits setting address (b0 to b7)

A: 239H, B: 299H

Upper-half 8 bits setting address (b8 to b15)

xi: System parameter values

See below:

[1] System parameter values on setting the video mode for the addresses.
The factory shipment value for the system parameter is 08H 00H.

SYSTEM PARAMETER
ADDRESS
A: 239H
B: 299H

ADDRESS
A: 238H
B: 298H

00H

OFF

00H

08H

ON (H.261 video)

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

VIDEO MODE

Page 1 of 2

SPR-118

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

VIDEO MODE SETTING
TERMINAL MODE RELATED

STEP
2

PROCEDURE
Verify that the normal response is displayed with “OK”.
If YES, go to Step 3.
If NO, go to Step 1.

Page 2 of 2

End of procedure.

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-119

LSD MODE SETTING
TERMINAL MODE RELATED
LSD Mode (A: +23AH ~ 23BH) (B: +29AH ~ +29BH)

A: +23AH
B: +29AH

0 fixed

Default = 00H

b2 : 1200 bps
b3 : 4800 bps
b4 : 6400 bps
b6 : 9600 bps
b7 : 14,400 bps

Note: When distributing LSD date, b7, b6, b4, b3 or b2 will be "1".

A: +23BH
B: +29BH

0 fixed

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

0 fixed 0 fixed

0 fixed

Default = 00H

Page 1 of 2

SPR-119

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-120

HSD CAPABILITY SETTING
TERMINAL MODE RELATED
HSD Capability (A: +23CH ~ 23FH) (B: +29CH ~ +29FH)

A: +23CH
B: +29CH

A: +23DH
B: +29DH

0 fixed

0 fixed 0 fixed

Default = 00H

b1 : 64 kbps
b2 : 128 kbps
b3 : 192 kbps
b4 : 256 kbps
b6 : 384 kbps

Note: When distributing HSD date, bit will be "1".

A: +23EH
B: +29EH

0 fixed

Default = 00H

b0 : 768 kbps (R)
b2 : 1536 kbps (R)
Note: When distributing HSD date, bit will be "1".

A: +23FH
B: +29FH

0 fixed

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

0 fixed 0 fixed

Default = 00H

Page 1 of 2

SPR-120

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-121

MLP MODE SETTING
TERMINAL MODE RELATED
MLP Mode (A: +240H ~ 241H) (B: +2A0H ~ +2A1H)
Note: MCU 5000A does not support MLP, when RCON mode.

A: +240H
B: +2A0H

0 fixed

0 fixed 0 fixed

0 fixed

Default = 00H

b1 : MLP-4k
b2 : MLP-6.4k

A: +241H
B: +2A1H

0 fixed

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

0 fixed 0 fixed

Default = 00H

Page 1 of 2

SPR-121

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-122

NETWORK CLASSIFICATION MODE SETTING
TERMINAL MODE RELATED
Network Classification Mode (A: +242H ~ 243H) (B: +2A2H ~ +2A3H)

A: +242H
B: +2A2H

0 fixed

0 fixed 0 fixed

0 fixed

Default = 01H

b0 : 64 kbps (unrestricted)
b1 : 56 kbps (restricted)

A: +243H
B: +2A3H

0 fixed

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

0 fixed 0 fixed

Default = 00H

Page 1 of 2

SPR-122

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-123

MBE MODE SETTING
TERMINAL MODE RELATED
MBE Mode (A: +246H ~ 246H) (B: +2A7H ~ +2A7H)

A: +246H
B: +2A6H

0 fixed

b3
0 fixed

0 fixed

Default = 01H

1 : ON
0 : OFF

A: +247H
B: +2A7H

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

0 fixed 0 fixed

Default = 00H

Page 1 of 2

SPR-123

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-124

MBE MESSAGE 1 (AUDIO) SETTING
TERMINAL MODE RELATED
MBE Message 1 (Audio) Capability (A: +248H ~ +249H) (B: +278H ~ +279H)

A: +248H
B: +298H

A: +249H
B: +299H

0 fixed

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

b3
0 fixed

0 fixed

0 fixed 0 fixed

Default = 00H

Page 1 of 2

SPR-124

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-125

MBE MESSAGE 3 (LSD2) MODE SETTING
TERMINAL MODE RELATED
MBE Message 3 (LSD2) Mode (A: +24AH ~ 24BH) (B: +29AH ~ +29BH)

A: +24AH
B: +29AH

0 fixed

b3
0 fixed

0 fixed

Default = 00H

b0 : 1200 bps
b1 : 2400 bps
b2 : 4800 bps
b3 : 9600 bps
b4 : 14400 bps

A: +24BH
B: +29BH

0 fixed

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

0 fixed 0 fixed

Default = 00H

Page 1 of 2

SPR-125

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-126

MBE MESSAGE 4 (VIDEO) MODE SETTING
TERMINAL MODE RELATED
MBE Message 4 (Video) Mode (A: +24CH) (B: +29CH)

A: +24CH
B: +29CH

0 fixed

b3
0 fixed

Default = 04H

0 : OFF
1 : ON

b0 : PTY
b1 : PTY + FULL
b2 : PTY + FULL + VSP

Note:

PTY detects a parity error and performs Demand Refresh on its occurrence.
FULL: NTSC full resolution mode
VSP: dual screen multiplex mode

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

SPR-126

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

SPR-127

RCON ACTION MODE SETTING
TERMINAL MODE RELATED
RCON Action Mode

(1) CCR (Request of Chairman Control Release) Timer (+380H)
00H ~ FFH (x1s)

default = 14H

(2) CCA (Request of Chairman Control Acquisition) Mode (+381H)
b7

b0
CCA

+381H

Default = 01H

01H: Last is proceeded.
00H: First is proceeded.

(3) Master/Slave Classification (+382H)
b7

+382H

Default = 00H

b0 = Group A
b1 = Group B
0 = Master
1 = Slave
Note: For H.243. Decide Master or Slave

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

SPR-127

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-220 Revision 2.0

NECA 340-414-300
ISSUE 2
DOI-G05186
PART OF STOCK # 0293922

MCU 5000A MULTIPOINT
CONTROL UNIT
CONSOLE OPERATION MANUAL

SEPTEMBER, 1998

NEC America, Inc.

LIABILITY DISCLAIMER
NEC America, Inc. reserves the right to change the specifications,
functions, or features, at any time, without notice.
NEC America, Inc. has prepared this document for use by its employees and customers. The information contained herein is the
property of NEC America, Inc. and shall not be reproduced without
prior written approval from NEC America, Inc.

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

Table of Contents

Table of Contents
INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................ INT-001
SYSTEM SETTING
CGPR .......................................................................................................... COP-110
RCGP .......................................................................................................... COP-111
LCNQ........................................................................................................... COP-112
LSTQ ........................................................................................................... COP-113
LCKS ........................................................................................................... COP-114
LERQ........................................................................................................... COP-115
LECR ........................................................................................................... COP-116
SWITCHING CONTROL
BCON .......................................................................................................... COP-131
BDSC........................................................................................................... COP-132
UCON .......................................................................................................... COP-133
UDSC .......................................................................................................... COP-134
LCON........................................................................................................... COP-135
LDSC ........................................................................................................... COP-136
SDSC........................................................................................................... COP-137
RCNN .......................................................................................................... COP-138
MULTIPOINT/LECTURE CONNECTION CONTROL
MCON.......................................................................................................... COP-139
MDSC .......................................................................................................... COP-140
ECON .......................................................................................................... COP-141
EDSC........................................................................................................... COP-142
MCNR.......................................................................................................... COP-145
MDCR.......................................................................................................... COP-146
RRNM.......................................................................................................... COP-147
RATT ........................................................................................................... COP-148

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page i

Table of Contents

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

MULTIPOINT TELECONFERENCE/LECTURE CONTROL
COPR........................................................................................................... COP-149
CSPR ........................................................................................................... COP-150
CRPR........................................................................................................... COP-151
CVCR............................................................................................................ COP152
STPR ........................................................................................................... COP-153
ALRM ........................................................................................................... COP-154
EQUR........................................................................................................... COP-155
EQRC........................................................................................................... COP-156
ETLK ............................................................................................................ COP-157
CMPR .......................................................................................................... COP-158
CSRR........................................................................................................... COP-160
CMSG .......................................................................................................... COP-161
GRRC .......................................................................................................... COP-182
RCAP ........................................................................................................... COP-183
RMOD .......................................................................................................... COP-184
MULTIPOINT TELECONFERENCE CONTROL
SNAM........................................................................................................... COP-162
RNAM .......................................................................................................... COP-163
MEMORY CARD CONTROL
RDIR ............................................................................................................ COP-166
RMCV .......................................................................................................... COP-167
RMCS .......................................................................................................... COP-168
CPMC .......................................................................................................... COP-169
SYSTEM SETTING AND MAINTENANCE
SSPR ........................................................................................................... COP-170
RSPR ........................................................................................................... COP-171
ISPR............................................................................................................. COP-172
SVSP ........................................................................................................... COP-173
RRST ........................................................................................................... COP-174
RCLK ........................................................................................................... COP-175
WCLK........................................................................................................... COP-176
RLCS ........................................................................................................... COP-177
STLP ............................................................................................................ COP-178
TLOP............................................................................................................ COP-179
RTLP............................................................................................................ COP-180
MAINTENANCE AND TEST
RROM .......................................................................................................... COP-181

Page ii

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

Table of Contents

MULTIPOINT TELECONFERENCE INDICATION
COPI............................................................................................................
CSPI ............................................................................................................
CRPI ............................................................................................................
CVCI ............................................................................................................
STEI.............................................................................................................
EQRI............................................................................................................
EQCI............................................................................................................
ETKI.............................................................................................................
CMPI............................................................................................................
CJNI.............................................................................................................
MCNI ...........................................................................................................
MDCI ...........................................................................................................
RLCI ............................................................................................................
ERRI ............................................................................................................
CSTI ............................................................................................................
CSTI .............................................................................................
CDTI ............................................................................................................
NALT ...........................................................................................................
NONL...........................................................................................................
NDCI............................................................................................................
NINC............................................................................................................
ISDN CONTROL
NCRN ..........................................................................................................
NDSC ..........................................................................................................
NCIC............................................................................................................
NIWT ...........................................................................................................
NIWR ...........................................................................................................
NIWQ...........................................................................................................
INET ............................................................................................................
NSTQ...........................................................................................................
NLGQ ..........................................................................................................
NLGC...........................................................................................................
NPDS...........................................................................................................
NPDR ..........................................................................................................
NDSS...........................................................................................................
NDSR ..........................................................................................................

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

COP-210
COP-211
COP-212
COP-213
COP-214
COP-215
COP-216
COP-217
COP-218
COP-220
COP-221
COP-222
COP-223
COP-224
COP-225
COP-226
COP-227
COP-228
COP-229
COP-230
COP-231
COP-300
COP-301
COP-302
COP-303
COP-304
COP-305
COP-306
COP-307
COP-308
COP-309
COP-310
COP-311
COP-312
COP-313

Page iii

Table of Contents

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

MULTIPOINT CONNECTION CONTROL
RCON .........................................................................................................
RDSC..........................................................................................................
RADD..........................................................................................................
RDRP..........................................................................................................
RASN ..........................................................................................................
RRAT ..........................................................................................................
H.243 MULTIPOINT CONNECTION CONTROL
RCNQ .........................................................................................................
INS Net Error Reasons...................................................................................

Page iv

COP-N01
COP-N02
COP-N03
COP-N04
COP-N05
COP-N06
COP-N07
Appendix

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

INT-001

INTRODUCTION
1: GENERAL

1.01
This introduction describes the interface between the Multipoint Control
Unit 5000A (MCU 5000A) and the MCU console, the starting-up of the MCU
5000A and the MCU console, and data transmit format.
1.02
The MCU 5000A has four serial interface ports, and three of which are
used to connect the MCU consoles. The MCU console is used for the initial
setting and maintenance of the MCU 5000A, as well as a control terminal for the
multipoint teleconference and/or the NEC’s VIDEO CODEC of VisuaLink 5000A
terminal. The MCU console can also be connected to the MCU 5000A via
modems for remote control.
1.03

The reference practices are listed below:

1)
2)
3)
4)
5)

NECA 340-414-100
NECA 340-414-210
NECA 340-414-220
NECA 340-414-300
NECA 340-414-500

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

………… General Description
………… Installation
………… System Parameter
………… Console Operation
………… Maintenance

Page 1 of 6

INT-001

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

2: INTERFACE

A. Physical Interface
2.01
The serial interface ports on the MCU 5000A and the MCU console are
RS-232C D-sub 25-pin connectors. The MCU 5000A can accept three consoles,
MCU ports.
B. Electrical Interface
2.02
The pin assignment for an RS-232C D-sub 25-pin connector on the MCU
5000A and the MCU console is shown in the Table 1, and the pin arrangement is
shown in Fig. 1.
Table 1: Pin Assignment for D-Sub Connector

PIN NO. DESIGNATION
1

I/O

DESCRIPTION
Frame Ground

OUT

PIN NO. DESIGNATION

DESCRIPTION

OUT

Data Terminal Ready

Send Data

Receive Data

Request to Send

Clear to Send

Data Set Ready

Signal Ground

Receive Carrier
Detection

I/O

11
25

1
12

Figure 1: Pin Arrangement for RS-232C D-Sub Connector

Page 2 of 6

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

INT-001

2.03
The MCU console is connected to the MCU 5000A via a reverse cable
connection (null modem). A modem can connect via a straight cable connection.
The reverse cable connection is shown in Fig. 2.

TO MCU 5000A
(DTE)

FG (1)

SG (7)

SD (2)

RD (3)

RS (4)

CS (5)

CD (8)

ER (20)

DR (6)

TO MCU CONSOLE
(DTE)

Figure 2: Reverse Cable Connection

2.04
The communications requirements for the RS-232C interface of the MCU
console are as follows:

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

•

Synchronization :

Start/Stop

•

Baud Rate

1200, 2400, 4800, 9600 b/s

•

Character Bits

8 bits

•

Stop Bit

1 bit

•

Parity Check Bit :

None

•

X Control Bit

None

Page 3 of 6

INT-001

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

2.05
The channel 1 (CH1) to channel 3 (CH3) on the RS-232C interface port
support the connection with the MCU console. The connection between the
MCU console and the MCU 5000A is shown in Fig. 3.

RS-232C

HSD IF**

L IF

CH1

CH5

CH1

CH13

CH9

CH5

CH1

CH2

CH6

CH2

CH14

CH10

CH6

CH2

CH3

CH7

CH3

CH11

CH7

CH3

CH4*

CH8

MCU CONSOLE
CH15

RS-232C
(REVERSE)

RS-232C
PORT

CH4

CH16

CH12

CH8

CH4

AC IN

MCU REAR TERMINAL ARRANGEMENT

Note:
* The channel 4 (CH4) at RS-232C interface port does not support RS-232C interface. This port is for future use.
** HSD if ports are future use.

Figure 3: Connection Between MCU Console and MCU 5000A

3: STARTING-UP

A. Starting-up of MCU Console
3.01
Confirm that MCU console is connected to the MCU 5000A, then, turn on
the power switch on MCU console.
B. Starting-up of MCU 5000A
3.02
Turn on the MCU 5000A, or reset it by the reset switch. The following
Wake-Up message is displayed on the MCU console screen when it full powers
on:

****
****

Multi point Teleconference control unit MCU-5000A Ver X.XX
Copyright (C) NEC Corporation 1991, 1993
Note:

****
****

X.XX indicates the version of the memory card in the MCU 5000A.

C. Verification of Connection between MCU Console and MCU 5000A
3.03
To verify whether or not the MCU console is correctly connected to the
MCU 5000A, use RCLK command (see COP-175) .

Page 4 of 6

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

4: TRANSMIT
FORMAT

INT-001

4.01
There are three types of data transmit formats which are issued from the
MCU console and MCU 5000A or vice versa: (1) Command Transmit Format,
(2) Response Transmit Format, and (3) Global Indication Transmit
Format.
A. Command Transmit Format
4.02
A command is sent from the MCU console to the MCU 5000A in the
following format:

COMMAND

SPACE

PARAMETER (PARAMETER …)

CR+LF

COMMAND field :

Contains an input command (4 letters).

SPACE field

A command and parameter(s) should be separated with a
space.

PARAMETER field :

Contains input parameter(s). Multiple parameters should
be separated with a space .

CR+LF field

Contains the signal which is generated when the
RETURN key on the keyboard is depressed.

B. Response Transmit Format
4.03
The MCU 5000A returns a response to an input command from the MCU
console. There are two types of responses: a normal response and an error
response.
Normal Response
A normal response format is as follows:

PARAMETER (PARAMETER CR + LF)

RESPONSE
(PARAMETER
CR+LF) field
Note:

CR+LF

Contains a response message (parameter(s) and CR+LF
signal).

The parameter(s) and CR+LF signal contained depend upon the input
command.

OK field

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Contains OK which indicates the successful completion
of an input command.

Page 5 of 6

INT-001

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

Error Response
An error response format is as follows:

ERROR CODE

CR+LF

ERROR CODE field:

Contains error code(s) which indicates that the MCU
5000A cannot execute the command and gives a reason
for error.

C. Global Response Indication Transmit Format
4.04
When any event occurs or the status changes in a system, the MCU
5000A sends global indication to all MCU consoles and terminals in the following
format:
INDICATION NAME

SPACE

PARAMETER (PARAMETER …)

INDICATION
NAME field

Contains an indication name (4 letters).

SPACE field

An indication name and a parameter field are separated
with a space.

PARAMETER field :

Page 6 of 6

CR+LF

Contains parameter(s).

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-110

CGPR
System Setting
COMMAND NAME

auto start Command Generator PRogram

PURPOSE

This command is used to create the auto start command generator program, which
is stored in the memory card as the command generator file. When the MCU
5000A is powered, the command(s) registered in this file is automatically
executed (the command generator file is similar to the MS-DOS batch file).

INPUT FORMAT

Note 1:

The write protect switch located on the memory card should be set to
“OFF” position before entering this command.

Note 2:

If the incorrect command is registered by this CGPR command, the MCU
5000A cannot possibly start up.

Note 3:

The command generator file is stored only on the memory card.

CGPR__vv.vv↵
(OK) (See Note (1))
A1
A2
.
.
.
Ai
CGPE ↵
(OK) (See Note (1))

EXPLANATION OF
INPUT
PARAMETERS

vv.vv= (0-9) (0-9).(0-9) (0-9)
Specifies the version number for which the Auto Start generator program will be
identified. Valid values for v are: 0 through 9
A1-Ai: Specifies the command registered in the command generator file.
Note 1:

OK within parentheses is not entered, but indicated.

Note 2:

CGPE command must be entered at end of command input string.

Note 3:

The input data must be less than 4 k-byte. If input data exceeds 4kbyte, overflow occurs.

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

COP-110

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

CGPR
System Setting
(continued)
RESPONSE
FORMATS

EXAMPLE

NORMAL RESPONSE:

ERROR RESPONSE:

ERR01
ERR80
ERR81
ERR82

CGPR __01.00 ↵
OK
MCON

CGPE ↵
OK

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-111

RCGP
System Setting
COMMAND NAME

Read Command Generator Program

PURPOSE

This command is used to retrieve (read) and display the auto start command
generator program registered in the memory card by the CGPR command.

INPUT FORMAT

RESPONSE
FORMAT

RCGP ↵

NORMAL RESPONSE:

A1
A2
.
.
.
Ai
vv.vv OK

EXPLANATION OF RESPONSE PARAMETERS
A1 - Ai

Indicates an auto start command registered in the memory card

vv.vv

Indicates the version of auto start command generator program.
Each v in a digit (0 to 9).

ERROR RESPONSE:

EXAMPLE

ERR01
ERR80
ERR81

RCGP ↵
MCON__1__2__3__4__5__6__7__8
01.12__OK

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

COP-111

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-112

LCNQ
System Setting
COMMAND NAME

Line CoNnection reQuirement

PURPOSE

This command is used to display the mounted LIF unit type and its bit rate. The bit rate of
each line can be set per line interface unit using the SSPR command.

INPUT FORMAT
RESPONSE
FORMAT

LCNQ ↵
NORMAL RESPONSE:

1-T1
2-T1
3-RS422
4-NONE
OK

:
:
:

l1-ln=xxx kbps
ln+1=xxx kbps

EXPLANATION OF RESPONSE PARAMETER
l1, … ln, ln+1:

logic line number (L1 ~ L254)

xxx:

bit rate (xxxk means xxx kbps.)

ERROR RESPONSE: ERR01
EXAMPLE

LCNQ ↵
1-T1
: L1-L4=128 kbps
2-T1
:
3-RS422 : L5=384 kbps
4-NONE
OK

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

COP-112

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-113

LSTQ
System Setting
COMMAND NAME

Line STatus reQuirement

PURPOSE

This command is used to display each physical line status. The status are
indicated as follows:
(1)

1.5M-LIF (CH1 to CH4:)

Line Status 0:
1:
2:
3:
4:
(2)

RS-422 (CH1 to CH4)

Line Status 0:
1:
2:
3:
(3)

LIF card is not mounted.
Normal
RAI signal is received.
Data clock is out-of -synchronization.
AIS signal is received.

LIF card is not mounted.
Normal
I signal is not received.
Data clock is out-of-synchronization.

H0-LIF (CH1 to CH2)

Line Status 0: PKG unmount
1: Normal
2: Receive RAI
3: Synchronous failure
4: Receive AIS
D: Disconnect
L: Establish
INPUT FORMAT

LSTQ ↵

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

COP-113

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

LSTQ
System Setting
(continued)
RESPONSE
FORMAT

NORMAL RESPONSE: xxxx

xxxx

EXPLANATION OF RESPONSE PARAMETER
•

Each 4-digit group corresponds with physical line number.

•

x= 0_4
Indicates the line status or link layer status as follows:
For 0_4, refer to PURPOSE.

Digit (x)

1.5M-LIF

Channel 1
line status

Channel 2
line status

Channel 3
line status

Channel 4
line status

RS-422

Channel 1
line status

Channel 2
line status

Channel 3
line status

Channel 4
line status

H0-LIF

Channel 1
line status

Channel 2
link layer status

Channel 2
line status

Channel 2
link layer status

Unit

ERROR RESPONSE:
EXAMPLE

LSTQ ↵
1111

Page 2 of 2

ERR01

1111

0000

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-114

LCKS
System Setting
COMMAND NAME

Line ClocK Source requirement.

PURPOSE

This command is used to display the clock source for MCU 5000A.

INPUT FORMAT

LCKS ↵

RESPONSE
FORMAT

NORMAL RESPONSE:

EXPLANATION OF RESPONSE PARAMETERS
n=

00 or 01_16
Indicates the clock source for MCU 5000A:

00:

internal clock or out-of-synchronization status

01_16:

physical line number for external source

ERROR RESPONSE:

EXAMPLE

ERR01

LCKS ↵
00

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

COP-114

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-115

LERQ
System Setting
COMMAND NAME

Line ERror reQuirement

PURPOSE

This command is used to display the number of errors on the physical line.

INPUT FORMAT

Note 1:

When the line number is not entered, the number of error for all lines
are displayed.

Note 2:

The number of error for the line, on which LIF unit is not mounted, are
not displayed.

Note 3:

When reset, memory (the number of error) is cleared.

LERQ [

n] ↵

EXPLANATION OF INPUT PARAMETER
n=

RESPONSE
FORMAT

01 ~ 16
Specifies the required physical line number. If the number of error
for all physical lines is required, this is not entered.

NORMAL RESPONSE:

01 : EI1=x

EI2=x

EI3=x

EI2=x

EI3=x

.
.
.
i

: EI1=x

OK
EXPLANATION OF RESPONSE PARAMETERS
•

i= 01 ~ 16
Indicates the physical line number

•

EI1, EI2, EI3
Indicates the error code. See table below.

Line

EI1

EI2

EI3

RAI reception

Out-of-synchronization

AIS reception

RS-422

I signal off

Out-of-synchronization

AIS reception

ISDN (H0)

RAI reception

Out-of-synchronization

Unused

•

x= 00000 ~ 65535
Indicates the occurrence number of the corresponding error.

ERROR RESPONSE:

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

ERR01
ERR02

Page 1 of 2

COP-115

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

LERQ
System Setting
(continued)
EXAMPLE

LERQ ↵
01: EI1=00000
02: EI1=00000

EI2=00000
EI2=00000

E13=00000
E13=00000

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-116

LECR
System Setting
COMMAND NAME

Line Error Counter Reset

PURPOSE

This command is used to reset the error counter for the physical line.
Note:

INPUT FORMAT

When the line number is not entered, the error counter for all physical
lines are cleaved.

LECR [__n] ↵

EXPLANATION OF INPUT PARAMETERS
n= 01_16
Specifies the required line number. If the error counter for all
physical lines are required to reset, this is not entered.
RESPONSE
FORMAT

EXAMPLE

NORMAL RESPONSE:

ERROR RESPONSE:

ERR01
ERR02

LECR ↵
OK

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

COP-116

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-131

BCON
Switching Control
COMMAND NAME

BiDirectional video CoNnection

PURPOSE

This command is used to make point-to-point connection between two terminals.

INPUT FORMAT

BCON

n2 [__S] ↵

EXPLANATION OF INPUT PARAMETER
n1, n2 = 1 ~ 254
Specifies the logic line number of the terminal to be connected.
If the specified line is busy, this command is denied and the error
code is indicated.
S = B, 2B, H0, or 2H0
Specifies the line speed.
RESPONSE
FORMAT

EXAMPLE

NORMAL RESPONSE:

ERROR RESPONSE:

ERR01
ERR02
ERR04
ERR07
ERR08
ERR10
ERR53

BCON

4↵

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

COP-131

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-132

BDSC
Switching Control
COMMAND NAME

BiDirectional video disConnect

PURPOSE

This command is used to disconnect a point-to-point connection between two
terminals.

INPUT FORMAT

BDSC

n↵

EXPLANATION OF INPUT PARAMETER
n= 1 ~ 254
Specifies the logic line number of either of two terminals to be
disconnected.
RESPONSE
FORMAT

EXAMPLE

NORMAL RESPONSE:

ERROR RESPONSE:

ERR01
ERR04
ERR09

BDSC

3↵

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

COP-132

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-133

UCON
Switching Control
COMMAND NAME

Unilateral CONnect

PURPOSE

This command is used to broadcast one picture to a number of terminals. That is,
one transmit terminal is connected to the multiple receive terminals by this
command (broadcast connection). This command can establish the following
connections; Loopback connection (n1 = n2), Additional Connection, and Mixed
connection with BCON/LCON/MCON/ECON. (When mixed with a BCON
conference, aUCON function like a LCON.)

INPUT FORMAT

UCON

n2 [

…

ni] [__S] ↵

EXPLANATION OF INPUT PARAMETERS
n1 = 1 ~ 254
Specifies the logic line number of a transmit terminal.
n2, n3 … ni = 1 ~ 254
Specifies the line logic number of respective receive terminals.
S = B, 2B, H0, or 2H0
Specifies the line speed.
RESPONSE
FORMAT

EXAMPLE

NORMAL RESPONSE:

ERROR RESPONSE:

ERR01
ERR02
ERR04
ERR07
ERR08
ERR10
ERR53

UCON

6↵

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

COP-133

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-134

UDSC
Switching Control
COMMAND NAME

Unilateral DiSConnect

PURPOSE

This command is used to disconnect a broadcast connection which was established by the
UCON command.

INPUT FORMAT

UDSC

n1 [

n2…

ni] ↵

EXPLANATION OF INPUT PARAMETER
n1, …, ni = 1 ~ 254
Specifies the logic line number of the respective receive terminal to
be disconnected. If the logic line number for the transmit terminal is
entered, all receive terminals are disconnected from the transmit
terminal.
RESPONSE
FORMAT

EXAMPLE

NORMAL RESPONSE:

ERROR RESPONSE:

ERR01
ERR04
ERR09

UDSC

5↵

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

COP-134

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-135

LCON
Switching Control
COMMAND NAME

Lecture monitor CONnect

PURPOSE

This command is used to connect one transmit terminal to the specified receive
terminals and simultaneously causes the transmit terminal to monitor (receive) a
picture sent from one specified terminal.

INPUT FORMAT

LCON__n1__n2__n3[__n4… __ni] [__S] ↵

EXPLANATION OF INPUT PARAMETER
n1=

1 ~ 254
Specifies the logic line number of the transmit terminal.

n2=

1 ~ 254
Specifies the logic line number of the terminal which the transmit
terminal monitors.

n3, … ni=1_254
Specifies the logic line number of respective receive terminals.
S = B, 2B, H0, or 2H0
Specifies the line speed.
RESPONSE
FORMAT

EXAMPLE

NORMAL RESPONSE:

ERROR RESPONSE:

ERR01
ERR02
ERR04
ERR07
ERR08
ERR10
ERR53

LCON__5__2__3__6 ↵

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

COP-135

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-136

LDSC
Switching Control
COMMAND NAME

Lecture monitor DiSConnect

PURPOSE

This command is used to disconnect the multiple connections which are made by the
LCON command.

INPUT FORMAT

LDSC__n1 [__n2__n3__ … __ni] ↵

EXPLANATION OF INPUT PARAMETERS
n1, … ni = 1 ~ 254
Specifies the logic line number of the respective receive terminal to
be disconnected. If the logic line number of transmit terminal is
entered, all receive terminals are disconnected from the transmit
terminal. If the logic line number of a terminal which the transmit
terminal monitors is entered, error is responded.
RESPONSE
FORMAT

EXAMPLE

NORMAL RESPONSE:

ERROR RESPONSE:

ERR01
ERR04
ERR09

LDSC__5__2__3__6 ↵

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

COP-136

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-137

SDSC
Switching Control
COMMAND NAME

System all DiSConnect

PURPOSE

This command is used to disconnect all video conference connections in the
system.

INPUT FORMAT
RESPONSE
FORMAT

EXAMPLE

Note 1:

When two or more connections have been made, they are disconnected
by this command

Note 2:

When cascade connection have been made, the following actions take
place:
•

Command from master terminal: Slave terminal is disconnected in
multipoint connection and the slave terminal becomes cascade
connection waiting state.

•

Command from slave terminal: Cascade connection waiting state in
multipoint connection is released and all connections for slave
terminals, which are connected in multipoint, are released.

SDSC ↵
NORMAL RESPONSE:

ERROR RESPONSE:

ERR01

SDSC ↵
OK

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

COP-137

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-138

RCNN
Switching Control
COMMAND NAME

Read CoNNection

PURPOSE

This command is used to retrieve and display the video conference connection
status on all the transmission lines. Connection status are displayed per video
connection mode used.

INPUT FORMAT
RESPONSE
FORMAT

RCNN ↵
NORMAL RESPONSE:

n
n
n
g
g

BCON n
UCON n [ n … ]
LCON n [ n … ]
MCON n … [Mn Ss … ]
MCNR n Rx

OK
EXPLANATION OF RESPONSE PARAMETER
n=

1 ~ 254
Indicates logic line number.

Indicates teleconference group name.

Slave number.

Mn: Suffix n indicates logic line number for master terminal.
Ss:

Suffix s indicates logic line number for slave terminal.

Rx:

Suffix x indicates transfer rate.

ERROR RESPONSE:
EXAMPLE

ERR01

RCNN ↵
4 BCON 7
1 UCON 3 5 6
A MCON 8 10 11

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

COP-138

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-139

MCON
Mutlipoint/Lecture Connection Control
COMMAND NAME

Multi point CONnect

PURPOSE

This command is used to establish H.320 multipoint connections. The specified
terminal (room) can participate in the multipoint teleconference. When the line
number is set to 0, line connection is not established and the teleconference room
number is skipped. In the cascade connection, the MCU acts as a master-side.

INPUT FORMAT

MCON

nm1

nm2

nm3 … [Mnc

Snx

ns1

ns2 … ][

Rr][__S] ↵

EXPLANATION OF INPUT PARAMETERS
ni =

1 ~ 254
Specifies the logic line number of the terminal to be multiconnected.

i = mj Specifies the terminal logic line number to be connected in the
Master MCU.
i=x

Specifies the slave number.

i = sj

Specifies the terminal logic line number to be connected to
Slave-side MCU.

i=c

Specifies the logic line number of cascade port.

Specifies a bit rate (kb/s). Note that a bit rate corresponds to the
type of line interface. If this parameter is no value (not entered),
the default bit rate (system parameter value) is used. Valid values
for r are:
56, 56X2, 64, 64X2, 112, 128, 168, 192, 224, 256, 336, 384, 448, 512,
672, 768, 1008, 1152, 1344, 1536, 1920, 1472, 1288, 384x2, 336x2

S = B, 2B, H0, or 2H0
Specifies the line speed.

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

COP-139

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

MCON
Mutlipoint/Lecture Connection Control
(continued)
RESPONSE
FORMAT

NORMAL RESPONSE:

m2 … mi

xkbps

EXPLANATION OF RESPONSE PARAMETERS
g
mi
x

:
:
:

teleconference group name (A or B)
indicates the teleconference room number (1_14)
indicates the line bit rate

Note: The two groups of multipoint teleconferences can be made. The
first multipoint group established is called group A and second,
group B. The total of terminals in groups A and B cannot exceed 8
(when in cascade, the sites increase to 14).
ERROR RESPONSE:

EXAMPLE

Page 2 of 2

MCON

3
03

ERR01
ERR02
ERR04
ERR06
ERR08
ERR10
ERR14
ERR16
ERR30
ERR53

5↵
04

384kbps

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-140

MDSC
Mutlipoint/Lecture Connection Control
COMMAND NAME

Multi point DiSConnect

PURPOSE

This command is used to disconnect the H.320 multipoint connections of one
teleconference group. This command cannot disconnect some of terminals in the
teleconference group from the multipoint connections. If a cascade connection
has been established, this command disconnects the connection on the slave
MCU.

INPUT FORMAT

MDSC [

g] ↵

EXPLANATION OF INPUT PARAMETER
g= A, B, or no value
Specifies the name of teleconference group to be disconnected. If
this parameter is no value (not entered), A is defaulted.
RESPONSE
FORMAT

EXAMPLE

NORMAL RESPONSE:

ERROR RESPONSE:

ERR01
ERR05
ERR31

MDSC

A↵

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

COP-140

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-141

ECON
Mutlipoint/Lecture Connection Control
COMMAND NAME

*Education mode multi point CONnection

PURPOSE

This command is used to establish a multipoint connection in an education mode.
In this connection, voice activated switching is deactivated.

INPUT FORMAT

ECON

[I]nm1

[I]nm2

[I]nm3 … [Mnc

Snx

[I]ns1

[I]ns2 … ][

Rr][

s] ↵

EXPLANATION OF INPUT PARAMETERS
ni=

1 ~ 254
Specifies the logic line number of the terminal to be multiconnected.

i=mj Specifies the logic line number of the terminal to be connected to
Master-side MCU.
i=x

Specifies the slave number.

i=sj

Specifies the logic line number of the terminal to be connected to
Slave-side MCU.

i=c

Specifies the logic line number of the cascade port.

Specifies an instructor terminal. I should be entered for an
instructor terminal.

Note: Each group can provide only one instructor terminal. The
instructor terminal is not set to voice terminal.
r=

Specifies the bit rate (kbps). Note that the bit rate corresponds to
the type of line interface. If this parameter is no value (not entered),
the default bit rate (system parameter value) is used. Valid values
for r are:56, 56X2, 64, 64X2, 112, 128, 168, 192, 224, 256, 336,
384, 448, 512, 672, 768, 1008, 1152, 1344, 1536, 1920, 1288, 1472,
384X2, 336X2

B, 2B, H0, or 2H0
Specifies the line speed

*Future Release

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

COP-141

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

ECON
Mutlipoint/Lecture Connection Control
(continued)
RESPONSE
FORMAT

NORMAL RESPONSE:

[I]m1

[I]m2 … [I]mi xkbps

EXPLANATION OF RESPONSE PARAMETERS
g
I
mi
x

:
:
:
:

teleconference group name (A or B)
indicates the instructor terminal.
indicates the teleconference room number (1 ~ 14).
indicates the line bit rate.

ERROR RESPONSE:

EXAMPLE

Page 2 of 2

ECON
A 02

ERR01
ERR02
ERR04
ERR06
ERR08
ERR10
ERR14
ERR16
ERR30
ERR53

2 I3 4 5 ↵
I03 04 05 384kbps OK

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-142

EDSC
Mutlipoint/Lecture Connection Control
COMMAND NAME

*Education mode multipoint DiSConnection

PURPOSE

This command is used to disconnect the multipoint connection for education
mode of one teleconference group. In the cascade connection, this command
disconnects the connection to cascade-end terminal (cascade-end terminal is in
master connection waiting state).

INPUT FORMAT

EDSC[

g] ↵

EXPLANATION OF INPUT PARAMETER
g=

RESPONSE
FORMAT

EXAMPLE

A, B, or no value
Specifies the name of teleconference group to be disconnected the
multi point connections. If this parameter is no value (not entered),
A is specified.

NORMAL RESPONSE:

ERROR RESPONSE:

ERR01
ERR05
ERR31

EDSC

A↵

*Future Release

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

COP-142

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-145

MCNR
Mutlipoint/Lecture Connection Control
COMMAND NAME

Multi point CoNnection for slave

PURPOSE

This command is used to set the local terminal to waiting status for cascade
connection by the master MCU. When this command is completed, one
teleconference group is occupied.

INPUT FORMAT

MCNR__nc[__Rx] [__S] ↵

EXPLANATION OF INPUT PARAMETERS

RESPONSE
FORMAT

nc:

1 ~ 254
Specifies the logic line number for cascade connection.

Specifies the transfer bit rate (kb/s). Note that the bit rate
corresponds to the type of line interface. If this parameter is no
value (not entered), the default bit rate (system parameter value) is
used. Valid values for x are: 56, 56X2, 64, 64X2, 112, 128, 168,
192, 224, 256, 336, 384, 448, 512, 672, 768, 1008, 1152, 1344,
1536, 1920, 1288, 1472, 384X2, 336X2

B, 2B, H0, or 2H0
Specifies the line speed.

NORMAL RESPONSE:

g__xkbps__OK

EXPLANATION OF RESPONSE PARAMETERS
g :

teleconference group name (A or B)

x :

indicates the bit rate.

ERROR RESPONSE:

EXAMPLE

ERR01
ERR02
ERR04
ERR06
ERR08
ERR14
ERR30
ERR53

MCNR__3 ↵
A__384kbps__OK

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

COP-145

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-146

MDCR
Mutlipoint/Lecture Connection Control
COMMAND NAME

Multi point DisConnection for slave

PURPOSE

This command is used to release the cascade connection status or cascade
connection waiting status.

INPUT FORMAT

MDCR[__g] ↵

EXPLANATION OF INPUT PARAMETERS
g=

RESPONSE
FORMAT

EXAMPLE

A, B, or no value
Specifies the name of teleconference group to be released. If this
parameter is no value (not entered), A is specified.

NORMAL RESPONSE:

ERROR RESPONSE:

ERR01
ERR05

MDCR__A ↵

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

COP-146

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-147

RRNM
Mutlipoint/Lecture Connection Control
COMMAND NAME

Read Room NuMber

PURPOSE

This command is used to retrieve and display the logic line numbers, logic room
numbers, and port numbers of the terminals which are multi-connected.

INPUT FORMAT

RRNM ↵

RESPONSE
FORMAT

NORMAL RESPONSE: A__Rm1[I](p)=n1 … [Ss(p)=ni-1__Rmi[I](p)=ni … ]
[B__Rm1[I](p)=n1 … [Ss(p)=ni-1__Rmi[I](p)=ni …]

EXPLANATION OF RESPONSE PARAMETER
R :

means the teleconference room identifier

mi :

indicates the teleconference room number (1 ~ 14)
(RCON mode : 001 ~ 252)

means instructor terminal identifier

indicates the teleconference port number (1 ~ 8)

means the cascade port identifier

indicates slave number (0 or 1)
(RCON mode : 002 ~ 191)

ni :
EXAMPLE

indicates a logic line number (1 ~ 254)

RRNM ↵
A__R01(01)=001__R01I(02)=003__R03(03)=007
OK

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

COP-147

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-148

RATT
Mutlipoint/Lecture Connection Control
COMMAND NAME

Read the ATTendance

PURPOSE

This command is used to display the current status of multi-connected terminals in
the system. In master-connection waiting state for MCNR command, the
teleconference group name (A or B) is only displayed.

INPUT FORMAT
RESPONSE
FORMAT

RATT ↵
NORMAL RESPONSE:

A__Rm1=xyzv__Rm2=xyzv ... Rmi=xyzv
B__Rm3=xyzv__Rm4=xyzv ... Rmi=xyzv

OK
EXPLANATION OF RESPONSE PARAMETERS
mi :

indicates a teleconference room number (1 ~ 14)

indicates the status of H-221 frame synchronization
0: out of synchronization
1: synchronized

indicates whether or not a terminal (teleconference room) is
participating in the teleconference.
0: the indicated terminal is not participating in the teleconference.
1: the indicated terminal is participating in the teleconference.

indicates whether or not a terminal is multi-connected.
0: the indicated terminal is not multi-connected.
1: the indicated terminal is multi-connected.

indicates the type of terminal.
0: TV teleconference terminal

ERROR RESPONSE:
EXAMPLE

ERR01

RATT ↵
A__R1=1110__R2=0000__R3=1110__R4=1110
OK
Note: Invalid in RCON mode.

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

COP-148

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-149

COPR
Mutlipoint Teleconference/Lecture Control
COMMAND NAME

Control of Operator Privilege Request

PURPOSE

This command is used to assign or cancel the operator privilege of the specified
teleconference room (terminal). Only one teleconference terminal is allowed to
have the operator privilege in one teleconference group. If the operator privilege
is already assigned to any terminal, previous assignment is canceled when it is
assigned to the other terminal. When the operator privilege is assigned to any
terminal, voice detection is automatically inhibited in all terminals. This
command is available for the multi point teleconference mode, but in the multi
point teleconference education mode.

INPUT FORMAT

COPR[__g]__r__x ↵
EXPLANATION OF INPUT PARAMETERS

RESPONSE
FORMAT

EXAMPLE

A, B, or no value
Specifies the teleconference group number. If this parameter is no
value (not entered), A is used.

1 ~ 8 or 1 ~ 14
Specifies the teleconference room number which is assigned or
canceled. Valid values for r are:
Master connection only: 1 ~ 8
Slave connection:
1 ~ 14

ON or OFF
Specifies the operator privilege status. Valid value for x is:
ON:
The operator privilege is assigned
OFF:
The operator privilege is canceled

NORMAL RESPONSE:

ERROR RESPONSE:

ERR01
ERR05
ERR13
ERR31

COPR__1__ON ↵
OK
COPI__A__01__ON (See Note.)
Note 1:

This line is displayed on MCU console as a response for command.
Refer to COP-210.

Note 2:

Cannot use in RCON mode.

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

COP-149

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-150

CSPR
Mutlipoint Teleconference/Lecture Control
COMMAND NAME

Control of Send Picture Request

PURPOSE

This command is used to broadcast the picture of the specified terminal. The
specified broadcasting terminal is not interrupted receiving by entering this
command and can continue to receive the picture as before.

INPUT FORMAT

CSPR[__g]__r ↵
EXPLANATION OF INPUT PARAMETERS

RESPONSE
FORMAT

EXAMPLE

A, B, or no value.
Specifies the teleconference group name. If this parameter is no
value (not entered), A is used.

1 ~ 8 or 1 ~ 14
Specifies the teleconference room number of a broadcasting
terminal. Valid values for r are:
Master connection only:
1~8
Slave connection:
1 ~ 14

NORMAL RESPONSE:

ERROR RESPONSE:

ERR01
ERR05
ERR13
ERR31

CSPR__2 ↵
OK
CSPI__A__2 (See Note.)
Note 1:

This line displayed on MCU console as a response for command. Refer
to COP-211.

Note 2:

Can not use in RCON mode.

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

COP-150

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-151

CRPR
Mutlipoint Teleconference/Lecture Control
COMMAND NAME

Control of Receive Picture Request

PURPOSE

This command is used to connect one transmit terminal to one receive terminal or
disconnect one receive terminal from one transmit terminal.

INPUT FORMAT

CRPR[__g]__r1__r2__x ↵
EXPLANATION OF INPUT PARAMETERS

RESPONSE
FORMAT

A, B, or no value
Specifies the teleconference group name. If this parameter is no
value (not entered), A is used.

r1=

1 ~ 8 or 1 ~ 14
Specifies the teleconference room number of a receive terminal.
Valid values for r1 are:

Master connection only:

1~8

Slave connection:

1 ~ 14

r2=

1_8 or 1_14
Specifies the teleconference room number of the transmit terminal
in x=ON. Also, specifies the teleconference room number of a
broadcast terminal in x=OFF. Valid values for r2 are:
Master connection only: 1 ~ 8
Slave connection:
1 ~ 14

ON or OFF
Specifies the connection or disconnection between the transmit and
receive terminals. Valid values for x are:
ON: the specified receive terminal is connected to the specified
transmit terminal.
OFF: the specified receive terminal is disconnected from the
transmit terminal.

NORMAL RESPONSE:

ERROR RESPONSE:

ERR01
ERR05
ERR13
ERR31
ERR34

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

COP-151

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

CRPR
Mutlipoint Teleconference/Lecture Control
(continued)
EXAMPLE

Page 2 of 2

CRPR__2__4__ON ↵ (Note 1)
OK
CRPI__A__02__04__ON (Note 2)
Note 1:

This line indicates that a receive terminal of room number 2 displays
the picture from a transmit terminal of room number 4.

Note 2:

This line is displayed on MCU console as a response for command.
Refer to COP-212.

Note 3:

Cannot use in RCON mode.

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-152

CVCR
Mutlipoint Teleconference/Lecture Control
COMMAND NAME

Control of Voice detect Control Request

PURPOSE

This command is used to control the voice (talker) detect function of a specified
terminal. If any terminal is assigned to the operator in same multi point
teleconference group, this command cannot be performed to ON. In that case,
however, this command can be set to ON. When the operator terminal is not exist
in that group, this command can be performed to ON.

INPUT FORMAT

CVCR[__g]__r__x ↵
EXPLANATION OF INPUT PARAMETERS
g=

A, B, or no value
Specifies the teleconference group name. If this parameter is no
value (not entered), A is used.

0, 1 ~ 8, or 1 ~ 14
Specifies the teleconference room number of the terminal which
controls the voice detect. If this parameter is 0, all terminals are
specified. Valid values for r are:

Master connection only:

0~8

Slave connection:

0 ~ 14

RESPONSE
FORMAT

EXAMPLE

ON or OFF
Specifies the voice detect control function of the specified terminal.
Valid values for x are:
ON: the specified terminal detects a voice (talker)
OFF: the specified terminal does not detect a voice.

NORMAL RESPONSE:

ERROR RESPONSE:

ERR01
ERR05
ERR13
ERR31

CVCR__4__OFF ↵
OK
CVCI__A__04__OFF (Note)
Note 1:
Note 2:

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

This line is displayed on MCU console as the response for command.
Refer to COP-213.
Invalid in RCON mode.

Page 1 of 2

COP-152

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-153

STPR
Mutlipoint Teleconference/Lecture Control
COMMAND NAME

control of Send sTill Picture Request

PURPOSE

This command is used to broadcast the still pictures of a specified terminal. For
the terminal only in VisuaLinks AD series equipment, this command is available.
Note that this command cannot be performed normally except for above
equipment.

INPUT FORMAT

STPR[__g] __ r ↵
EXPLANATION OF INPUT PARAMETERS

RESPONSE
FORMAT

EXAMPLE

A, B, or no value
Specifies the teleconference group name. If this parameter is no
value (not entered), A is used.

1 ~ 8 of 1 ~ 14
Specifies the teleconference room number to be broadcasted the
still picture. Valid values for r are:
Master connection only: 1 ~ 8
Slave connection:
1 ~ 14

NORMAL RESPONSE:

ERROR RESPONSE:

ERR01
ERR05
ERR13
ERR31

STPR__B__5 ↵
OK
STEI__B__5 (Note)
Note 1:

This line is displayed on MCU console as the response for command.
Refer to COP-214.

Note 2:

Invalid in RCON mode.

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

COP-153

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-154

ALRM
Mutlipoint Teleconference/Lecture Control
COMMAND NAME

ALaRM control

PURPOSE

This command is used to send or stop the alarm tone to the all teleconference
terminals (rooms) in multipoint teleconference group. The alarm tone may be
used for such as an alert to tell the end of the conference.
Note:

INPUT FORMAT

The alarm tone comes out from speaker connected to VisuaLink 5000 TV
CODEC.

ALRM__g__x ↵
EXPLANATION OF INPUT PARAMETERS

RESPONSE
FORMAT

EXAMPLE

A or B
Specifies the teleconference group name to which the alarm tone is
sent.

ON, OFF, A, B, or C
Specifies the following:
OFF: the alarm tone is stopped (not sent).
ON: the alarm tone is sent (activated).
A: one shot alarm tone (pi) is once sent.
B: one shot alarm tone (pi—) is once sent.
C: continuous one shot alarm tone (pi — pi · pi · pi) is once sent.

NORMAL RESPONSE:

ERROR RESPONSE:

ERR01
ERR05
ERR31

ALRM__A__C ↵
OK

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

COP-154

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-155

EQUR
Mutlipoint Teleconference/Lecture Control
COMMAND NAME

Education QUestion Request

PURPOSE

This command is used to request the question/speech from the specified lectured
terminal to the instructor terminal in lecture connection. This command cannot be
performed in case that the instructor terminal is specified. This command causes
error in multi point connection status.

INPUT FORMAT

EQRC[__g]__r[__m] ↵
EXPLANATION OF INPUT PARAMETERS

RESPONSE
FORMAT

EXAMPLE

A, B or no value
Specifies the teleconference group name to which the specified
teleconference room is belong. If this parameter is no value (not
entered), A is used.

1 ~ 8 or 1 ~ 14
Specifies the teleconference room number for the specified lectured
terminal. Valid values for r are:
Master connection only: 1 ~ 8
Slave connection:
1 ~ 14

Specifies the message to be sent. (up to 40 byte).

NORMAL RESPONSE:

ERROR RESPONSE:

ERR01
ERR05
ERR13
ERR31

EQUR__B__3__QUESTION ↵
OK
EQRI__B__03__QUESTION (Note)
Note 1:

This line is displayed on MCU console as the response for command.
Refer to COP-215.

Note 2:

Available in ECON mode.

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

COP-155

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-156

EQRC
Mutlipoint Teleconference/Lecture Control
COMMAND NAME

Education Question Request Cancel

PURPOSE

This command is used to cancel the request of question/speech from a specified
lectured terminal to the instructor terminal in lecture connection. This command
cannot be performed in case that the instructor terminal is specified. This
command causes error in multi point connection status.

INPUT FORMAT

EQRC[__g]__r[__m] ↵
EXPLANATION OF INPUT PARAMETERS

RESPONSE
FORMAT

EXAMPLE

A, B or no value
Specifies the teleconference group name to which the specified
teleconference room is belong. If this parameter is no value (not
entered), A is used.

0, 1 ~ 8, or 1 ~ 14
Specifies the teleconference room number for the specified lectured
terminal. If this parameter is 0, all lectured terminals are specified.
Valid values for r are:
Master connection only: 1 ~ 8
Slave connection:
1 ~ 14

Specifies the message to be sent. (up to 40 byte).

NORMAL RESPONSE:

ERROR RESPONSE:

ERR01
ERR05
ERR13
ERR31

EQRC__B__3__END ↵
OK
EQCI__B__03__END (Note)
Note 1:

This line is displayed on MCU console as the response for the
command. Refer to COP-216.

Note 2:

Available only in ECON mode.

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

COP-156

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-157

ETLK
Mutlipoint Teleconference/Lecture Control
COMMAND NAME

Education permission of TaLK

PURPOSE

This command limits the talk to one (specified) terminal within a multipoint
teleconference session. If the teleconference room number has no value, talk for
all terminals will be inhibited.

INPUT FORMAT

ETLK[__g][__r1__r2 … __ri] ↵
EXPLANATION OF INPUT PARAMETERS

RESPONSE
FORMAT

EXAMPLE

A or B
Specifies the group name to which the specified teleconference
room(s) will belong. A is used as default if this parameter is left
blank.

ri=

1 ~ 8 or 1 ~ 14
Specifies the teleconference room number for a specific terminal.
Varied values for ri are:
Master connection only: 1 ~ 8
Slave connection:
1 ~ 14

NORMAL RESPONSE:

ERROR RESPONSE:

ERR01
ERR05
ERR13
ERR31

ETLK__A__2 ↵
OK
Note: Can not use in RCON mode.

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

COP-157

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-158

CMPR
Mutlipoint Teleconference/Lecture Control
COMMAND NAME

Control of Monitor Picture Request

PURPOSE

This command is used to change the monitor picture on display from a
broadcasting terminal to the picture from a specified terminal.

INPUT FORMAT

CMPR[__g]__r ↵
EXPLANATION OF INPUT PARAMETERS

RESPONSE
FORMAT

EXAMPLE

A or B
Specifies the group name to which the specified teleconference
room(s) will belong. A is used as default if this parameters is left
blank.

1 ~ 8 or 1 ~ 14
Specifies the teleconference room number for the specified lectured
terminal. The broadcasting terminal can be specified. Valid values
to r are:
Master connection only: 1 ~ 8
Slave connection:
1 ~ 14

NORMAL RESPONSE:

ERROR RESPONSE:

ERR01
ERR05
ERR13
ERR31

CMPR__2 ↵
OK
CMPI__A__1__2 (Note)
Note 1:

This line is displayed on MCU console as a response for command.
Refer to COP-218.

Note 2:

Can not use in RCON mode.

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

COP-158

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-160

CSRR
Mutlipoint Teleconference/Lecture Control
COMMAND NAME

Control of Status Read Request

PURPOSE

This command is used to display the following status concerning a specified
terminal that is participating in the teleconference.

INPUT FORMAT

•

H.221 frame is synchronized or out of synchronization.

•

Conference room participating status. (participating or not participating).

•

The control terminal (TC 5000) is connected to specified terminal or not
(not supported).

•

The specified terminal detects a voice (a speaker) or not.

•

The switch on a microphone is set to ON or OFF.

•

The specified terminal requests speech or not.

•

Operator privilege is assigned or not.

•

The room number of a broadcasting terminal.

•

The room number of a terminal of which the picture is received at a
broadcasting terminal.

•

The room number of a transmit terminal when the specified terminal
receives the picture from a transmit terminal.

•

Instructor terminal.

CSRR[__g]__r ↵
EXPLANATION OF INPUT PARAMETER

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

A, B, or no value
Specifies the teleconference group name for the terminal to be
displayed the current status. If this parameter is no value (not
entered), A is used.

1 ~ 8 or 1 ~ 14 (MCON mode) or 1 ~ 252 (RCON mode)
Specifies a teleconference room number of a terminal to be
displayed the current status. Valid value for r is:
Master connection only: 1 ~ 8
Slave connection:
1 ~ 14

Page 1 of 8

COP-160

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

CSRR
Mutlipoint Teleconference/Lecture Control
(continued)
RESPONSE
FORMAT

NORMAL RESPONSE:

g__a__b__c__d__e__f__h__i__j__k__l__ OK

EXPLANATION OF RESPONSE PARAMETERS

Page 2 of 8

A or B
Indicates the teleconference group name.

1 or 0
Indicates the status of H.221 frame synchronization.
1: synchronized
0: out of synchronization

1 or 0
Indicates whether the terminal is participating in teleconference or
not.
1: participating
0: not participating

1 or 0
Indicates whether the terminal is multi-connected or not.
1: multi-connected
0: not multi-connected

1 or 0
Indicates whether the terminal detects the voice or not.
1: detecting
0: not detecting

1 or 0
Indicates whether speech is permitted or not
1: permitted
0: not permitted

1 or 0
Indicates whether speech is requested or not
1: requested
0: not requested

00 ~ 14
Indicates the room number for teleconference room which is
assigned operator privilege. 00 means that operator privilege is not
assigned.

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-160

CSRR
Mutlipoint Teleconference/Lecture Control
(continued)
i=

01 ~ 14
Indicates the teleconference room number of the broadcasting
terminal.

01 ~ 14
Indicates the teleconference room number of terminal of which the
picture is received at the broadcasting terminal.

00 ~ 14
Indicates the teleconference room number of the transmit terminal
when the specified terminal receives the picture from the transmit
terminal. 00 means that the specified terminal does not receive the
picture currently.

00 ~ 14
Indicates the teleconference room number of the instructor terminal
in ECON status. 00 means that the connection is in MCON status.

Note 1:

Indicators a through f express the operation status of each
teleconference room. See Table.

Note 2:

Indicators h though l express the information of a specified
teleconference room.

ERROR RESPONSE:

EXAMPLE

ERR01
ERR05
ERR13
ERR31

CSRR__B__2 ↵
B__000F__000E__000E__000E__0001__0004
00__02__04__00__01__OK

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 3 of 8

COP-160

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

CSRR
Mutlipoint Teleconference/Lecture Control
(continued)
STATUS

TELECONFERENCE
ROOM NUMBER
1
2
3
4

RESPONCE
FORM
XXX0
0
0
0
XXX1
1
0
0
XXX2
0
1
0
XXX3
1
1
0
XXX4
0
0
1
XXX5
1
0
1
XXX6
0
1
1
XXX7
1
1
1
XXX8
0
0
0
XXX9
1
0
0
XXXA
0
1
0
XXXB
1
1
0
XXXC
0
0
1
XXXD
1
0
1
XXXE
0
1
1
XXXF
1
1
1
X=0 or 1
Note: These room numbers are available in master
connection only or slave connection.

Page 4 of 8

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-160

CSRR
Mutlipoint Teleconference/Lecture Control
(continued)
STATUS
RESPONCE
FORM

TELECONFERENCE
ROOM NUMBER
5

XX0X

XX1X

XX2X

XX3X

XX4X

XX5X

XX6X

XX7X

XX8X

XX9X

XXAX

XXBX

XXCX

XXDX

XXEX

XXFX

X=0 or 1
Note: These room numbers are available in master
connection only or slave connection.

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 5 of 8

COP-160

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

CSRR
Mutlipoint Teleconference/Lecture Control
(continued)
STATUS
RESPONCE
FORM

TELECONFERENCE
ROOM NUMBER
9

X0XX

X1XX

X2XX

X3XX

X4XX

X5XX

X6XX

X7XX

X8XX

X9XX

XAXX

XBXX

XCXX

XDXX

XEXX

XFXX

X=0 or 1
Note: These room numbers are available in master
connection only or slave connection.

STATUS TELECONFERENCE
ROOM NUMBER
13
14

RESPONCE
FORM
0XXX
0
0
1XXX
1
0
2XXX
0
1
3XXX
1
1
X=0 or 1
Note: These room numbers are available in slave
connection.

Page 6 of 8

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-160

CSRR
Mutlipoint Teleconference/Lecture Control
(continued)
RESPONSE
FORMAT

RCON mode
g r abcde fff hhh jjj kkk ll mmm nnn oo ppp qqq rrr OK
EXPLANATION OF INPUT PARAMETER
a ~ e indicate operator status of specific conference room
a = Participation status
b = Conference terminal
c = Voice detection function
d = Permission or speech status
e = Request for speech status

1:
1:
1:
1:
1:

Participation
Connection
Valid
Permit
Request

0:
0:
0:
0:
0:

No participation
No connection
Invalid
Prohibit
No request

In fff ~ rrr, information which concern specific conference room will be
indicated.
fff =

Conference room number (00 ~ 252) with operating authority.
When 00, there is no operator.
hhh =
Conference room number (01 ~ 252) of transmission source.
jjj =
Conference room number (01 ~ 252) which is received by the
terminal of transmission source.
kkk =
Conference room number (01 ~ 252) of original broadcasting
source.
lll =
Conference room number (01 ~ 252) which is received by the
terminal of original broadcasting source.
mmm = Conference room number (01 ~ 252) of send picture of its own.
nnn =
Conference room number (01 ~ 252) received by sending
terminal when receiving specific picture.
ooo =
Conference room number (01 ~ 252) of original received by
terminal when receiving specific picture.
ppp =
Conference room number (01 ~ 252) of original specific
broadcast terminal.
qqq =
Conference room number (01 ~ 252) of original LSD
transmission.
rrr =
Conference room number (01 ~ 252) of original HSD
transmission.

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 7 of 8

COP-160

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 8 of 8

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-161

CMSG
Mutlipoint Teleconference/Lecture Control
COMMAND NAME

Command MesSaGe request

PURPOSE

This command is used to display the message into the terminal taking part in the
multipoint conference by means of superimposing method. If the message
location is specified, @ identifier is used.
Note:

INPUT FORMAT

This command is supported when installing the TC 5000 control
equipment.

CMSG[__g]__r[__@x:y]__msg ↵
EXPLANATION OF INPUT PARAMETERS
g=

A, B, or no value
Specifies the teleconference group name to which the specified
teleconference room is belong. If this parameter is no value (not
entered), A is used.

0 ~ 8 or 0 ~ 14
Specifies the teleconference room number of designated terminal
Master connection only : 0 ~ 8
Slave connection :
0 ~ 14

Display location identifier

0 ~ 23
Specifies the horizontal display location of the message.

0~5
Specifies the vertical display location of the message.

msg: Specifies the message which is displayed in the screen of the
terminal of designated conference room number. (The maximum of
128 figures)
RESPONSE
FORMAT

EXAMPLE

NORMAL RESPONSE:

ERROR RESPONSE:

ERR01
ERR05
ERR13
ERR31

CMSG__ 2__@10:3__GOOD__MORNING ↵
OK
Note: Can not use in RCON mode.

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

COP-161

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-162

SNAM
Mutlipoint Teleconference Control
COMMAND NAME

Set area NAMe

PURPOSE

This command is used to register or delete the area name of a multi-connected
terminal in the MCU 5000A memory. The area name of a transmit terminal is
displayed on the TV screen at a receive terminal (VisuaLink 5000AD only). The
area name is erased from the MCU 5000A memory when the MCU 5000A is
turned off. The area name of a terminal can also be registered in a VisuaLink
5000 terminal. In this case, the area name registered in VisuaLink 5000AD is
displayed at a receive terminal instead of the area name registered in the MCU
5000A.
Note:

INPUT FORMAT

This command is supported when installing the TC 5000 control
equipment.

SNAM[__g]__r1=x1[,r2=x2… ,ri=xi] ↵
EXPLANATION OF INPUT PARAMETER

Note:
RESPONSE
FORMAT

EXAMPLE

A, B, or no value
Specifies the teleconference room number. If this parameter is no
value (not entered), A is used.

ri=

1 ~ 8 or 1 ~ 14
Specifies the room number of a terminal of which the area name is
registered. Valid values for ri are:
Master connection only:
1~8
Slave connection:
1 ~ 14

xi=

1 ~ 40 characters or no value
Specifies the area name of a terminal. If this parameter is no value
(not entered), the area name already registered is deleted.

The area name is displayed at a terminal with maximum of 16 characters.

NORMAL RESPONSE:

ERROR RESPONSE:

ERR01
ERR18
ERR19
ERR31

SNAM__01=New York 1 ↵
OK
Note: Invalid in RCON mode.

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

COP-162

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-163

RNAM
Mutlipoint Teleconference Control
COMMAND NAME

Read area NAMe

PURPOSE

This command is used to retrieve and display the area names of the multi-connected
terminals that have been registered in the MCU memory by the SNAM command. The
area names are displayed in room number order (01 ~ 14). If an area name of a terminal

is not registered, its room number is only displayed.
Note:

INPUT FORMAT

This command is supported when installing the TC 5000 control
equipment.

RNAM[__g] ↵

EXPLANATION OF INPUT PARAMETER
g=

RESPONSE
FORMAT

A, B, or no value
Specifies the teleconference room number. If this parameter is no
value (not entered), A is used.

NORMAL RESPONSE:

g
r1=x1
r2=x2
.
.
.
ri=xi
OK

EXPLANATION OF RESPONSE PARAMETERS
g=

A or B
Indicates the teleconference group name.

ri=

01 ~ 08 or 01 ~ 14
Indicates the teleconference room number.

xi=

0 ~ 16 characters
Indicates the area name of the terminal.

ERROR RESPONSE:

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

ERR01
ERR31

Page 1 of 2

COP-163

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

RNAM
Mutlipoint Teleconference Control
(continued)
EXAMPLE

RNAM ↵
A
01=New York 1
.
.
.
08=
OK
Note:

Page 2 of 2

Invalid in RCON mode.

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-166

RDIR
Memory Card Control
COMMAND NAME

Read memory card file DIRectory

PURPOSE

This command is used to retrieve and display the file directory in the memory
card.

INPUT FORMAT
RESPONSE
FORMAT

RDIR ↵
NORMAL RESPONSE:

n__l__yyyy-mm-dd__hh:mm:ss__ab__vv.vv__x__OK

EXPLANATION OF RESPONSE PARAMETERS
n=

1 ~ 7E
Indicates a file number

000000 ~ FFFFFF
Indicates the data length in a file.

yyyy-mm-dd= (0000 ~ 9999)-(01 ~ 12)-(01 ~ 31)
Indicates the last update date.
yyyy=0000 ~ 9999 (year)
mm=01 ~ 12 (month)
dd=01 ~ 31 (day)

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

hh:mm:ss=

(00 ~ 23):(00 ~ 59):(00 ~ 59)
Indicates the last update time
hh=00 ~ 23 (hour)
mm=00 ~ 59 (minute)
ss=00 ~ 59 (second)

0 or 8
Indicates the file attribute:
0: standard address
8: extended address

0, 1, or 3
Indicates the file attribute:
0: data file
1: program file
3: start program file

vv.vv=

(0-9) (0-9).(0-9) (0-9)
Indicates the version of file. Each v is a digit (0 to 9).

Page 1 of 2

COP-166

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

RDIR
Memory Card Control
(continued)
EXPLANATION OF RESPONSE PARAMETERS
x=

(0 ~ F):(0 ~ F) or (0 ~ 1FFF)/(1 ~ 24)
Indicates the load start address:

Standard address : Segment offset
Extended address : Segment/Bank number
(0 ~ 1FFF)/(1 ~ 24)
ERROR RESPONSE: ERR01
ERR80
ERR81
EXAMPLE

Page 2 of 2

RDIR ↵
2__001FFF__1993-10-04__13:31:19__00__03:20__0:0__OK

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-167

RMCV
Memory Card Control
COMMAND NAME

Read Memory Card software Version

PURPOSE

This command is used to display the software version of the memory card, which
has been registered for administration of MCU 5000A control program at
shipping.

INPUT FORMAT
RESPONSE
FORMAT

RMCV ↵
NORMAL RESPONSE:

VERvv.vv__OK

EXPLANATION OF RESPONSE PARAMETERS
vv.vv= (0-9) (0-9).(0-9) (0-9)
Indicates the software version of the memory card. Each v is a
digit (0 to 9).
ERROR RESPONSE:

EXAMPLE

ERR01
ERR80
ERR81

RMCV ↵
VER02.20__OK

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

COP-167

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-168

RMCS
Memory Card Control
COMMAND NAME

Read Memory Card Signature

PURPOSE

This command is used to display the following:
The status of the memory card:
•

The memory card is write-protected or not.

•

The voltage of the battery in the memory card is low or not.

•

The memory card is mounted in the MCU 5000A or not.

The type of the memory card:
•
INPUT FORMAT
RESPONSE
FORMAT

The type of memory device in the memory card.

RMCS ↵
NORMAL RESPONSE:

i b p__k__OK

EXPLANATION OF RESPONSE PARAMETERS
The status of the memory card:

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

0 or 1
Indicates whether the memory card is mounded in the MCU 5000A
or not.
0: not mounted
1: mounted

0 or 1
Indicates whether the voltage of the battery in the memory card is
normal or not.
0: low battery
1: normal

0 or 1
Indicates whether the memory is write-protected or not.
0: not write-protected
1: write-protected

Page 1 of 2

COP-168

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

RMCS
Memory Card Control
(continued)
EXPLANATION OF RESPONSE PARAMETERS
The type of memory device:
k=

0, 1, 2, or 3
Indicates the type of memory device in the memory card as follows:
0: RAM
1: MASK ROM
2: One Time PROM
3: EEPROM

ERROR RESPONSE:
EXAMPLE

Page 2 of 2

ERR01

RMCS ↵
111__0__OK

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-169

CPMC
Memory Card Control
COMMAND NAME

device CoPy Memory Card

PURPOSE

This command is used to copy the data from a source memory card (FROM
memory card) to target memory card (TO memory card). If the types of SOURCE
and TARGET memory cards differ, this command cannot copy the data.
After entering this command, the MCU 5000A provides the instructions of
copying the memory card.
Note:

INPUT FORMAT
RESPONSE
FORMAT

Copying is completed by once or twice inserting of alternate source and
target memory cards.

CPMC ↵
NORMAL RESPONSE:
CPMC__↵
Insert SOURCE memory card and strike RETURN when ready
Insert TARGET memory card and strike RETURN when ready
.
.
.
MORE? (Y/N)
completed OK
ERROR RESPONSE:

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

ERR01
ERR23
ERR80
ERR88

Page 1 of 2

COP-169

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-170

SSPR
System Setting and Maintenance
COMMAND NAME

Set System PaRameter

PURPOSE

This command is used to set (or change) the system parameters to the MCU
5000A. The system parameters are stored in the backup memory in the M CONT
unit. For the detailed information of the system parameters, refer to System
Parameters Manual, NECA 340-414-220.

INPUT FORMAT

SSPR__ n1=x1[__ n2=x2__ … __xi=xi]

↵

EXPLANATION OF INPUT PARAMETERS

RESPONSE
FORMAT

EXAMPLE

ni=

000H ~ 3FFH
Specifies the address of system parameter to be set. Valid value for
ni are:
000H through 3FFH (hexadecimal)

xi=

00H ~ FFH
Specifies the system parameter value. Valid value for xi are:
00H through FFH (hexadecimal)

NORMAL RESPONSE:

ERROR RESPONSE:

ERR01

SSPR__3B=01
OK

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

↵

Page 1 of 2

COP-170

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-171

RSPR
System Setting and Maintenance
COMMAND NAME

Read System PaRameter

PURPOSE

This command is used to retrieve (read) and display the current system parameter
stored in the M CONT unit.

INPUT FORMAT

RSPR[__n] ↵
EXPLANATION OF INPUT PARAMETER
n=

000H ~ 3FFH
Specifies the address of system parameter to be retrieved. If this
parameter is no value (not entered), all addresses of system
parameters are specified. Valid values for n are:

000H through 3FFH (hexadecimal)(L: 000H ~ 0FFH/H:100H ~ 1FFH)
(XL: 200H ~ 2FFH/XH: 300H ~ 3FFH)
RESPONSE
FORMAT

NORMAL RESPONSE:

n=x__OK (Address is specified)

n1=x1__x2__x3__ … __x7__x8 … (addresses are not specified.)
n2=x1__x2__x3__ … __x7__x8 …
.
.
.
ni=x1__n2=x2__ … ni=xi …
OK
EXPLANATION OF RESPONSE PARAMETERS
n, ni: The address of system parameter specified in command input
(000H ~ 3FF)
x, xi: The system parameter value (00H ~ FFH)
ERROR RESPONSE:
EXAMPLE

ERR01

RSPR__3B ↵
3B=01__OK

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

COP-171

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-172

ISPR
System Setting and Maintenance
COMMAND NAME

Initialize System PaRameter

PURPOSE

This command is used to initialize the system parameters. The initial system
parameter values, which have been stored in the memory card at shipping, are
stored in the backup memory.

INPUT FORMAT
RESPONSE
FORMAT

EXAMPLE

ISPR ↵
NORMAL RESPONSE:

ERROR RESPONSE:

ERR01
ERR80

ISPR ↵
OK

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

COP-172

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-173

SVSP
System Setting and Maintenance
COMMAND NAME

SaVe System Parameter

PURPOSE

This command is used to save (store) the system parameters which have been
stored in the backup memory to the memory card.

INPUT FORMAT

SVSP__vv.vv ↵
EXPLANATION OF INPUT PARAMETER
vv.vv= (0-9) (0-9) . (0-9) (0-9)
Specifies the software version of the system parameters to be
stored. Each v is a digit (0 to 9).

RESPONSE
FORMAT

EXAMPLE

NORMAL RESPONSE:

ERROR RESPONSE:

ERR01
ERR80
ERR81
ERR82

SVSP__01.23 ↵
OK
Note: MCONT dip switch 8 - ON.

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

COP-173

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-174

RRST
System Setting and Maintenance
COMMAND NAME

Request system ReSeT

PURPOSE

This command is used to reset the MCU 5000A. The MCU 5000A re-loads the
initial data in the memory card to each package and returns to POWER ON status.

INPUT FORMAT
RESPONSE
FORMAT

EXAMPLE

RRST ↵
NORMAL RESPONSE:

ERROR RESPONSE:

ERR01

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

COP-174

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-175

RCLK
System Setting and Maintenance
COMMAND NAME

Read system CLocK

PURPOSE

This command is used to display the system clock (date and time). If the system
clock is not correct, set the correct system clock using the WCLK command.

INPUT FORMAT
RESPONSE
FORMAT

RCLK ↵
NORMAL RESPONSE:

yyyy-mm-dd__hh:mm:ss__OK

EXPLANATION OF RESPONSE PARAMETERS
yyyy-mm-dd= (0000 ~ 9999)-(01 ~ 12)-(01 ~ 31)
Indicates the current date:
yyyy=0000 ~ 9999 (year)
mm=01 ~ 12 (month)
dd=01 ~ 31 (day)
hh:mm:ss=

(00 ~ 23):(00 ~ 59):(00 ~ 59)
Indicates the current time:
hh=00 ~ 23 (hour)
mm=00 ~ 59 (minute)
ss=00 ~ 59 (second)

ERROR RESPONSE:
EXAMPLE

ERR01

RCLK ↵
1993-07-12__12:00:00__OK

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

COP-175

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-176

WCLK
System Setting and Maintenance
COMMAND NAME

Write system CLocK

PURPOSE

This command is used to set the system clock (date and time) in the MCU 5000A.

INPUT FORMAT

WCLK__yyyy-mm-dd__hh:mm:ss ↵
EXPLANATION OF INPUT PARAMETERS

RESPONSE
FORMAT

EXAMPLE

yyyy-mm-dd=

(0000 ~ 9999)-(01 ~ 12)-(01 ~ 31)
Specifies the current date. Valid values for yyyy,
mm, and dd are :
yyyy =0000 ~ 9999 (year)
mm =01 ~ 12 (month)
dd =01 ~ 31 (day)

hh:mm:ss=

(00 ~ 23):(00 ~ 59):(00 ~ 59)
Specifies the current time. Valid values for hh, mm,
and ss are :
hh=00 ~ 23 (hour)
mm=00 ~ 59 (minute)
ss =00 ~ 59 (second)

NORMAL RESPONSE:

ERROR RESPONSE:

ERR01

WCLK__1993-07-12__12:00:00 ↵
OK

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

COP-176

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-177

RLCS
System Setting and Control
COMMAND NAME

Remote Loop Command Send

PURPOSE

This command is used to request a specified terminal (VL 5000) to perform or
reset C & I (Control & Indication) remote loopback. When receiving this
command, the VL 5000 terminal loops a input signal back to the MCU 5000A and
gets into loopback test state.

INPUT FORMAT

RLCS__g__r__x ↵
EXPLANATION OF INPUT PARAMETERS
g=

A or B
Specifies the teleconference group name.

1 though 8 or 1 though 14
Specifies a teleconference room number of a terminal to be
requested the C & I remote loopback. Valid values for r are:

Master connection only: 1 ~ 8
Slave connection:

RESPONSE
FORMAT

EXAMPLE

1 ~ 14

V, D, A, or 0
Specifies the kink of loopback test. If 0 is specified, the C & I
remote loopback is removed. Valid values for x are:

loopback test for video signal
D: loopback test for digital signal
A: loopback test for audio signal
0 : removal of loopback test (Loopback reset)

NORMAL RESPONSE:

ERROR RESPONSE:

ERR01
ERR13

RLCS__A__5__D ↵
OK

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

COP-177

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-178

STLP
System Setting and Maintenance
COMMAND NAME

Set for Test of LooPback

PURPOSE

This command is used to make or remove a loop for the local or remote loopback
test in the MCU 5000A. The loopback test is performed by the TLOP command.
After loopback test, the loop should be removed by RTLP (reset loopback test)
command.
Note: The MCU 5000A has the following loopback function to check the its
internal signal paths:
•

Local-side loopback: The MCU loops back a test signal at one point (A,
B, ... etc., see Fig. 1 and 2) within the MCU 5000A. This test signal is send
from the Pattern Generator in the V SW/LSD package, and received and
checked by the Pattern Checker in the V SW/LSD package.
The MCU 5000A can perform the following local loopback test:
•
•
•
•

•

Loopback test for video signal
Loopback test for audio signal
Loopback test for low-speed data (LSD) signal
Loopback test for console

Remote-side loopback: The MCU 5000A loops the input signal back to
the output at one point (A, B, … etc., see Fig. 1 and 2) within the MCU
5000A. The input signal is send back to the associated remote terminal
through the MCU 5000A.
In addition to the loopback stated above, the MCU 5000A can do the
loopback test for the console. The point at which signal is looped back is
set by the STLP command. For the loopback test for console, the loopback
point setting is not necessary because it is automatically set.

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 6

COP-178

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

RELAY

IPAF

MTSC

PN
CHECKER

PN
GENERATOR

POINT F

POINT E

POINT D

POINT C

POINT B

POINT A

POINT G

POINT H

HSCX

A CODEC

Figure 1: Loopback Point for 1.5M LIF INTERFACE

RS-422 LIF UNIT

RELAY

MTSC

EC H221 MUX UNIT

MTSC

V SW/LSD UNIT

MTSC

PN
CHECKER

PN
GENERATOR

POINT F

POINT D

POINT C

POINT B

POINT A

POINT H

POINT G

HSCX

A CODEC

Figure 2: Loopback Point for RS 422 LIF INTERFACE

Page 2 of 6

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-178

STLP
System Setting and Maintenance
(continued)
INPUT FORMAT

STLP__xy__p1[__p2] ↵
EXPLANATION OF INPUT PARAMETERS
x=

A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, or P
Specifies the point at which the test or input signal is looped back.
If P is specified, the test loop is removed. Valid values for x are:
A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, or P

L or R
Specifies the type of loopback. Valid values for y are:
L: local-side loopback
R: remote-side loopback

p1=

1-8 for teleconference port number or 1-16 for physical line number
Specifies the number of the teleconference port to be tested or the
number of the physical line to be tested. This parameter is specified
depending upon the parameters x and y. Valid values for p1 are:

Teleconference port number:

1~8

Physical line number:

1 ~ 16

p2=

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

0 or 9
Specifies the bit rate. This parameter is specified depending upon
the parameters x and y. Valid values for p2 are:
0: bit rate used for teleconference video
9: 1.536 Mb/s

Page 3 of 6

COP-178

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

STLP
System Setting and Maintenance
(continued)
The combinations of the parameters x, y, p1, and p2 are shown below.
x y

______________p1,p2_____________

LOOPBACK______

A L p1=1 to 8: teleconference port number
Local-side loopback at A
p2=0: bit rate used for teleconference video
9: 1.536Mb/s
B L p1=1 to 8: teleconferences port number
p2= not used

Local-side loopback at B

C L p1=1 to 8: teleconferences port number
p2= not used

Local-side loopback at C

D L p1=1 to 8: teleconferences port number
p2= not used

Local-side loopback at D

E L p1=1 to 16: physical line number
p2= not used

Local-side loopback at E

F L p1=1 to 16: physical line number
p2= not used

Local-side loopback at F

H L p1=1 to 8: teleconferences port number
p2= not used

Local-side loopback at H

A R p1=1 to 8: teleconferences port number
Remote-side loopback at A
p2=0: bit rate used for teleconference video
9: 1.536Mb/s

Page 4 of 6

C R p1=1 to 8: teleconferences port number
p2= not used

Remote-side loopback at C

D R p1=1 to 254: logical line number
p2= not used

Remote-side loopback at D

E R p1=1 to 16: physical line number
p2= not used

Remote-side loopback at E

F R p1=1 to 16: physical line number
p2= not used

Remote-side loopback at F

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-178

STLP
System Setting and Maintenance
(continued)

RESPONSE
FORMAT

EXAMPLE

x y

______________p1,p2_____________

LOOPBACK______

p1=1 to 8: physical line number
p2= not used

Local-side loopback at G

p1= not used
p2= not used

The test loop is removed.

NORMAL RESPONSE:

ERROR RESPONSE:

ERR01

STLP__FL__1 ↵
OK

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 5 of 6

COP-178

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 6 of 6

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-179

TLOP
System Setting and Maintenance
COMMAND NAME

Test of LOoPback

PURPOSE

This command is used to perform a loopback test for the loop made by the STLP
command.

INPUT FORMAT

TLOP__x__p1__p2__p3__p4 ↵
EXPLANATION OF INPUT PARAMETERS
x=

V, L, A, or C
Specifies the king of loopback test. Valid values for x are:
V: loopback test for video signal
L: loopback test for low-speed data signal
A: loopback test for audio signal
C: loopback test for console

p1, p2, p3, p4: changes depending upon the value of parameter x as
follows:
(1)

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

For x= V
p1=

1~8
Specifies the teleconference port number to be tested. Valid
values for p1 are:
1 through 8

p2=

0 or 9
Specifies the bit rate. Valid values for p2 are:
0: bit rate used for teleconference video
9: 1.536 Mb/s

p3=

1_255
Specifies the duration time (second) of loopback test. If this
parameter is no value (not entered), 1 (second) is specified.
Valid values for p3 are:
1 through 255 (second)

p4:

not used

Page 1 of 4

COP-179

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

TLOP
System Setting and Maintenance
(continued)
(2)

For x=L
p1=

1~8
Specifies a teleconference port number to be tested. Valid
values for p1 are: 1 through 8

p2: not used
p3: not used
p4: not used
(3)

Page 2 of 4

For X= A
p1=

1~8
Specifies a teleconference port number to be tested. Valid
values for p1 are: 1 through 8

p2=

L, R, C, I, or S
Specifies the audio test signal condition. Valid values for p2
are:
L: The returned audio test signal level is measured when test
signal is outputted to the specified port for 500ms.
R: The audio signal level is measured.
C: The continuous audio test signal is outputted (TONE 1).
I: The continuous audio test signal is outputted (TONE 2).
S: The audio test signal is stopped outputting.

p3=

0, 1, 2, or 3
Specifies the output level of test signal generated by the
Pattern Generator. Valid values for p3 are:
0: 0 dBm0
1: -12 dBm0
2: -24 dBm0
3: -36 dBm0

p4=

0, 1, 2, or 3
Specifies a frequency of test signal. Valid values for p4 are:
0: 500 Hz
1: 800 Hz
2: 1000 Hz
3: 1600 Hz

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-179

TLOP
System Setting and Maintenance
(continued)
(4)

RESPONSE
FORMAT

For X=C
p1=

1, 2, or 3
Specifies the number of a console directly connected to the
MCU. Valid values for p1 are:
1 through 3

p2=

0 or 1
Specifies the type of loopback test. Valid values for p2 are:
0: Internal (Serial I/O) loopback (automatically)
1: External loopback (control signal is tested.)

p3:

not used

p4:

not used

NORMAL RESPONSE:

Note:

OK
(except below)
p2__OK (See Note)

This normal response is the example of x=A, p2=L or R.

EXPLANATION OF RESPONSE PARAMETERS
p2=

0, -12, -24, or -36
Indicates the output level (dBm 0) of test signal specified in the
command input.

ERROR RESPONSE:

EXAMPLE

ERR01
ERR90
ERR91

TLOP__V__1__9__2 ↵
OK

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 3 of 4

COP-179

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 4 of 4

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-180

RTLP
System Setting and Maintenance
COMMAND NAME

ReseT LooPback test

PURPOSE

This command is used to reset (remove) all loopback tests.

INPUT FORMAT

RTLP ↵

RESPONSE
FORMAT

EXAMPLE

NORMAL RESPONSE:

ERROR RESPONSE:

ERR01

RTLP ↵
OK

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

COP-180

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-181

RROM
Maintenance and Test
COMMAND NAME

Read ROM version

PURPOSE

This command is used to display the version of the ROM mounted in the MCONT
unit.

INPUT FORMAT
RESPONSE
FORMAT

RROM ↵
NORMAL RESPONSE:

VER vv.vv__OK

EXPLANATION OF RESPONSE PARAMETER
vv.vv= (0-9) (0-9).(0-9) (0-9)
Indicates the version of the ROM. Each v is a digit (0 to 9).
ERROR RESPONSE:
EXAMPLE

ERR01

RROM ↵
VER 01.10__OK

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

COP-181

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-182

GRRC
Multipoint Teleconference/Lecture Control
COMMAND NAME

Global Response Receive Control

PURPOSE

This command is used to send the global indication to all MCU consoles in one
teleconference group. This command is stored in the backup memory.
Note:

INPUT FORMAT

The global indication is to be the result of a command execution that is
sent to all MCU consoles in one teleconference group through the MCU
5000A. For the global indication, refer to Section 4 in INT-001 of this
practice.

GRRC__x ↵
EXPLANATION OF INPUT PARAMETERS
x=

EXAMPLE

ON or OFF
Specifies the following:
ON: the global indication is sent (ON mode).
OFF: the global indication is not sent (OFF mode).

GRRC__ON ↵
OK

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

COP-182

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-183

RCAP
Multipoint Teleconference/Lecture Control
COMMAND NAME

Read terminal CAPability

PURPOSE

This command is used to retrieve and display the capability parameter values of
the specified terminal that is multi-connected. These parameters are displayed
only when the H242 capability exchange parameter (system parameter) is set to
ON.
Note: The H242 capability is set in system parameter of NECA 340-414-220.

INPUT FORMAT

RCAP__r ↵
EXPLANATION OF INPUT PARAMETER
r=

RESPONSE
FORMAT

1~8
Specifies the teleconference room number of the terminal of which
the capability parameters are displayed. Valid values for r are:
1 through 8

NORMAL RESPONSE:
x1 _x2 _x3_x4_x5_x6_x7_x7 _x8_x9 _x10 _x11_x12 _x13 _x14 _x15 _OK
EXPLANATION OF RESPONSE PARAMETERS
x1
x2
x3
x4
x5
x6
x7
x8
x9
x10
x11
x12
x13
x14
x15

:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:

indicates the audio capability
indicates the transmit bit rate capability
indicates the video capability
indicates the low-speed data (LSD) capability
indicates the high-speed data (HSD) capability
indicates the MLP capability
indicates the network type capability
indicates the encryption capability
indicates the MBE capability
indicates the MBE message 1 (audio)
indicates the MBE message 2 (LSB2)
indicates the MBE message 3 (audio)
application BAS capability
H.243 capability #1 (TIC)
H.243 capability #2 (CIC)

Note: For the parameters x1 through x12, refer to NECA 340-414-220.

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

COP-183

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

RCAP
Multipoint Teleconference/Lecture Control
(continued)
ERROR RESPONSE:

EXAMPLE

Page 2 of 2

ERR01
ERR13

RCAP__1 ↵

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-184

RMOD
Multipoint Teleconference/Lecture Control
COMMAND NAME

Read terminal send MODe

PURPOSE

This command is used to retrieve and display the transmit modes of the specified
terminal that is connected to the MCU 5000A.

INPUT FORMAT

RMOD__r ↵
EXPLANATION OF INPUT PARAMETER
r=

RESPONSE
FORMAT

1~8
Specifies the room number of the terminal of which the transmit
modes are displayed. Valid values for r are:
1 through 8

NORMAL RESPONSE:x1_x2_x3_x4_x5_x6_x7_x7_x8_x9_x10_x11_x12_OK
EXPLANATION OF INPUT PARAMETERS
x1
x2
x3
x4
x5
x6
x7
x8
x9
x10
x11
x12

:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:

indicates the audio mode
indicates the transmit bit rate mode
indicates the video mode
indicates the low-speed data (LSD) mode
indicates the high-speed data (HSD) mode
indicates the MLP mode
indicates the network type mode
indicates the encryption mode
indicates the MBE mode
indicates the MBE message 1 (audio)
indicates the MBE message 2 (LSD2)
indicates the MBE message 3 (video)

Note: For the parameters x1 through x12, refer to NECA 340-414-220.
ERROR RESPONSE:

EXAMPLE

ERR01
ERR13

RMOD__1 ↵

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

COP-184

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-210

COPI
Multipoint Teleconference Indication
EXPLANATION

This indication notifies the assignment or cancellation of the operator privilege for
the specified teleconference terminal. The indication appears after the execution
of [COPR command of the MCU console] or also, the assignment/cancellation of
the operator privilege from TC5000 terminal.

RELATED
COMMAND

COPR

FORMAT

COPI__g__r__x
EXPLANATION OF PARAMETERS

EXAMPLE

A or B
Indicates the teleconference group name.

01 ~ 14 (1 ~ 252: RCON mode)
Indicates the teleconference room number which is assigned or
canceled the operator privilege.

ON or OFF
Indicates the operator privilege status. Valid values for x are:
ON: The operator privilege is assigned.
OFF: The operator privilege is canceled.

COPR__1__ON ↵
OK
COPI__A__01__ON

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

COP-210

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-211

CSPI
Multipoint Teleconference Indication
EXPLANATION

This indication notifies that a terminal is broadcasting. This is indicated after
CSPR command of MCU console is executed, and also, the request of
broadcasting from TC5000 terminal or the broadcasting by voice detection is
executed.

RELATED
COMMAND

CSPR

FORMAT

CSPI__g__r[__xxx]
EXPLANATION OF PARAMETER
g=

A or B
Indicates the teleconference group name.

01 ~ 14 (1 ~ 252: RCON mode)
Indicates the teleconference room number of a broadcasting
terminal.

xxx= ON or OFF (only RCON mode)
EXAMPLE

CSPR__5 ↵
OK
CSPI__A__05

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

COP-211

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-212

CRPI
Multipoint Teleconference Indication
EXPLANATION

This indication notifies one transmitting terminal and one receive terminal which
is receiving the picture from the transmitting terminal. This is indicated after
CRPR command of MCU console is executed, and also, the request of receive
picture from TC5000 terminal is executed.

RELATED
COMMAND

CRPR

FORMAT

CRPI__g__r1__r2__x
EXPLANATION OF PARAMETERS

EXAMPLE

A or B
Indicates the teleconference group name.

r1=

01 ~ 14 (1 ~ 252: RCON mode)
Indicates the teleconference room number of a receiving terminal.

r2=

01 ~ 14 (1 ~ 252: RCON mode)
Indicates the teleconference room number of a transmitting
terminal.

On or OFF
Indicates whether transmit and receive terminals are connected or
not.
ON: transmit and receive terminals are connected by the CRPR
command.
OFF: transmitting and receiving terminals are disconnected by the
CRPR command.

CRPR__2__3__ON
OK
CRPI__A__02__03__ON ↵

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

COP-212

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-213

CVCI
Multipoint Teleconference Indication
EXPLANATION

This indication notifies that a terminal is detecting a voice (a speaker). This is
indicated after the CVCR command of MCU console is executed, and also, the
request of voice detection of TC5000 terminal is executed.

RELATED
COMMAND

CVCR

FORMAT

CVCI__g__r__x
EXPLANATION OF PARAMETERS

EXAMPLE

A or B
Indicates the teleconference group name.

00 ~ 14
Indicates the teleconference room number of a voice detecting
terminal.

ON or OFF
Indicates whether a terminal detects a voice or not.
ON: detecting
OFF: not detecting

CVCR__2__OFF ↵
OK
CVCI__A__02__OFF

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

COP-213

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-214

STEI
Multipoint Teleconference Indication
EXPLANATION

This indication notifies that the still picture of the terminal is broadcasting. This
is indicated after the STPR command of MCU console is executed, and also, the
request from TC5000 terminal is executed.

RELATED
COMMAND

STPR

FORMAT

STEI__g__r
EXPLANATION OF PARAMETERS

EXAMPLE

A or B
Indicates the teleconference group name.

01 to 14
Indicates the teleconference room number which broadcasts the still
picture.

STPR__3 ↵
OK
STEI__A__03

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

COP-214

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-215

EQRI
Multipoint Teleconference Indication
EXPLANATION

This indication notifies that a lectured terminal is asking. This is indicated after
the EQUR command of MCU console is executed, and also, the request from
TC5000 terminal is executed.

RELATED
COMMAND

EQUR

FORMAT

EQRI__g__r[__m]
EXPLANATION OF PARAMETERS

EXAMPLE

A or B
Indicates the teleconference group name

01 to 14
Indicates the teleconference room number of the lectured terminal
which requests a question or speech.

Indicates the message.

EQUR__B__3__QUESTION ↵
OK
EQRI__B__03__QUESTION

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

COP-215

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-216

EQCI
Multipoint Teleconference Indication
EXPLANATION

This indication notifies that the question request, which is performed from the
specified lectured terminal to the instructor terminal, is canceled. This is
indicated after the EQRC command of MCU console is executed, and also, the
cancel request from TC5000 is executed.

RELATED
COMMAND

EQRC

FORMAT

EQCI__g__r[__m]
EXPLANATION OF PARAMETERS

EXAMPLE

A or B
Indicates the teleconference group name.

01 to 14
Indicates the teleconference room number of the lectured terminal
which is canceled.

Indicates the message.

EQRC__B__3__END ↵
OK
EQCI__B__03__END

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

COP-216

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-217

ETKI
Multipoint Teleconference Indication
EXPLANATION

This indication notifies that the talk on the specified terminal is permitted. This is
indicated after the ETLK command of MCU console is executed, and the
permission from TC5000 terminal is executed.

RELATED
COMMAND

ETLK

FORMAT

ETKI__g[__r1__r2 … __ri]
EXPLANATION OF PARAMETERS

EXAMPLE

A or B
Indicates the teleconference group name.

ri=

01 to 14
Indicates the teleconference room number of the terminal which is
permitted to talk.

ETLK__B__3__5 ↵
OK
ETKI__B__03__05

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

COP-217

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-218

CMPI
Multipoint Teleconference Indication
EXPLANATION

This indication notifies that the picture of the broadcasting terminal has been
changed. This is indicated after the CMPR command of MCU console is
executed, and the request from TC5000 terminal is executed.

RELATED
COMMAND

CMPR

FORMAT

CMPI__g__r1__r2
EXPLANATION OF PARAMETERS

EXAMPLE

A or B
Indicates the teleconference group name.

r1=

01 ~ 14
Indicates the teleconference room number of the broadcasting
terminal.

r2=

01 ~ 14
Indicates the teleconference room number which is monitored by
the broadcasting terminal.

CMPR__2 ↵
OK
CMPI__A__01__02

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

COP-218

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-220

CJNI
Multipoint Teleconference Indication
EXPLANATION

This indication notifies that teleconference terminal is connected to the control
terminal unit (TC5000). The teleconference terminal indicated CJNI indication
has the control function for multi point teleconference.

RELATED
COMMAND

None

FORMAT

CJNI__g__r
EXPLANATION OF PARAMETERS

EXAMPLE

A or B
Indicates the teleconference group name.

ri=

01 ~ 14
Indicates the teleconference room number at which the terminal
connected to the control terminal unit is located.

CJNI__B__06
Note:

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

This means that Power of TC5000, which is located at the teleconference
room 6 in teleconference group B, turns on.

Page 1 of 2

COP-220

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-221

MCNI
Multipoint Teleconference Indication
EXPLANATION

This indication notifies that cascade connection is established. This is indicated
after the MCNR command of MCU console is executed.

RELATED
COMMAND

MCNR

FORMAT

MCNI__g__r1__r2__ … __ri
EXPLANATION OF PARAMETERS

EXAMPLE

A or B
Indicates the teleconference group name.

ri=

01 ~ 14
Indicates the teleconference room number at which all terminals are
cascade-connected.

MCNR__3__R384 ↵
A__384kbps__OK
MCNI__A__01__02__03__04

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

COP-221

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-222

MDCI
Multipoint Teleconference Indication
EXPLANATION

This indication notifies that cascade connection is disconnected. This is indicated
after the MDCR command of MCU console is executed.

RELATED
COMMAND

MDCR

FORMAT

MDCI__g__r1__r2__ … __ri[ERRx]
EXPLANATION OF PARAMETERS

EXAMPLE

A or B
Indicates the teleconference group name

ri=

01 ~ 14
Indicates the remaining teleconference room number by
disconnection of cascade-connection.

Indicates error code. Refer to the error code list in INT-001.

MDCR__B ↵
OK
MDCI__B__01__02__03

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

COP-222

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-223

RLCI
Multipoint Teleconference Indication
EXPLANATION

This indication notifies that a terminal requests the MCU 5000A to perform or
release a remote loopback.

RELATED
COMMAND

None

FORMAT

RLCI__g__r__x
EXPLANATION OF PARAMETERS

EXAMPLE

A or B
Indicates the teleconference group name.

01 ~ 14
Indicates the teleconference room number of a terminal which
requests a remote loopback.

V, A, D, or 0
Indicates the type of signal to be looped back. If 0 is displayed, a
remote loopback is removed.
V: loop for video signal
A: loop for audio signal
D: loop for digital signal
0 : remote loopback is removed

RLCI__A__03__V (Note)
Note:

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

This means that loop setting for video signal is requested from the
terminal (VL5000). In this case, video signal for line-side of the
teleconference room 3 in the teleconference group A is looped back.

Page 1 of 2

COP-223

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-224

ERRI
Multipoint Teleconference Indication
EXPLANATION

This indication notifies the following status.
•

Unmounted units
• LIF
• PG/SIO
• MUX
• VSW/LSD
• A-CODEC
• A-SUM

•

Hardware initialization error

RELATED
COMMAND

None

FORMAT

ERRI HARDWARE INITIAL ERROR tttt uu ee
EXPLANATION OF PARAMETERS

EXAMPLE

FE or FF
Indicates the type of error. Valid values for e are:
FE: Hardware initializing error (hexadecimal)
FF: Unit mounting error (hexadecimal)

Indicates a task.

Indicates the unit generated error. Valid values for u are:
11 ~ 14 : LIF #1 ~ #4
20
: PG/SIO
41 ~ 48 : MUX #1 ~ #8
80
: VSW/LSD
81
: VDSW
A1 ~ A2 : A CODEC #1 ~ #2
B0
: A SUM

ERRI__FE__1520__10__01
ERRI HARDWARE INITIAL ERROR 1490 B0 FE

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

COP-224

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-225

CSTI
Multipoint Teleconference Indication
EXPLANATION

This indication notifies that the status of a terminal is changed in multi point
connection.

RELATED
COMMAND

None

FORMAT

CSTI__g__r__a__b__c__d__e__f__h__i__j__k
EXPLANATION OF PARAMETERS

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

A or B
Indicates the teleconference group name.

1 ~ 14
Indicate the teleconference room number of a terminal of which the
status is changed.

1 or 0
Indicates whether a terminal is participating in the teleconference or
not.
1: participating
0: not participating

1 or 0
Indicates whether a terminal unit is connecting or not
1: connecting
0: not connecting

1 or 0
Indicates that a terminal detects a voice or not:
1: detecting
0: not detecting

1 or 0
Indicates that the position of a microphone switch.
1: ON
0: OFF

1 or 0
Indicates whether a speech is requesting or not:
1: requesting
0: not requesting

Page 1 of 4

COP-225

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

CSTI
Multipoint Teleconference Indication
(continued)
EXPLANATION OF PARAMETERS
f=

00 ~ 14
Indicates the teleconference room number assigned the operator
privilege. If 00 is displayed, the operator privilege is not assigned
to any terminal.

01 ~ 14
Indicates the teleconference room number of broadcasting terminal.

00 ~ 14
Indicates the teleconference room number of terminal from which
the picture is received by a broadcasting terminal.

00 ~ 14
Indicates the teleconference room number of a transmit terminal
from which the picture is received. If 00 is displayed, the picture
from a transmit terminal is not received.

00 ~ 14
Indicates the teleconference room number of a instructor terminal
in ECON mode. If 00 is displayed, MCON mode is established.

Note 1: Indicators a through e express the operation status for each teleconference
room. See table.
Note 2: Indicators f through k express the information of a specified
teleconference room. See table.
EXAMPLE

Page 2 of 4

CSTI__A__05__0007__0007__0007__0007__0000__00__02
03__00

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-225

CSTI
Multipoint Teleconference Indication
(continued)

STATUS
RESPONCE
FORM

TELECONFERENCE
ROOM NUMBER
1

XXX0

XXX1

XXX2

XXX3

XXX4

XXX5

STATUS
RESPONCE
FORM

TELECONFERENCE
ROOM NUMBER
5

XX0X

XX1X

XX2X

XX3X

XX4X

XX5X

XXX6

XX6X

XXX7

XX7X

XXX8

XX8X

XXX9

XX9X

XXXA

XXAX

XXXB

XXBX

XXXC

XXCX

XXXD

XXDX

XXXE

XXEX

XXXF

XXFX

X=0 or 1

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

X=0 or 1

Page 3 of 4

COP-225

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

CSTI
Multipoint Teleconference Indication
(continued)

STATUS
RESPONCE
FORM

TELECONFERENCE
ROOM NUMBER
9

X0XX

X1XX

X2XX

X3XX

X4XX

X5XX

X6XX

X7XX

X8XX

X9XX

XAXX

XBXX

XCXX

XDXX

XEXX

XFXX

X=0 or 1
STATUS
RESPONCE
FORM

TELECONFERENCE ROOM
NUMBER
13

0XXX

1XXX

2XXX

3XXX

X=0 or 1

Page 4 of 4

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-226

CSTI

Multipoint Teleconference Indication
RESPOSE FORMAT

g r abcde fff hhh jjj kkk ll mmm nnn oo ppp qqq rrr OK
EXPLANATION OF RESPONSE PARAMETER
a ~ e indicate operator status of specific conference room
a = Participation status
b = Conference terminal
c = Voice detection function
d = Permission or speech status
e = Request for speech status

1:
1:
1:
1:
1:

Participation
Connection
Valid
Permit
Request

0:
0:
0:
0:
0:

No participation
No connection
Invalid
Prohibit
No request

In fff ~ rrr, information which concern specific conference room will be
indicated.
fff =

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

COP-226

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-227

CDTI
Multipoint Teleconference Indication
EXPLANATION

Indication of acquisition/release of data taken. (RCON mode)

RELATED
COMMAND

None

FORMAT

CDTI__g__r__mmm__sss__xxx
EXPLANATION OF PARAMETERS
g=

A or B
Indicates the teleconference group name.

Conference room number of terminal which is acquired or
released data taken

mmm= Mode LSD/HSD

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

sss=

Data Speed

xxx=

ON or OFF

Page 1 of 2

COP-227

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-228

NALT
Multipoint Teleconference Indication
EXPLANATION

Display ringing status. (After the call requested, indicate the originator received
ringing status report at termination point.)

RELATED
COMMAND

None

FORMAT

NALT__n
EXPLANATION OF PARAMETERS
n=

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Logical line number

Page 1 of 2

COP-228

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-229

NONL
Multipoint Teleconference Indication
EXPLANATION

Display communication status. (After requested call and message, report was
received, indicate it is available to communicate.)

RELATED
COMMAND

None

FORMAT

NONL__n__s__c
EXPLANATION OF PARAMETERS

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Logical line number

B, 2B, H0, 2H0
Line speed

R: 56k, N: 64k
Terminal ability

Page 1 of 2

COP-229

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-230

NDCI
Multipoint Teleconference Indication
EXPLANATION

Report of disconnect. (Report the line was disconnected)

RELATED
COMMAND

None

FORMAT

NDCI__n__i__s__k__t__c__b__a
EXPLANATION OF PARAMETERS

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Logical line number

c: Transmitting call, I: Receiving call
Display receiving message

B, 2B, H0, 2H0
Line speed

R: 56k, N: 64k
Terminal attribute

hh:mm:ss (time of B1)
Transmission time

#001 ~ #999 - 00 ~ 10 (c = B1, C"=B2 [only when 2B])
Display the reason

/0 ~ /9999990 (receiving call side is /0
Price (Value of B1 + B2)

Terminating address (display only when it was already set up)

Page 1 of 2

COP-230

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-231

NINC
Multipoint Teleconference Indication
EXPLANATION

Report receiving message (Report line in ready status has a reception of the
message.)

RELATED
COMMAND

None

FORMAT

NINC__n__o__s__c__a
EXPLANATION OF PARAMETERS

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Logical line number

A: Auto, M: Manual
Action

B, 2B, H0, 2H0
Line speed

R: 56k, N: 64k
Terminal attribute

Terminating address (display only when it was already set up)

Page 1 of 2

COP-231

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-300

NCRN
ISDN Control
COMMAND NAME
PURPOSE

Send a call of ISDN line. In case of 2 x B, two lines are connected at one time for
the call. In case of 2 x B and multipoint (when H.242 ON) second call will be
processed after the first H.242 ability change sequence.

INPUT FORMAT

NCRN

[s]

[c]↵

EXPLAINATION OF INPUT PARAMETER

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

1 ~ 254
Logical line number

Dial number. Valid values for x are:
#01 ~ #99: Speed number
0 ~ 9:
Dial number (~ 20 digit)
Subaddress (~ 4 digit)
*,**:
Pause code (subaddress, 2B address)
()-:
Decorative Character

Line Speed (ISDN only). When omitted, it will be the minimum
line speed and line number. Valid values for x are:
B:
64kbps (56kbps)
2B: 2 x 64kbps (2 x 56kbps)
H0: 384kbps (336kbpd)
2H0: 2 x 384kbps (2 x 336kbps)

Network classification capability. When omitted, it is regarded as
64k digital. Valid values are:
R:
56k restricted
N: 64k digital

Page 1 of 2

COP-300

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

NCRN
ISDN Control
(continued)
RESPONSE
FORMAT

EXAMPLE

NORMAL RESPONSE:

ERROR RESPONSE:

ERR01
ERR02
ERR04
ERR08
ERR46
ERR47
ERR48
ERR50
ERR51
ERR53
ERR54
ERR55
ERR56
ERR59
ERR61

NCRN

1 044-435-1000*10**044-435-1001*01

↵

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-301

NDSC
ISDN Control
COMMAND NAME
PURPOSE

Disconnect ISDN line. In case of 2 x B, disconnect twice.

INPUT FORMAT

NDSC

n↵

EXPLAINATION OF INPUT PARAMETER
n=

RESPONSE
FORMAT

EXAMPLE

1 ~ 254
Logical line number

NORMAL RESPONSE:

ERROR RESPONSE:

ERR01
ERR02
ERR04
ERR09
ERR50
ERR51
ERR61

NDSC

1↵

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

COP-301

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-302

NCIC
ISDN Control
COMMAND NAME
PURPOSE

When reception report is manual reception received by NINC indication, specify
whether to accept this reception.

INPUT FORMAT

NCIC

o] ↵

EXPLAINATION OF INPUT PARAMETER

RESPONSE
FORMAT

EXAMPLE

1 ~ 254
Logical line number

Action. Valid values are:
YES:
Permit incoming call (when omitted)
NO:
Reject incoming call

NORMAL RESPONSE:

ERROR RESPONSE:

ERR01
ERR02
ERR50
ERR51
ERR61

NCIC

NO↵

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

COP-302

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-303

NIWT
ISDN Control
COMMAND NAME
PURPOSE

Set up to wait for reception to receive wait for ISDN line.

INPUT FORMAT

NIWT

[s]

[c]↵

EXPLAINATION OF INPUT PARAMETER

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

1 ~ 254
Logical line number

Reception action. Valid values are:
A: Automatic (when omitted)
M: Manual

Dial number. Valid values for x are:
#01 ~ #99: Speed number
0 ~ 9:
Dial number (~ 20 digit)
Subaddress (~ 4 digit)
*,**:
Pause code (subaddress, 2B address)
()-:
Decorative Character

Network classification capability. When omitted, it is regarded as
64k digital. Valid values are:
R:
56k restricted
N: 64k digital

Page 1 of 2

COP-303

RESPONSE
FORMAT

EXAMPLE

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

NORMAL RESPONSE:

ERROR RESPONSE:

ERR01
ERR02
ERR04
ERR51
ERR54
ERR55
ERR56
ERR59

NIWT

5 A

044-435-1001 ↵

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-304

NIWR
ISDN Control
COMMAND NAME
PURPOSE

Release reception wait.

INPUT FORMAT

NIWR

n↵

EXPLAINATION OF INPUT PARAMETER
n=

RESPONSE
FORMAT

EXAMPLE

1 ~ 254, ALL
Logical line number

NORMAL RESPONSE:

ERROR RESPONSE:

ERR01
ERR02
ERR04
ERR09
ERR51

NIWR

ALL ↵

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

COP-304

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-305

NIWQ
ISDN Control
COMMAND NAME
PURPOSE

Indicate the logical line in ready receive status (complete the digit).

INPUT FORMAT

NIWQ[

n] ↵

EXPLAINATION OF INPUT PARAMETER
n=

RESPONSE
FORMAT

1 ~ 254
Logical line number

NORMAL RESPONSE:

n1 o1 [s1] [c1] [a1]

n2 o2 [s2] [c2] [a2]
:
:
OK
EXPLAINATION OF RESPONSE PARAMETER
o:

Action
(Automatic/Manual)

Line Speed

Terminal ability
R: 56k
N: 64k

Address

ERROR RESPONSE:

EXAMPLE

NIWQ
005
OK

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

ERR01
ERR02
ERR04
ERR09
ERR51
ERR61

5↵
2B

Page 1 of 2

COP-305

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-306

INET
ISDN Control
COMMAND NAME
PURPOSE

ON/OFF indication report related to ISDN.

INPUT FORMAT

INET[

x↵

EXPLAINATION OF INPUT PARAMETER

RESPONSE
FORMAT

EXAMPLE

1~3
Number of console ports

ON/OFF
Switch

NORMAL RESPONSE:

ERROR RESPONSE:

ERR01

INET

ON ↵

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

COP-306

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-307

NSTQ
ISDN Control
COMMAND NAME
PURPOSE

Display transmission status of ISDN line (complete the digit).

INPUT FORMAT

NSTQ

n↵

EXPLAINATION OF INPUT PARAMETER
n=

RESPONSE
FORMAT

1 ~ 254
Logical line number

NORMAL RESPONSE:

n__I__x[/x]__=__s__c__a

OK
EXPLAINATION OF RESPONSE PARAMETER
n:

1 ~ 254
Logical line number

Reception display. Valid vales are:
c:
Outgoing call
I:
Incoming call

x[/x']:Layer 3 status. Valid values are:
x:
B1
x':
B2
0:
Empty
1:
Transmit call
3:
Accept transmit call
4:
Report the call
7:
Calling
8:
Response
10: During transmission
11: Request cut off
12: Accept release

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Line Speed

Network classification

Address

Page 1 of 2

COP-307

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

NSTQ
ISDN Control
(continued)
ERROR RESPONSE:

EXAMPLE

NSTQ
100
OK

Page 2 of 2

ERR01
ERR02
ERR04
ERR51

100 ↵
10/10=2B

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-308

NLGQ
ISDN Control
COMMAND NAME
PURPOSE

Display the maximum of 100 transmission history. When omitted, indicate all
history. When specified number exceeds the number of accumulated, display all
history.

INPUT FORMAT

NLGQ

n↵

EXPLAINATION OF INPUT PARAMETER
n=

RESPONSE
FORMAT

1 ~ 100
Number of history

NORMAL RESPONSE:

YY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS n i k t c/[c'] b [a]
:
:

OK
EXPLAINATION OF RESPONSE PARAMETER
YY: Transmission Year
MM: Transmission Month
DD: Transmission Day
HH: Transmission Hour
MM: Transmission Minutes
SS:

Transmission Seconds

1 ~ 254
Logical line number

Reception display. Valid vales are:
c:
Outgoing call
I:
Incoming call

Line Speed
B, 2B, H0, 2H0

Terminal attribute
t:Transmission time

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

COP-308

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

NLGQ
ISDN Control
(continued)
EXPLAINATION OF RESPONSE PARAMETER
hh : mm : ss
c:

Display the reason
#001 ~ #999-00 ~ 10 [c=B1, c'=B2 (only when 2B)]

Price \0 ~ 9999990 (Call receive side is \0)

Terminating Address (display only when it was already set up)

ERROR RESPONSE:

EXAMPLE

NLGQ
98-5-19
OK

Page 2 of 2

ERR01
ERR09

1↵
14:07:52

250

00:10:15

#016-00/#016-00

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-309

NLGC
ISDN Control
COMMAND NAME
PURPOSE

Delete communication history

INPUT FORMAT

NLGC ↵

RESPONSE
FORMAT

EXAMPLE

NORMAL RESPONSE:

ERROR RESPONSE:

ERR01
ERR04

NLGC ↵
OK

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

COP-309

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-310

NPDS
ISDN Control
COMMAND NAME
PURPOSE

Register speed dial. A maximum of 99 terminating number can be register.
Registration of already used speed dial numbers will be regarded as renewal.

INPUT FORMAT

NPDS

[s]

[c]

[p]↵

EXPLAINATION OF INPUT PARAMETER

RESPONSE
FORMAT

EXAMPLE

01 ~ 99
Speed dial number

Dial number. Valid values for x are:
#01 ~ #99: Speed number
0 ~ 9:
Dial number (~ 20 digit)
Subaddress (~ 4 digit)
*,**:
Pause code (subaddress, 2B address)
()-:
Decorative Character

Network classification capability. When omitted, it is regarded as
64k digital. Valid values are:
R:
56k restricted
N: 64k digital

Name of terminating point (~ 20 characters)

NORMAL RESPONSE:

ERROR RESPONSE:

ERR01
ERR54
ERR55
ERR56
ERR57
ERR59

NPDS

#05

044-435-1001 ↵

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

COP-310

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-311

NPDR
ISDN Control
COMMAND NAME
PURPOSE

Display registered contents of speed dial (complete the digit). When parameter
was omitted, display all registered contents.

INPUT FORMAT

NPDR

n↵

EXPLAINATION OF INPUT PARAMETER
n=

RESPONSE
FORMAT

#01 ~ #99
Speed dial number

NORMAL RESPONSE:

n s
OK

EXPLAINATION OF RESPONSE PARAMETER
n=

#01 ~ #99
Speed dial number

Dial number. Valid values for x are:
01 ~ 99:
Speed number
0 ~ 9:
Dial number (~ 20 digit)
Subaddress (~ 4 digit)
*,**:
Pause code (subaddress, 2B address)
()-:
Decorative Character

Network classification capability. When omitted, it is regarded as
64k digital. Valid values are:
R:
56k restricted
N: 64k digital

Name of terminating point (~ 20 characters)

ERROR RESPONSE:

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

ERR01
ERR59

Page 1 of 2

COP-311

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

NPDR
ISDN Control
(continued)
EXAMPLE

NPDR #65 ↵
#65 044-435-1000
OK

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-312

NDSS
ISDN Control
COMMAND NAME
PURPOSE

Register local address. It can be registered per each logical line number.
Registration to already register logical line number will be registered as renewal.

INPUT FORMAT

NDSS

a↵

EXPLAINATION OF INPUT PARAMETER

RESPONSE
FORMAT

EXAMPLE

1 ~ 254
Clear:
Delete all contents ("a" is omitted)
Logical line number

Local address. (n=when clear, it can be omitted).Valid values for a
are:
OFF:
Clear registration contents
0 ~ 9:
Dial number (~ 20 digit)
Subaddress (~ 4 digit)
*,**:
Pause code (subaddress, 2B address)
()-:
Decorative Character

NORMAL RESPONSE:

ERROR RESPONSE:

ERR01
ERR02
ERR04
ERR51
ERR54
ERR55
ERR56

NDSS

044-435-1001 ↵

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

COP-312

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-313

NDSR
ISDN Control
COMMAND NAME
PURPOSE

Display the registered local number (complete the digit). When omitted, display
all registered lines.

INPUT FORMAT

NDSR

n↵

EXPLAINATION OF INPUT PARAMETER
n=

RESPONSE
FORMAT

1 ~ 254
Clear:
Delete all contents ("a" is omitted)
Logical line number

NORMAL RESPONSE:

n xxxxx*yyy**xxxxx*yyy
OK

EXPLAINATION OF RESPONSE PARAMETER
xxx: Dial number
yyy: Sub address
*,**: Pause symbol
In MCU, treat ISDN channel number as follows:
xxxxxxxxxxx*yyyy**xxxxxxxxxxx*yyyy
➀
➁
➂
➃
➀ is necessary, but ➁ ~ ➃ can be omitted.
('*", '**' is pause symbol)
The first channel

additional channel

➀ The first channel
➁ The first channel
➂ Additional channel
➃ Additional channel

Dial number
Sub address
Dial number
Sub address

(20 character max.)
(4 characters max.)
(20 character max.)
(4 characters max.)

when 2B is only required

Note: Each channel can have the decorative character such as (","), "-" (counted as one character).
ERROR RESPONSE:

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

ERR01
ERR02
ERR04
ERR09
ERR51

Page 1 of 2

COP-313

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

NDSR
ISDN Control
(continued)
EXAMPLE

NDSR 5 ↵
5 044-435-1001
OK

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-N01

RCON
Multipoint Connection Control
COMMAND NAME
PURPOSE

Makes multipoint connections (H.243 mode)

INPUT FORMAT

RCON[

...] [

Rxxx] [

s]↵

EXPLAINATION OF INPUT PARAMETER
n=

Logical line number

xxx= Transfer rate. When omitted, it will be the value of system. Valid
values for x are:
64, 64X2, 128, 192, 256, 384, 512, 768, 1152, 1536, 1920, 1472,
56, 56 x 2, 112, 168, 224, 336, 448, 672, 1008, 1344, 1280, 384X2,
336X2
s=

RESPONSE
FORMAT

B, 2B-, H0, 2H0
Line Speed (ISDN only). When omitted, it will be the minimum
line speed and line number. Valid values for x are:
B:
64kbps (56kbps)
2B: 2 x 64kbps (2 x 56kbps)
H0: 384kbps (336kbpd)
2H0: 2 x 384kbps (2 x 336kbps)

NORMAL RESPONSE:

xxxkbps

EXPLANATION OF RESPONSE PARAMETERS
g=

A or B
Conference group

xxx:

Transfer rate

ERROR RESPONSE:

EXAMPLE

RCON 1 2
128 OK

ERR01
ERR02
ERR04
ERR06
ERR08
ERR10
ERR14
ERR53

3↵

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

COP-N01

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-N02

RDSC
Multipoint Connection Control
COMMAND NAME
PURPOSE

Release conference group set up by RCON. Disconnects multipoint connections.
(H.243 mode)

INPUT FORMAT

RDSC

g↵

EXPLAINATION OF INPUT PARAMETER
g=

RESPONSE
FORMAT

EXAMPLE

A or B
Conference group

NORMAL RESPONSE:

ERROR RESPONSE:

ERR01
ERR05

RDSC

A↵

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

COP-N02

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-N03

RADD
Multipoint Connection Control
COMMAND NAME
PURPOSE

Add multipoint connection to group which is set up by RCON

INPUT FORMAT

RADD

n↵

EXPLAINATION OF INPUT PARAMETER
g=

A or B
Conference group

1 ~ 254
Logical line number

Note: "n" can be specified at the 24 line at the same time.
RESPONSE
FORMAT

EXAMPLE

NORMAL RESPONSE:

ERROR RESPONSE:

ERR01
ERR02
ERR04
ERR05
ERR08
ERR14
ERR53

RADD

10 ↵

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

COP-N03

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-N04

RDRP
Multipoint Connection Control
COMMAND NAME
PURPOSE

Release the multipoint connection of the line specific from the group set up be
RCON.

INPUT FORMAT

RDRP

n↵

EXPLAINATION OF INPUT PARAMETER
g=

A or B
Conference group

1 ~ 254
Logical line number

Note: "n" can be specified at the 24 line at the same time.
RESPONSE
FORMAT

EXAMPLE

NORMAL RESPONSE:

ERROR RESPONSE:

ERR01
ERR02
ERR04
ERR05

RDRP

10 ↵

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

COP-N04

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-N05

RASN
Multipoint Connection Control
COMMAND NAME
PURPOSE

Indicate the relation between conference room number and terminal number
assigned by RCON.

INPUT FORMAT

RASN

r↵

EXPLAINATION OF INPUT PARAMETER
g=

A or B
Conference group

Note: When parameter is omitted, indicate all terminals for Group A.
r=

RESPONSE
FORMAT

1 ~ 252
Conference room number

NORMAL RESPONSE:

A Rm=;…

B Rm=;…
OK
EXPLAINATION OF RESPONSE PARAMETER
m:

001 ~ 252
Conference room number

1 ~ 191
MCU number

1 ~ 191
Terminal number

ERROR RESPONSE:

EXAMPLE

RASN

ERR01
ERR05

100 ↵

A
R100=<001>;<020>
OK

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

COP-N05

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-N06

RRAT
Multipoint Connection Control
COMMAND NAME
PURPOSE

Indicates status of multiconnected terminals in the conference set up by RCON.

INPUT FORMAT

RRAT g ↵
EXPLAINATION OF INPUT PARAMETER
g=

A or B
Conference group

Note: When parameter is omitted, indicate all terminals for Group A.
RESPONSE
FORMAT

NORMAL RESPONSE:

Rr1 + WXYZ

Rr2=WXYZ…

OK
EXPLAINATION OF RESPONSE PARAMETER

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

A or B
Conference group

N or S
Mode. Values are:
N= Normal mode
S= H.43 mode

001 ~ 252
Conference room number

0 or 1
Participation status. Values are:
0:
No participation
1:
During participation

Conference terminal connection (valid only in normal mode)

0 or 1
Terminal type. Values are:
0:
Video conference terminal
1:
Voice terminal

0 or 1
H.243 terminal. Values are:
0:
Former terminal
1:
H.243 terminal

Page 1 of 2

COP-N06

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

RRAT
Multipoint Connection Control
(continued)
ERROR RESPONSE:

EXAMPLE

RRAT
A
S
OK

Page 2 of 2

ERR01
ERR05

A↵
R001=1101

R002=1101

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

COP-N07

RCNQ
H.243 Multipoint Connection Control
COMMAND NAME
PURPOSE

Indicate connection situation of multipoint conference, set up by RCON.

INPUT FORMAT

RCNQ

g↵

EXPLAINATION OF INPUT PARAMETER
g=

RESPONSE
FORMAT

A or B
Conference group

NORMAL RESPONSE:

n2… OK

EXPLAINATION OF RESPONSE PARAMETER
g=

A or B
Conference group

001 ~ 254
Logical line number

ERROR RESPONSE:

EXAMPLE

ERR01
ERR05
ERR08

RCNQ A ↵
A 001 002 OK

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

COP-N07

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

Appendix

INS Net Error Reasons

Number

Display the Reasons (ERROR from Net)

Correspondence

1
2
3
6
7
16
17
18
19
21
22
26
27
28
29
30
31

Unused number
No route to specific relay net
No route to terminating
Cannot use channel
Caller arrives to channel which already setup
Normal disconnect
Arriving user is busy
Arriving user no resource
Arriving user calling/no response
Reject the transmission
Modified terminal number that is terminating member
Restore disconnect user who was not selected
Terminating terminal is broken
Invalid number format (Incorrect number)
Reject the facility (no applicable service)
Response to status injury
Other normal classes

34
35
41
42
43
44
47

No possible use line/channel
Net problem
Temporary problem

49
50
57
58
63

QOS not available
Requested facility has not been contracted yet
Transmission ability not accepted
Transmit ability not available at this point
Class of other service or option which are not offered

Class of
unavailable
service

65
66
69
70
79

Specified transmission ability which is not offered
Specified type of channel which is not offered
Requested facility which is not offered
Limited digital information
Class of other service or option which are not offered

Class of unoffered
service

81
82
83
85
86
88
91
95

Invalid calling number in use
Invalid channel in use
Specify the interruption calling discernment number is unused
No interruption calling
Restored the specific interruption calling
Terminal attribute is mismatched
Selected invalid relay net
Other invalid message class

96
97
98
100
101
102
111
127

Insufficient necessary information request
Type of message has not been defined or not been offered
Calling status and message is mismatched. Type of message has not been defined.
Invalid request contents of information
Calling status and message is mismatched
Restored by full timer
Class of other incorrect order
Other interworking class

Access information missing
Requested line/channel not available
Class of other resource which is not available

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

Normal,
Semi-normal
Class

Class of
unavailable
resource

Invalid message
class

Incorrect
Process

Page 1 of 2

Appendix

Number
900
901
903
904
905
906
908
909
910
912
913

Page 2 of 2

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

Display the Reasons (ERROR from Net)

Correspondence

No response from terminating, even after 50 seconds of calling
At calling, line (Layer 1) is abnormal
At calling, line (Layer 2) is abnormal
TEI is mismatched
At calling, line (Layer 3) is abnormal
When receiving the request of initialization, set up is received from NET, it will be
reported to the upper level
Time out occurs when standing by for restart response
When call or disconnect during standby for restart response
Receiving the message which was unsuitable for local status
When call or disconnect during standby for restart response

NECA 340-414-300 Revision 2.0

NECA 340-414-500
ISSUE 2
DOI-G05187
PART OF STOCK # 0293922

MCU 5000A MULTIPOINT
CONTROL UNIT
MAINTENANCE MANUAL

SEPTEMBER, 1998

NEC America, Inc.

LIABILITY DISCLAIMER
NEC America, Inc. reserves the right to change the specifications,
functions, or features, at any time, without notice.
NEC America, Inc. has prepared this document for use by its employees and customers. The information contained herein is the
property of NEC America, Inc. and shall not be reproduced without
prior written approval from NEC America, Inc.

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

Table of Contents

Table of Contents
INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................. INT-001
CHECK ON POWER SYSTEM .......................................................................... TCP-001
IMPLEMENTATION OF C&I LOOPBACK FUNCTION ..................................... TCP-002
SETTING OF MCU 5000A LOOPBACK POINTS.............................................. TCP-003
EXECUTION OF MCU 5000A LOOP TEST....................................................... TCP-004
TROUBLESHOOTING OF M CONT UNIT......................................................... TCP-005
TROUBLESHOOTING OF 1.5M LIF UNIT......................................................... TCP-006
TROUBLESHOOTING OF RS-422 LIF UNIT .................................................... TCP-007
TROUBLESHOOTING OF H0-INF LIF UNIT ..................................................... TCP-008
TROUBLESHOOTING OF EC H221 MUX UNIT ............................................... TCP-009
TROUBLESHOOTING OF PG/SIO UNIT........................................................... TCP-010
TROUBLESHOOTING OF V SW/LSD IF UNIT ................................................. TCP-011
TROUBLESHOOTING OF A CODEC UNIT ...................................................... TCP-012
TROUBLESHOOTING OF A SUM UNIT ........................................................... TCP-013
TROUBLESHOOTING OF VIDEO RELATED FAILURE................................... TCP-014
TROUBLESHOOTING OF AUDIO SYSTEM ..................................................... TCP-015
START-UP OF MCU CONSOLE........................................................................ TCP-016
REPLACEMENT OF UNIT ................................................................................. TCP-017
REPLACEMENT OF MEMORY CARD BATTERY ............................................ TCP-018
CHECK ON STATE AND KIND OF MEMORY CARD....................................... TCP-019
COPYING CONTENTS OF MEMORY CARD .................................................... TCP-020
REPLACEMENT OF BACKUP MEMORY BATTERY ....................................... TCP-021
TROUBLESHOOTING OF VDSW UNIT ............................................................ TCP-022

NECA 340-414-500 Revision 2.0

Page i

Table of Contents

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page ii

NECA 340-414-500 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

INT-001

INTRODUCTION
1. GENERAL
This practice provides maintenance and trouble clearing of Multipoint
1.01
Control Unit 5000A (MCU 5000A).

2. OVERVIEW
This equipment does not require periodical maintenance under normal
2.01
operating conditions. However, users are recommended the periodical check
described in Section 3, and in case of failure perform troubleshooting in
accordance with the descriptions given in this practice.
In case of failure, inform NEC America, Inc. of the following items
2.02
before starting the troubleshooting (see Section 10, CONTACT FOR FAILURE
in this practice).
• Operating conditions of the system at the time of failure
• Failure conditions
• Front panel LED status of each unit
• Alarm status displayed on MCU Console
• Transmission conditions of video and audio signals
WARNING: BE SURE TO TURN THE POWER SWITCH OFF
2.03
BEFORE STARTING SUCH MAINTENANCE AND ADJUSTMENT
OPERATIONS AS THE EXTERNAL CONNECTIONS AND UNIT INSERTION
PULLOUT FOR STRAP CHANGE INSIDE THE UNIT. MAINTENANCE AND
ADJUSTMENT OPERATIONS UNDER THE POWER-UP CONDITION MIGHT
CAUSE THE FAILURE AND DEGRADATION OF COMPONENTS INSIDE THE
EQUIPMENT, SO OBSERVE THE RULE OF POWER-OFF.
The memory card mounted on the M CONT unit can be inserted/pulled out under
the power-up condition except when the memory card access lamp (RC6) is lit.

NECA 340-414-500 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 14

INT-001

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

3. PERIODICAL CHECK
As described in paragraph 2.01, periodical maintenance job is not
3.01
required under normal operating conditions. However, users are recommended
to conduct the following check and maintenance operations to avoid the failure in
service.
Power Supply Voltage
• Power supply voltage measured at the ac power supply terminal must be
within 100 V/200 V ac (85 VAC to 132 VAC for nominal 170 ~ 264 VAC).
• Direct current output voltages of the power supply unit (PWR) must be within +5 V ±5% and +12 V ±5%. Measurements must be taken at the monitor
terminals on the front of the PWR unit.
Lamp (LED) Check
When the LMT (SW4) on the M CONT unit is set at the lower position, all the
LEDs on the front of unit must be lit (see GSD-009).

4. CONTROLS AND ALARM INDICATIONS
The MCU 5000A consists of the units given in Table 1 and the mounting
4.01
position of each unit is shown in Fig.1. LEDs of each unit and position of each
element on DIP switch are shown in attached Drawings (GSD-001 to 010).
Table 1: Constituent Units of MCU 5000A
UNIT NAME

ABBREVIATED NAME

LINE INTERFACE UNIT

EC H221 MUX UNIT

CODE

1.5M LIF

E32-484-Y1442-0A00

RS-422 LIF

E32-484-Y1443-0A00

H0-INF LIF

E32-484-Y2761-0A00

EC H221 MUX

E32-482-Y3118-0B00

V SW/LSD IF UNIT

V SW/LSD

E32-465-Y1440-0A00

A CODEC UNIT

A CODEC

E32-441-Y1438-0A00

A SUM UNIT

A SUM

E32-470-Y1439-0A00

PG/SIO UNIT

PG/SIO

E32-483-Y1441-0A00

M CONT UNIT
POWER UNIT

100/200 VAC
-48 VDC

Page 2 of 14

M CONT

E32-001-Y2573-0A00

PWR

E32-014-Y1573-0B00
E32-014-Y3757-0A00

NECA 340-414-500 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

INT-001

1U = 1.75 inches (44.45 mm)
(U) 8

L
I
F
#
1

L
I
F
#
2

L
I
F
#
3

L
I
F
#
4

E
C

H
2
2
1

M
U
X
#
1

M
U
X
#
2

M
U
X
#
3

M
U
X
#
4

M
U
X
#
5

M
U
X
#
6

M
U
X
#
7

M
U
X
#
8

V
S
W
/
L
S
D

H
S
D

I
F
#
1

I
F
#
2

C
O
D
E
C
#
1

C
O
D
E
C
#
2

S
U
M

P
G
/
S
I
O

PWR

C
O
N
T

1
CABLE SPACE
0

28
(B)

1B = 0.6 in. (15.24 mm)

Figure 1: Unit Layout of MCU 5000A

NECA 340-414-500 Revision 2.0

Page 3 of 14

INT-001

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

5. LOOPBACK TEST
Loopback tests are conducted to sectionalize the faulty units when a
5.01
failure has occurred in the MCU 5000A. Some of the loopback tests are carried
out from the MCU console by inputting commands, and others are conducted by
the switches mounted on the units.
MCU 5000A has loopback points in each unit. MCU 5000A can loop a
5.02
signal (internal or external) back on remote side or local side. MCU 5000A can
also generate pseudo noise pattern and carry out self diagnostic test by checking
the returned noise pattern.
Loopback test function is divided into two categories; one is the C&I
5.03
loopback function as the additional information necessary for a video
teleconference based on CCITT Recommendation H230, and the other is MCU
5000A loopback function for maintenance and self diagnostic.
A. C&I Loopback

In the C&I defined by H230, the following four kinds of loopbacks are
5.04
defined for maintenance purpose:
• LCV (Video Loopback Request): Loopback request of video signal
• LCD (Digital Loopback Request): Loopback request of digital signal
• LCA (Audio Loopback Request): Loopback request of audio signal
• LCO (Loopback Command Off): Release of loopback

B. MCU 5000A
Loopback

The MCU loopback has two functions; one is a local loopback to generate
5.05
the test signal and check the signal looped back inside of the equipment (called
the local side loop hereafter), the other is a remote loopback to loopback the
external signal outside of the equipment (called remote side loopback hereafter).
The local side and remote side loops are set at points A to H as shown in Fig. 2.
Moreover, following functions to generate the test signal and check the looped
back signal (loopback test) are available:
• Video signal loopback test
• Audio signal loopback test
• LSD loopback test
• Console loopback test
The loopback point setting, loopback test and loopback release
5.06
mentioned above are conducted by the execution of the MCU console commands.
To conduct loopback test, it is necessary to set. However, the console loopback
test does not require the loopback point setting because it automatically sets
loopback points. Refer to TCP-003 and TCP-004 for the execution of the MCU
loopback.

Page 4 of 14

NECA 340-414-500 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

INT-001

1.5M LIF UNIT

RELAY

IPAF

EC H221 MUX UNIT

MTSC

V SW/LSD UNIT

MTSC

PN
CHECKER

PN
GENERATOR

POINT F

POINT E

POINT D

POINT C

POINT B

POINT H

POINT A

POINT G

HSCX

A CODEC

(a) 1.5M LIF Loopback Points

RS-422 LIF UNIT

RELAY

EC H221 MUX UNIT

MTSC

V SW/LSD UNIT

MTSC

PN
CHECKER

PN
GENERATOR

POINT F

POINT D

POINT C

POINT B

POINT A

POINT G

POINT H

HSCX

A CODEC

(b) RS-422 LIF Loopback Points
Figure 2: MCU Loopback Points

NECA 340-414-500 Revision 2.0

Page 5 of 14

INT-001

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

Video Signal Loopback Test
5.07
The video signal Loopback test is performed through the use of the PN
Pattern Generator/Checker function of the V SW/LSD IF unit. The PN Pattern
signal sent from the PN Pattern Generator returns from the loopback point set to
make the local side Loopback and input to the PN Pattern Checker. The PN
Pattern Checker compares and judges the sent pattern with the input one. When
the line rate of 1.536 Mb/s is selected, it is necessary to set the MUX switch to
OFF on the EC H.221 MUX unit. For software, a video switch I/O (PC) task
controls this test.
Audio Signal Loopback Test
5.08
The audio signal Loopback test is performed by the test tone generation
mode function of the A CODEC unit. After the setting of levels (0 dBm0, -12
dBm0, -24 dBm0, -36 dBm0) and frequencies (500 Hz,800 Hz, 1000 Hz, 1600
Hz) of the test tone, measurement is taken for the levels of continuous output and
loopback tone. Moreover, when the level measurement is selected as the
operation, the measured level is displayed on the console screen. For software, an
audio controls I/O (VC) task controls this test.
LSD Loopback Test
5.09
The LSD (Low Speed Data) Loopback test is performed at the HSCX of
the V SW/LSD IF unit. The LSD (four frames of 00H to 7FH data) sent from the
HSCX returns through the loopback point set to make the local side Loopback and
is input to the HSCX. It compares and judges the sent LSD with the input one.
For software, a LAP-B driver (LD) task controls this test.
Console Loopback Test
5.10
The console Loopback test is performed at the serial controller of the PG/
SIO unit. The loop setting is done automatically in the console Loopback test.
Two kinds of loop points can be set. One makes the loop in the serial controller
and the other makes the loop outside the RS-232C connector and allows the
control signal test. When the outside loop is selected, it is necessary to set the loop
connector. The transmitted data is set to be four frames of 00H to 7FH data. For
software, a console drive 1, 2 (CD 1, 2) tasks control this test.

Page 6 of 14

NECA 340-414-500 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

INT-001

Diagnosis
5.11
The M CONT unit conducts the diagnosis of the hardware during the
initial processing after power-up, and the result is indicated by the LED. When a
failure has occurred during the operation, the failure condition is also indicated by
the LED.
• ST8:lights when the battery voltage of the memory card drops or the memory card is not mounted. When the memory card is not mounted, reset and
restart after mounting it. If the LED still lights up after the restart, replace
the battery of the memory card.
• ST7 to ST1: steadily indicate.
5.12
In normal operation, some LEDs are blinking to give HEX indication of
the number of the task under execution by the CPU. However, when an
abnormality has occurred, LEDs stop blinking indicating the number of the task
where the abnormality has occurred. The Table 2 shows abnormal indication of
LED status (LEDs 1 to 6 and LED 7) on M CONT unit.
Table 2: Failure Indication
ITEM LED INDICATION TYPE OF FAILURE
NO.
1

SIGNIFICANCE

ACTION TO BE TAKEN

RAM test error

RAM test error occurred during the
initial processing

Replace M CONT unit

ROM test error

ROM test error occurred during the
initial processing

Replace M CONT unit

CPU H/W initialize
error

Initializing error occurred in the
peripheral circuit of CPU

Replace M CONT unit

System parameter
backup error

Contents of system parameter was
destroyed.

Reset system parameter
referring to “System Parameter
Practice”. Replace battery of M
CONT unit if failure occurs again.

Program load error

Failure in loading programs from the
memory card

Replace memory card. Replace
M CONT unit if failure reappears.

Abnormal loader
operation

Abnormality was detected in the
program load processing

Replace memory card. Replace
M CONT unit if failure reappears.

Program
abnormality

Abnormality was detected in executing
programs. Task number is indicated.

Replace memory card. Replace
M CONT unit if failure reappears.

5
6
7

Note:

All the other
indications

: Lighted

: Unlighted

NECA 340-414-500 Revision 2.0

Page 7 of 14

INT-001

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

6. TROUBLESHOOTING
6.01
There are two methods for troubleshooting. One sectionalizes the failure
according to the failure conditions (output state of the video and audio) and
the other does it in accordance with the LED indication of each unit. The
following describes the procedure of sectionalizing failures of the MCU 5000A
through the combined use of above two methods.
A. Sectionalization in
accordance with
Failure Conditions

6.02
Check points are given in Table 3 in cases where failures of video and
audio signals occur separately or simultaneously. Carry out the failure
sectionalization according to Table 4.

Table 3: Troubleshooting in Accordance with Failure Conditions
FAILURE
CONDITION

POINT OF FAILURE

TCP-001

_ Lines between
conference
rooms

TCP-002

_ Lines between
conference
rooms

TCP-002

M CONT unit

TCP-005

1.5M LIF unit

TCP-006

RS-422 LIF unit

TCP-007

H0-INF LIF unit

TCP-008

EC H221 MUX unit

TCP-009

PG/SIO unit

TCP-010

Failure of video

Video signal
(V SW/LSD IF unit)

TCP-014
TCP-022 (VDSW)

Failure of audio
system

Audio signal (A CODEC
unit / A SUM unit)

TCP-015

Unit failure of MCU
5000A

M CONT unit

TCP-005

EC H221 MUX unit

TCP-008

V SW/LSD IF unit

TCP-011

Unit failure of MCU
5000A

M CONT unit

TCP-005

Unit failure of MCU
5000A

A CODEC unit

TCP-012

Unit failure of MCU
5000A

A SUM unit

TCP-013

Failure of line

Failure of both
video and audio
Unit failure of MCU
5000A

Failure of video only
Failure of video

Page 8 of 14

REFERENCE NO.

_ AC power supply
_ Power cord
_ DC output of PWR unit

Failure of power
system

Failure of audio
only

CHECK POINT

NECA 340-414-500 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

B. Sectionalization by
Front Panel Lamp
(LED) Indication
of Each Unit

INT-001

6.03
The failure sectionalization is carried out in accordance with the LED
indication of each unit.
6.04
Refer to GSD-001 to GSD-010 of attached drawings for the purpose of
LEDs on each unit.
6.05
The sectionalization is carried out checking the lighting conditions of
LEDs, unit by unit, through the combined use of the MCU console. Refer to
TCP-020 for the connection and start-up of the MCU console. Alarms indicated
by LEDs of each unit, conditions of failure and Reference numbers for
troubleshooting procedure are given in Table 4. Call NECAM when the normal
operation is not obtained. (See Section 10: CONTACT FOR FAILURE in this
practice.)

NECA 340-414-500 Revision 2.0

Page 9 of 14

INT-001

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

Table 4: Troubleshooting by LED Indication of Each Unit (1 of 2)
UNIT

LED

ALARM
REC

RC1
RC2

1.5M
LIF
unit/
H0-INF
LIF
unit

AIS

AIS of CHI (CH5) (network side fault)
RAI of CHI (CH5) (remote alarm)

RC5
RC6

NOS of CH2 (CH6) (input off)
LOS (out of synch)

AIS

AIS of CH2 (CH6) (network side fault)

RAI

RAI of CH2 (CH6) (remote alarm)

NOS of CH3 (CH7) (input off)
LOS (out of synch)

AIS

AIS of CH2 (CH7) (network side fault)

RAI

RC2
RC3
RS-422
LIF unit

RC4
RC5
RC6
RC7
RC8

Page 10 of 14

RAI of CH3 (CH7) (remote alarm)

NOS of CH4 (CH8) (input off)
LOS (out of synch)

AIS

AIS of CH4 (CH8) (network side fault)

RAI

RAI of CH4 (CH8) (remote alarm)

CH1
CH2
CH3
CH4

TCP-006/TCP-008

CH3 (CH7) other than the above alarms or
normal

REC

Normal
RC1

CH2 (CH6) other than the above alarms or
normal

REC

Normal

RC7
RC8

CHI (CH5) other than the above alarms or
normal

REC

Normal

REFERENCE NO.

NOS of CHI (CH5) (input off)
LOS (out of synch)

RAI
Normal

RC3
RC4

FAILURE

CH4 (CH8) other than the above alarms or
normal
Slip in port 1 of CH1
H221 in synch
Slip in port 2 of CH2
H221 in synch
Slip in port 3 of CH3

TCP-007

H221 in synch
Slip in port 4 of CH4
H221 in sync

NECA 340-414-500 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

INT-001

Table 4: Troubleshooting by Led Indication of Each Unit (2 of 2)
UNIT
EC H.221
MUX
unit

PG/SIO
unit

M CONT
unit

LED

ALARM

FAILURE

RE16

REC

RC15

REM ALM

H221 receives A bit (REALM)

RC10

FUN ERR

Function test error of MUX

RC9

MEN ERR

Memory test error

RC1

CLOS

Loss of line clock input

RC2

SLP 3

Phase slip between line clock and
10.752 MHz clock

RC3

SLP 2

Phase slip between line clock and
4.096 MHz clock

RC4

SLP1

Phase slip between line clock and
1.544 MHz clock

RC18

ST8

Low battery voltage of memory card

RC13

ST7

ABEND or RAM/ROM error

REFERENCE NO.

H221 out of synch

During normal operation: Task number
indication
In case of ABEND: ABEND task number
indication

TCP-009

TCP-010

Refer to GSD-009

RC12~7

ST6~1

RC6

V SW/LSD
IF unit

RRM

ARM

A CODEC
unit

TCP-012

A SUM
unit

TCP-013

NECA 340-414-500 Revision 2.0

Lights during memory card access
ARM of PN Pattern

TCP-011

Page 11 of 14

INT-001

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

7. REPLACEMENT OF UNIT
7.01
When the replacement of unit is required as a result of troubleshooting,
mount the unit correctly referring to the unit layout in Fig. 1.
7.02

Refer to TCP-017 for the replacement of the unit.

8. HANDLING OF MEMORY CARD
8.01
This section describes the handling of memory card mounted on the M
CONT unit. This memory card is of SRAM type and backed up by a lithium
battery.
A. Replacement of
Battery

8.02
WARNING: IN REPLACING THE BATTERY DUE TO CAUSES SUCH
AS VOLTAGE DROP, MOUNT THE MEMORY CARD ON THE M CONT
UNIT AND KEEP THE POWER OF MCU EQUIPMENT ON (THUS POWER
IS FED TO THE MEMORY CARD). THE CONTENTS OF MEMORY CARD
DISAPPEAR IF THE BATTERY IS REMOVED FROM THE MEMORY CARD
BEING PULLED OUT OF THE EQUIPMENT.
8.03

Periodical replacement of the battery in accordance with the following.

OPERATING CONDITION

24-HOUR DISCHARGE

8 HOUR/EACH TIME DISCHARGE

Replacement Interval

5 years

One year

8.04
Refer to TCP-018 for the battery replacement procedure. (For the
mounting of memory card, refer to TCP-021.)
B. Checking and
Copying of
Memory Card

8.05
Checking the insertion condition of the memory card in use, detection of
low battery voltage and write-protect and checking the kind of memory are
conducted by executing the RMCS command. Refer to TCP-016 for execution
procedure.
8.06
System parameters written on the memory card can be copied down on
another memory card. Refer to TCP-020 for execution procedure.

C. Care in Handling
Memory Card

8.07

In handling memory card, following precautions should be observed.

• There is a write-protect switch at the front end of the card. The switch is set
at write-protect ON position. Do not change this setting.
• Do not give a strong shock to the card by dropping or bending by hand.
• Keep the memory card in the PVC case so that the dust may not enter the
connector part.
• Store it keeping off high temperature and humidity.
• Do not touch the connector part.

Page 12 of 14

NECA 340-414-500 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

INT-001

9. HANDLING OF BACKUP MEMORY BATTERY IN M CONT UNIT
9.01
The backup memory of the M CONT unit is backed up by the lithium
battery mounted on it. This battery requires the periodical replacement. Replace
it when the voltage drops below 2.5 V.
9.02
WARNING: BE SURE TO REPLACE THE BATTERY PERIODICALLY
AS SPECIFIED, BECAUSE THE DATA OF THE MEMORY DISAPPEARS DUE
TO THE VOLTAGE DROP OF THE BACKUP BATTERY.
A. Mounting Position
of Backup Memory
Battery on M
CONT Unit

9.03
Mounting position of the backup memory battery of the M CONT unit is
shown in Fig. 3.

BATTERY

CN 2

PWB

As seen for A

OFF

CN 2
BATT

BATTERY

MOUNTING POSITION OF BATTERY

Note: Battery type is CR2023-P5-1 or equivalent.

Figure 3: Mounting Position of Backup Battery

B. Periodical
Replacement of the
Battery

9.04

The battery will be replaced at the following intervals.

OPERATING CONDITION

24-HOUR DISCHARGE

8 HOUR/EACH TIME DISCHARGE

Replacement Interval

5 years

3 years

C. Measurement of
Battery Voltage

9.05
Measure the battery terminal voltage with a circuit tester after taking out
the M CONT unit and setting the backup power supply switch (SI) to OFF. Be
sure to set the backup power supply switch to ON after the voltage measurement.

NECA 340-414-500 Revision 2.0

Page 13 of 14

INT-001

D. Replacement of
Battery

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

9.06
Contact NEC America, Inc. in case of the replacement (see Section 10,
CONTACT FOR FAILURE). The procedure of replacement is described in
TCP-017 for reference.

10. CONTACT FOR FAILURE
10.01 If failure occurs, the failure condition should be informed after being
confirmed to help the recovery from failure.
A. Failure
Information to be
Reported

10.02 To make contact at the occurrence of failure, the following should be
informed.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

B. Contact Address

Operating condition of the system at the time of failure
Failure condition
LED state of each unit of the equipment
Alarm status displayed on MCU console
Communication condition of video and audio

10.03 Experienced and qualified staff are available to discuss technical inquiries
pertaining to NEC America, Inc., (hereinafter called NECAM) furnished
equipment. This staff may be called upon by NECAM customers at no cost to
provide routine or emergency technical advice or recommendations. The
NECAM telephone number for technical assistance is shown below.
Technical Assistance

Page 14 of 14

1-800-367-6231
1-800-367-6322

NECA 340-414-500 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

TCP-001

CHECK ON POWER SYSTEM
GENERAL:

Check on AC power supply and output voltages of PWR Unit is
conducted.

APPARATUS:

Digital Multimeter (DDM)

STEP

PROCEDURE

Turn ON the power switch of the MCU 5000A.

Is POWER LED of PWR Unit lit?

REFERENCE NO.

If YES, go to Step 10.
If NO, go to Step 3.
3

Set Digital Multimeter (DDM) range to measure 300 VAC.

Turn DDM power switch to ON.

Connect DDM test cord between DDM and power terminal of plug of power
cord. (See Fig. 1)

Read DDM measurement.

Does AC line voltage meet specified figure of 85 VAC through 132 VAC?
If YES, go to Step 10.
If NO, go to Step 8.

Is power cord normal?
If YES, go to Step 10.
If NO, go to Step 9.

Replace the power cord, then go to Step 6.

Check DC output voltage of PWR unit.

Set the range of the Digital Multimeter (DDM) to measure 20 VDC.

CAUTION: BE CAREFUL OF THE POLARITY OF THE VOLTAGE
CHECK TERMINALS.
Connect one end of the test cord to the DDM and other end to the power
terminal of PWR unit. (See Fig.2)

Confirm that the measured output power voltage is between +4.75 VDC and
+5.25 VDC.

NECA 340-414-500 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 4

TCP-001

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

CHECK ON POWER SYSTEM
STEP

PROCEDURE

REFERENCE NO.

Does output voltage meet specified figure of +4.75 V through + 5.25 VDC?
If YES, go to Step 15.
If NO, go to Step 18.

CAUTION: BE CAREFUL OF THE POLARITY OF THE VOLTAGE
CHECK TERMINAL.
Connect one end of the test cord to the DDM and other end to the power
terminal of PWR unit. (See Fig. 2)

Confirm that the measured output power voltage is between +11.4 VDC and
+12.6 VDC.

Does output voltage meet specified figure of +11.4VDC to +12.6 VDC?
If YES, go to Step 19.
If NO, go to Step 18.

Replace the PWR unit.

End of procedure.

POWER TERMINAL

1 9

9 9 0

Figure 1: Checking AC Line Voltage

Page 2 of 4

NECA 340-414-500 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

TCP-001

CHECK ON POWER SYSTEM

+12VDC
+5 VDC
G
-12 VDC

PWR

MEM
MON

MON

CONF

1 9

9 9 0

OFF

LMT

MCU 5000A

Figure 2: Checking DC Output Voltage of PWR Unit

NECA 340-414-500 Revision 2.0

Page 3 of 4

TCP-001

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 4 of 4

NECA 340-414-500 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

TCP-002

IMPLEMENTATION OF C&I LOOPBACK FUNCTION
GENERAL:

Operate a C&I remote loopback on specified terminals of VL 5000 using RLCS
command referring to NECA 340-414-300.

APPARATUS:

MCU console

STEP

PROCEDURE

Has the MCU console been started up?

REFERENCE NO.

TCP-016

If YES, go to Step 3.
If NO, go to Step 2.
2

Start up the MCU console and put it into communication state.

TCP-016

Decide the number (1 to 8) of conference room where the loop point is to be
set and the kind of loop by using RLCS command.
(video signal loop=V, digital signal loop=D, audio signal loop=A)

COP-177

Enter the RLCS command and above parameters of Step 3 and press the
RETURN key.

COP-177

Verify that the normal response is displayed with OK.
If YES, go to Step 6.
If NO, repeat Step 4 using error code.

After executing the loopback, be sure to release the loop using the RLCS
command.

COP-177

Input: RLCS parameter (number of the conference room where the loop point
is set.)
Loop releasing parameter=0 ↵
7

End of procedure

NECA 340-414-500 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

TCP-002

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-500 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

TCP-003

SETTING OF MCU 5000A LOOPBACK POINTS
GENERAL:

Set MCU loopback on specified point of MCU 5000A using STLP
command, referring to NECA 340-414-300.

APPARATUS:

MCU console

STEP
1

PROCEDURE

REFERENCE NO.

Has the MCU console been started up?
If YES, go to Step 3.
If NO, go to Step 2.

Start the MCU console up and put it into communication state.

TCP-016

Decide test loopback points A to H shown in Fig.1.

Enter the STLP command and necessary parameters for loop setting and press
RETURN key.

COP-178

Verify that the normal response is displayed with OK.

COP-180

If YES, go to Step 6.
If NO, repeat Step 4 using error code.
6

After the end of loop test (See TCP-004), be sure to release the loop using the
RTLP command.

End of procedure.

NECA 340-414-500 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

TCP-003

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

1.5M LIF UNIT

RELAY

IPAF

EC H221 MUX UNIT

MTSC

V SW/LSD UNIT

MTSC

PN
CHECKER

PN
GENERATOR

POINT F

POINT E

POINT D

POINT C

POINT B

POINT A

POINT H

POINT G

HSCX

A CODEC

(a) In case that MCU 5000A consists of 1.5M LIF unit and H0-INF unit

RS-422 LIF UNIT

RELAY

EC H221 MUX UNIT

MTSC

V SW/LSD UNIT

MTSC

PN
CHECKER

PN
GENERATOR

POINT F

POINT D

POINT C

POINT B

POINT A

POINT H

POINT G

HSCX

A CODEC

(b) In case that MCU 5000A consists of RS-422 LIF unit
Figure 1: MCU 5000A Loopback Point

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-500 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

TCP-004

EXECUTION OF MCU 5000A LOOP TEST
GENERAL:

Perform a MCU 5000A loopback test at an arbitrary loop point using
TLOP command, referring to NECA 340-414-300.

APPARATUS:

MCU console

STEP
1

PROCEDURE

REFERENCE NO.

Has the MCU console been started up?
If YES, go to Step 3.
If NO, go to Step 2.

Start the MCU console up and put it into communication state.

TCP-016

Before the execution of loop test, the loopback point must be set beforehand
by the STLP command.

TCP-003

Decide the kind of loop test.

COP-179

Enter the TLOP command and parameters for the selected kind of loop test
and press the RETURN key.

COP-179

Verify that the normal response is displayed with OK.
If YES, go to Step 6.
If NO, repeat Step 5 using error code.

End of procedure.

NECA 340-414-500 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

TCP-004

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-500 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

TCP-005

TROUBLESHOOTING OF M CONT UNIT
GENERAL:

Sectionalization of the failure is performed by the front lamp (LED)
indication of M CONT unit.

APPARATUS:

None

STEP

PROCEDURE

REFERENCE NO.

Note: Location of SWs, Straps, LEDs, and list of LED function are shown in
GSD-009.
1

Verify the LED condition.
If ST1 to ST6 are indicated steadily, go to Step 2.
If ST7 is lit, go to Step 3.
If ST8 is lit, go to Step 4.

When ST1 to ST6 indicate steadily.
Some LEDs are blinking to give HEX indication of the number of the task
under execution by the CPU when operating normally.
However, when an abnormality has occurred, LEDs stop blinking indicating
the number of the task where the abnormality has occurred.
Act according to Table 1 in INT-001.

When ST7 is lit.
ST7 lights when an abnormality of the program occurs.
Act according to Table 1 in INT-001.

When ST8 is lit.
Is the memory card mounted?
If YES, go to Step 6.
If NO, go to Step 5.

Mount the memory card and push the reset switch.

Verify the indication of ST8.
If still lit, go to Step 7.
If went off, go to Step 8.

NECA 340-414-500 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

TCP-005

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

TROUBLESHOOTING OF M CONT UNIT
STEP
7

PROCEDURE

REFERENCE NO.
TCP-019

Verify the state of Memory Card using RMCS command.
If response is displayed with LOW BATTERY VOLTAGE, replace the
battery with a new one.
If response is displayed with ERR81, replace the Memory Card with a new
one.

Page 2 of 2

End of procedure.

NECA 340-414-500 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

TCP-006

TROUBLESHOOTING OF 1.5M LIF UNIT
GENERAL:

Sectionalization of the failure is performed by the LED indication of 1.5M
LIF unit.

APPARATUS:

MCU console

STEP

PROCEDURE

REFERENCE NO.

Note 1: Mounting positions of LEDs and SW and the list of LED functions
are shown in GSD-001.
Note 2: When the LED of the CH (channel) in use is lit, there is a failure in
the line. However, LEDs in the unused channels are always lit.
The channel where the LED is lit, is sectionalized by entering the command
from the MCU console as described in the following.
1

Start up the MCU console.

Set No. 8 element of the SW3 on the M CONT unit to ON (CLOSE). It is not
necessary to turn the power OFF.

Set the remote (line) side loopback at point C from the console and execute.

TCP-003/TCP-004

If the video and audio signals of local station return at each point, go to Step 4.
If they do not return, go to Step 6.

TCP-017

Set the local (MCU 5000A) side loopback at point F from the console and
execute.

TCP-016

TCP-003/TCP-004

If the LED of the CH that signal is loopback at the 1.5M LIF unit goes out, the
1.5M LIF unit operates normally.
If it does not go out, the 1.5M LIF unit is faulty. Replace it.
Then, go to Step 7.
5

Failure has occurred in the M CONT unit, perform troubleshooting.
Then, go to Step 7.

The line is faulty, perform troubleshooting.

After the end of failure sectionalization, return No. 8 element of the SW3 on
the M CONT unit to OFF (OPEN). Press the RESET SWITCH and
RESTART.

End of procedure.

NECA 340-414-500 Revision 2.0

TCP-005

Page 1 of 2

TCP-006

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-500 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

TCP-007

TROUBLESHOOTING OF RS-422 LIF UNIT
GENERAL:

Sectionalization of the failure is performed by the front lamp (LED)
indication of RS-422 LIF unit.

APPARATUS:

MCU console

STEP

PROCEDURE
Note 1:

Location of SWs, Straps, LEDs, and list of LED function are
shown in GSD-002.

Note 2:

In the case where the LED of the CH (channel) in use is lit, there
is a failure in the line. However, LEDs in the unused channels are
always lit. The channel where the LED is lit is sectionalized by
the command from the console as described in the following:

REFERENCE NO.

Start up the console.

Set No. 8 element of the switch pack SW3 on the M CONT unit to ON
(CLOSE). It is not necessary to turn the power OFF.

Set the remote (line) side loopback at point F from the console and execute.

TCP-003/TCP-004

If the video and audio signals of local station return at each point, go to Step 4.
If they do not return, go to Step 5.

TCP-017

Failure has occurred in the M CONT unit, perform troubleshooting.
Then, go to Step 6.

The line is faulty, perform troubleshooting.

After the end of failure sectionalization, return No.8 element of the SW3 on
the M CONT unit to OFF (OPEN). Press the RESET SWITCH and
RESTART.

End of procedure.

NECA 340-414-500 Revision 2.0

TCP-005

Page 1 of 2

TCP-007

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-500 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

TCP-008

TROUBLESHOOTING OF H0-INF LIF UNIT
GENERAL:

Sectionalization of the failure is conducted by the front lamp (LED)
indication of H0-INF LIF unit.

APPARATUS:

MCU console

STEP

PROCEDURE
Note 1:

Location of SWs, Straps, LEDs, and list of LED function are
shown in GSD-003.

Note 2:

In the case where the LED of the CH (channel) in use is lit, there
is a failure in the line. However, LEDs in the unused channels are
always lit. The channel where the LED is lit is sectionalized by the
command from the console as described in the following:

Start up the console.

Set No. 8 element of the switch pack SW3 on the M CONT unit to ON
(CLOSE). It is not necessary to turn the power OFF.

Set the remote (line) side loopback at point C from the console and execute.

REFERENCE NO.

TCP-003/
TCP-004

If the video and audio signals of local station return at each point, go to Step 4.
If they do not return, go to Step 6.
4

Set the local (MCU 5000A) side loopback at point F from the console and
execute.

TCP-003/
TCP-004

If the LED of the CH that signal is looped back at the H0-INF LIF unit goes
out, the H0-INF LIF unit operates normally.
If it does not go out, the H0-INF LIF unit is faulty. Replace it.

TCP-017

Failure has occurred in the M CONT unit, perform troubleshooting.
Then, go to Step 7.

TCP-005

The line is faulty, perform troubleshooting.

After the end of failure sectionalization, return No.8 element of the SW3 on
the M CONT unit to OFF (OPEN). Press the RESET SWITCH and
RESTART.

End of procedure.

NECA 340-414-500 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

TCP-008

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-500 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

TCP-009

TROUBLESHOOTING OF EC H221 MUX UNIT
GENERAL:

Sectionalization of failure is conducted by the front lamp (LED)
indication of EC H221 MUX unit.

APPARATUS:

None

STEP

PROCEDURE
Note:

REFERENCE NO.

Location of SWs, Straps, LEDs, and list of LED function are shown
in GSD-004.

Is FUN ER (RC10) or MEM ER (RC 9)LED lit?

TCP-017

If YES, the EC H221 MUX unit is faulty. Replace it.
If NO, go to Step 2.
2

Is REC (RC16) LED or REM ALM (RC15) LED lit?
If YES, go to Step 3.
If NO, the EC H221 MUX unit is normal.

Verify that the power of VL5000 is in on.
If YES, go to Step 4.
If NO, turn on the power. Then, go to Step 4.

Verify that parameter setting of VL5000 is correct.
If YES, go to Step 5.
If NO, set the correct parameters. Then, go to Step 5.

Set the MUX strap terminal of this unit to OFF.

Set the MLB strap terminal of this unit to ON.
(Loopback is set on the EC H 221 MUX unit)
Note:

Performing Steps 5 and 6, it becomes possible to loopback video and
audio signals and Low Speed Data to the line side without
substituting the H 221 synchronizing signal.

Verify that low speed data, video, and audio signals of its local station can be
received at each conference room by requesting the remote loop using the
RLCS command (refer to NECA 340-414-300).

TCP-002
COP-177

If YES, go to Step 8.
If NO, the EC H221 MUX unit is faulty. Replace it.

TCP-017

NECA 340-414-500 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

TCP-009

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

TROUBLESHOOTING OF EC H221 MUX UNIT
STEP
8

PROCEDURE
Set the MUX strap terminal of this unit to ON.
Note:

REFERENCE NO.

By doing this, it becomes possible that the H221 synchronizing
signal is substituted and Low Speed Data, video and audio signals
are looped back to the line side.

Verify that low speed data, video, and audio signals of local station can be
received at each conference room by requesting the remote loop using the
RLCS command.

TCP-002
COP-146

If YES, perform the troubleshooting of the V SW/LSD IF unit.
If NO, the EC H221 MUX unit is faulty. Replace it.

TCP-010
TCP-017

Verify that switch and strap settings of this unit are correct.
If YES, go to Step 11.
If NO, set the correct position. Then, go to Step 5.

Page 2 of 2

End of procedure.

NECA 340-414-500 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

TCP-010

TROUBLESHOOTING OF PG/SIO UNIT
GENERAL:

Sectionalization of failure is performed by the LED indication of PG/SIO
unit.

APPARATUS:

MCU console

STEP

PROCEDURE

REFERENCE NO.

Note: Location of SWs, Straps, LEDs, and list of LED function are shown in
GSD-008.
1

Verify the state of LED.
If C LOS LED (RC1) is lit, go to Step 2.
If SLP3 LED to SLP1 LEP (RC2 to RC4) is lit, go to Step 7.
When C LOS LED (RC1) is lit.
It lights when there is no line clock input from the line.

Check the LED state of the CH which is in use on the LIF unit.
TCP-006/TCP-007
If the LED of 1.5M LIF, RS-422 LIF, or H0-INF LIF is lit, perform the
troubleshooting of the LIF unit.
If the LED of 1.5M LIF, RS 422 LIF, or H0-INF LIF is not lit, go to Step 4.

Start up the MCU console.

Set No. 8 of SW3 to ON (CLOSE) on the M CONT unit.
It is not necessary to turn the power switch OFF.

Enter the following command from the MCU console.

TCP-016

RMIO 1002 ↵
6

Present clock source CH is indicated as a response.
For example, when four CHs, i.e. CH1 to CH 4 are used, one of 00H to 03H
is indicated.
When response is indicated, either the PG/SIO unit or the LIF unit is faulty.
Replace it.
If there is no response nor recovery from that state of no response, call
NECAM (refer to paragraph 10.03 in this practice INT-001).
When RC 2 to RC 4 are lit.

Check the LED state of the line side and the LIF unit.
If it is lit, perform the troubleshooting of the line side and the LIF unit. (1.5M
LIF, RS-422 IF, or H0-INF)
If not, replace the PG/SIO unit.

End of procedure.

NECA 340-414-500 Revision 2.0

TCP-002/
TCP-006/
TCP-007
TCP-017

Page 1 of 2

TCP-010

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-500 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

TCP-011

TROUBLESHOOTING OF V SW/LSD IF UNIT
GENERAL:

Sectionalization of failure is performed by the LED indication of V SW/
LSD IF unit.

APPARATUS:

None

STEP

PROCEDURE
Note 1:

Location of SWs, Straps, LEDs, and list of LED function
are shown in GSD-005.

Note 2:

These do not indicate failure conditions directly but may
be an aid to failure sectionalization.

Note 3:

When a failure has happened to the visual communication,
perform the troubleshooting checking LEDs of this unit.

REFERENCE NO.

Verify that the ARM LED of V SW/LSD IF unit is lit.
If YES, go to Step 2.
If NO, go to Step 3.

When the ARM LED of this unit is lit.

TCP-004

It lights up when the judgment of abnormality is given as a result of loopback
pattern comparison at the time of MCU loop test.
Then, go to Step 12.
3

Check the lighting condition of LEDs on the V SW/LSD IF unit.

Does CONF A LED light when group A communication is performed?
(Does CONF B LED light when group B communication is performed?)
If YES, go to Step 6.
If NO, go to Step 5.

Turn the toggle switch to CONF A =Conference A (CONF B = conference
B), and then verify the state of LED.
If it is lit, go to Step 7.
If not, go to Step 6.

Check the power-up and setup of VL 5000s in the participating conference
rooms.

NECA 340-414-500 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

TCP-011

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

TROUBLESHOOTING OF V SW/LSD IF UNIT
STEP
7

PROCEDURE

REFERENCE NO.

Are broadcast sending station LEDs (TX1 to 8) lit?
If YES, go to Step 11.
If NO, go to Step 8.

Request the system operator to send the voice signal from the conference room
(send his own voice).

Are broadcast sending station LEDs (TX 1to 8) lit?
If YES, go to Step 11.
If NO, go to Step 12.

This unit operates normally. Then, go to Step 12.

The V SW/LSD IF unit is faulty. Replace it.

End of procedure.

Page 2 of 2

TCP-017

NECA 340-414-500 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

TCP-012

TROUBLESHOOTING OF A CODEC UNIT
GENERAL:

Sectionalization of failure is performed by the LED indication of A
CODEC unit.

APPARATUS:

None

STEP

PROCEDURE

REFERENCE NO.

Note: 1: Location of SWs, Straps, LEDs, and list of LED function are shown
in GSD-006.
Note 2: These do not indicate failure conditions directly but may be an aid to
failure sectionalization.
Note 3: When a failure has happened to the audio system, perform the
troubleshooting checking LEDs of this unit.
1

Start up the system and request each conference room to talk into the
microphone more loudly than usual.

Are LEDs (RC 1 to 4) of the A CODEC unit corresponding to the conference
rooms lit?
If YES, go to Step 3.
If No, go to Step 4.

Perform the troubleshooting of the A SUM unit. Then, go to Step 5.

TCP-013

The A CODEC unit is faulty. Replace it.

TCP-017

End of procedure.

NECA 340-414-500 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

TCP-012

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-500 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

TCP-013

TROUBLESHOOTING OF A SUM UNIT
GENERAL:

Sectionalization of failure is performed on the A SUM unit.

APPARATUS:

Level Meter or Speaker with amplifier

STEP

PROCEDURE

REFERENCE NO.

Note 1:

Location of SWs, Straps, LEDs, and list of LED function are
shown in GSD-007.

Note 2:

These do not indicate failure conditions directly but may be an aid
to failure sectionalization.

Note 3:

This troubleshooting is performed when a failure has happened to
the audio system. Request each conference room to talk into the
microphone and start the procedure after checking to see that the
LEDs of the A CODEC unit corresponding to the conference
rooms are lit.

Connect a level meter or speaker with amplifier to the monitor terminal on the
unit (see Fig. 1).

Monitor with level meter or speaker with amplifier, and verify that the signal
is monitored.
If YES, go to Step 3.
If NO, go to Step 4.

The A CODEC unit is faulty. Replace it. Then, go to Step 5.

The A SUM unit is faulty. Replace it.

Disconnect the level meter or speaker with amplifier from the monitor
terminal.

End of procedure.

SPEAKER OR
LEVEL METER
MON
A SUM UNIT
600 ohm BALANCE

Figure 1: Monitoring of Audio Signal

NECA 340-414-500 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

TCP-013

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-500 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

TCP-014

TROUBLESHOOTING OF VIDEO RELATED FAILURE
GENERAL:

When the video signal is not output, troubleshooting is performed through
the use of line from each conference room.

APPARATUS:

None

STEP
1

PROCEDURE
Is the CONF A LED (CONF B LED) of the V SW/LSD IF unit lit?

REFERENCE NO.
GSD-005

If YES, go to Step 3.
If NO, go to Step 2.
2

Turn the toggle switch on the V SW/LSD IF unit to CONF A (CONF B).
Then, verify that CONF A LED (CONF B LED) lights.

GSD-005

Are JOIN CH1 to CH8 LEDs (participating conference room) lit?

GSD-005

If YES, go to Step 5.
If NO, go to Step 4.
4

Perform the power-up and setup of the VL 5000 at each participating
conference room. Then, verify that JOIN CH1 to CH8 LED lights.

Are broadcast sending station LEDs (TX 1 to 8) lit?
If YES, go to Step 7.
If NO, go to Step 6.

Request the system operator to speak loudly.

TCP-017

If the TX ( ) LED lights up, the operation is normal.
If not, the V SW/LSD IF unit is faulty. Replace it.
7

End of procedure.

NECA 340-414-500 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

TCP-014

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-500 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

TCP-015

TROUBLESHOOTING OF AUDIO SYSTEM
GENERAL:

Troubleshooting of the audio system is performed through the use of line
from each conference room.

APPARATUS:

Level Meter or Speaker with amplifier

STEP

PROCEDURE

Start up the whole system.

Request each conference room to speak loudly for a test.

Are the appropriate LEDs (RC 1 to 4) of the A CODEC unit lit?

REFERENCE NO.

TCP-017

If YES, go to Step 4.
If NO, replace the A CODEC unit. Then, go to Step 5.
4

Perform the troubleshooting of the A SUM unit.

TCP-013

Connect a level meter or speaker with amplifier to the monitor terminal on the
front panel of a A SUM unit and monitor.
5

Is the signal monitored?
If YES, go to Step 6.
If NO, go to Step 7.

The A CODEC unit is faulty. Replace it. Then, go to Step 8.

TCP-017

The A SUM unit is faulty. Replace it.

TCP-017

End of procedure.

NECA 340-414-500 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

TCP-015

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-500 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

TCP-016

START-UP OF MCU CONSOLE
GENERAL:

This procedure provides instruction for turn-up of MCU.

APPARATUS:

None

STEP

PROCEDURE

REFERENCE NO.

Note: MCU console is required the specifications as following.
A. Physical Interface
• RS-232 interface port (serial interface port) of both the MCU 5000A and
the MCU console are equipped with the D-sub 25-pin connector conforming to EIA RS-232C.
• Up to 3 consoles can be connected to the MCU 5000A using CH1 to CH3
terminals.
B. Electrical Interface
• The pin assignments of the connector are given in the following table.
• Pin Assignments for RS-232C Port Connector
The reverse (twisted) cable is used to connect the MCU console with the
MCU 5000A, as both of them are DTE (Data Terminal Equipment). The
straight cable is used to connect DCE (Data Communication Equipment)
such as the modem.
C. Reverse Cable Connection
The communication condition for the RS-232C Port is set as follows:
• Synchronous mode:

Start-stop mode

• Baud rate:

9600 bps

• Character bit length:

8 bits

• Stop bit length:

1 bit

• Parity check:

none

• X control:

none

NECA 340-414-500 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 4

TCP-016

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

START-UP OF MCU CONSOLE
STEP
1

PROCEDURE

REFERENCE NO.

Connect reversed cable between RS-232C terminal at rear side of
MCU 5000A and RS-232C terminal of MCU console by using RS-232C
cable. (See Fig. 2)

Set MCU console as below.
• Synchronous mode:

Start Stop mode

• Baud rate:

9600 bps

• Character bit length:

8 bit

• Stop bit length:

1 bit

• Parity Check:

none

• X control:

none

Turn on power switch of MCU console.

Turn on power switch of MCU 5000A.

Is the opening message displayed? (See Fig. 1)
If YES, go to Step 8.
If NO, go to Step 6.

Turn OFF power switch of MCU console and MCU 5000A.

Check the connection of cable.

Using the RCLK command, check if the console connection is correct or not.
RCLK ↵

Verify that the correct date and time are displayed on the screen.
If correct, go to Step 11.
If not correct, go to Step 10.

Page 2 of 4

To change the date and time setting, enter as follows using the WCLK
command.
WCLK

yyyy - mm - dd

yyyy:
mm:
dd:
hh:
ff:
ss:

year
month
day
hour
minute
second

hh : ff : ss

↵

(4 digits)
(2 digits)
(2 digits)
(2 digits)
(2 digits)
(2 digits)

End of procedure.

NECA 340-414-500 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

TCP-016

START-UP OF MCU CONSOLE

RS-232C

HSD IF

L IF

CH1

CH5

CH1

CH13

CH9

CH5

CH1

CH2

CH6

CH2

CH14

CH10

CH6

CH2

CH3

CH7

CH3

CH11

CH7

CH3

CH4

CH8

MCU CONSOLE
CH15

RS-232C
(REVERSE)

RS-232C
PORT

CH4

CH16

CH12

CH8

CH4

AC IN

MCU REAR TERMINAL ARRANGEMENT

Note 1: The channel 4 (CH4) at RS-232C interface port does not support RS-232C interface.
Note 2: The HSD IN ports are for future use.

Figure 1: Connection of MCU Console to MCU 5000A

*** Multi point Teleconference control unit MCU 5000A Ver x.xx ***
*** Copyright (C) NEC Corporation 1991, 1993 ***
Figure 2: Opening Message

NECA 340-414-500 Revision 2.0

Page 3 of 4

TCP-016

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 4 of 4

NECA 340-414-500 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

TCP-017

REPLACEMENT OF UNIT
GENERAL:

This procedure describes the step of unit replacement.

APPARATUS:

None
Table 1:

STEP

PROCEDURE

Turn OFF the power switch of the MCU 5000A.

If front cover is already open, go to Step 4.

REFERENCE NO.
INP-003
ο

WARNING: FRONT COVER SHOULD BE LOWERED (180 ) WITH
BOTH HANDS ALLOWING COVER TO DROP FREELY MAY DAMAGE
COVER OR EQUIPMENT BELOW.

Figure 1: Open Front Cover

NECA 340-414-500 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 4

TCP-017

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

REPLACEMENT OF UNIT
STEP
4

PROCEDURE

REFERENCE NO.

Using index fingers, slide the locking knob to inside of the front cover.
WARNING:
1. TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE ELECTROSTATICS SENSITIVE
DEVICE USED IN THE MCU 5000A, ALWAYS WEAR A WRIST
STRAP WHEN REPLACING A UNIT.
2.

ATTACH THE 2224 ADJUSTABLE WRIST STRAP OR
EQUIVALENT TO THE WRIST AND CONNECT TO THE ESD
CONNECTOR ON THE MCU 5000A.

Check to see the unit to be pulled out. The unit abbreviation marked
on the inside of front cover shows the mounting position.

Pull down on the bottom ejector and push up on the top ejector.

Hold the top and bottom edges of the unit and gently slide the unit out of MCU
5000A.

Figure 2: Remove Unit

Page 2 of 4

NECA 340-414-500 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

TCP-017

REPLACEMENT OF UNIT
STEP

PROCEDURE

Verify that the switch and strap settings of the new unit coincide with that of
the removed unit.

REFERENCE NO.

If YES, go to Step 9.
If NO, set the correct settings of switch and strap. Then, go to Step 9.
9

Insert the new unit into the appropriate slot.

Make sure that the connector on the rear of the unit is correctly inserted into
the slot.

Push up on the bottom ejector and pull down on the bottom ejector.

Raise front cover and using index fingers, slide to locking knobs to outside of
front cover.

Turn ON the power switch, if necessary.

End of procedure.

NECA 340-414-500 Revision 2.0

INP-004

Page 3 of 4

TCP-017

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 4 of 4

NECA 340-414-500 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

TCP-018

REPLACEMENT OF MEMORY CARD BATTERY
GENERAL:

This procedure describes how to replace the battery for memory card
which is of SRAM type and backed up by a lithium battery used in the
MCU 5000A.

APPARATUS:

Small Phillps-head screwdriver

STEP

PROCEDURE

REFERENCE NO.

WARNING:
1: In replacing the battery due to such causes as voltage drop, mount the
memory card on the M CONT unit and keep the power of the MCU
5000A on (power is fed to the memory card).
2:

The contents of memory card disappear if the battery is removed from the
memory card being pulled out of the equipment.

CAUTION: There is a WRITE-PROTECT SWITCH on the front edge of
the card. the switch is set to WRITE - PROTECT ON position. do not
change the setting (state of NO WRITE - IN).
1

Loosen the screw on the front edge with a small screwdriver until it comes
out 4 to 5 mm. (See Fig. 1.)

Pull out the battery holder. Secure the card so that it may not come out. (See
Fig. 2.)

Turn the ⊕ face of the new battery to the left and set it into the battery holder.
(See Fig. 3.)

Insert the battery holder until it seats in the correct position. (See Fig. 4.)

Tighten the screw and fix the holder. (See Fig. 5.)

End of procedure.

NECA 340-414-500 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

TCP-018

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

REPLACEMENT OF MEMORY CARD BATTERY

Figure 1: Loosing Screw

Figure 3: Setting Battery

Figure 2: Removing Battery

Figure 4: Insert Battery

Figure 5: Tighten Screw

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-500 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

TCP-019

CHECK ON STATE AND KIND OF MEMORY CARD
GENERAL:

Condition of memory card insertion, battery voltage, write - protect
setting, and kind of memory card are checked in accordance with the
following.

APPARATUS:

MCU console

STEP

PROCEDURE

REFERENCE NO.

Start up the console.

TCP-016

Enter the RMCS command as shown below.

COP-168

RMCS ↵
3

If the response is normal, following response parameters are displayed.
Check the state and kind of the memory card.
Response parameter: ibp k

i : state of insertion

0:
1:
0:
1:
0:
1:
0:
1:
2:
3:

b: battery condition
p: write - protect
k: kind of memory card

not inserted
inserted
low battery voltage
normal
yes
no
RAM
MASK ROM
One Time ROM
EEPROM

If the response is abnormal, check the error code and retry from Step 2.
4

End of procedure.

NECA 340-414-500 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

TCP-019

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-500 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

TCP-020

COPYING CONTENTS OF MEMORY CARD
GENERAL:

To copy the contents of the memory card onto another memory card,
insert the original memory card and the new one alternately following the
directions from the MCU 5000A. Depending on the amount of
information to be copied, it may take one to several times of copying.

APPARATUS:

MCU console

STEP

PROCEDURE

REFERENCE NO.

Note: Error might occur when you try to copy onto the different kind of the
card.

Start up the console.

Turn on the power of the MCU 5000A.

TCP-016

Enter the CPMC command (refer to Chapter 3).

COP-169

CPMC ↵
5

When the response is normal, directive message is displayed. Then,
go to Step 5.
When the error code is indicated, retry from Step 3 referring to the error code
table.

Insert the original memory card into the slot and press the RETURN key.

Pull out the original memory card from the slot, insert the new one and press
the RETURN key.

When the copying is over, the message MORE? (Y /N) appears.
The number of copying times is different depending on the amount of
information to be copied. Repeat the copying as required pressing Y.
When the copying is completed, the message completed OK appears. The
completion of copying is verified by that message.

End of procedure.

NECA 340-414-500 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

TCP-020

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-500 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

TCP-021

REPLACEMENT OF BACKUP MEMORY BATTERY
GENERAL:

This procedure describes the steps for replacing the lithium battery type:
(R2032-P5-1 or equivalent) battery for the back up memory of the M
CONT unit.

APPARATUS:

Soldering Iron

STEP

PROCEDURE

REFERENCE NO.

Turn power switch OFF.

Open the front cover of the MCU 5000A.

Remove the M CONT unit.

The battery is soldered to the PWB. Remove it using a soldering iron. The
position and condition of mounting are shown in Fig. 1.

After replacing the battery, re-install the M CONT unit into the slot and close
the cover.

End of procedure.
BATTERY

CN 2

PWB

As seen for A

OFF

CN 2
BATT

BATTERY
C7

MOUNTING POSITION OF BATTERY

Note: Battery type is CR2023-P5-1 or equivalent.

Figure 1: Mounting Position of Battery

NECA 340-414-500 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

TCP-021

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

This page is for your notes.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-500 Revision 2.0

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

TCP-022

TROUBLESHOOTING OF VDSW UNIT
GENERAL:

Sectionalization of failure is performed by the LED indication of VDSW
unit.

APPARATUS:

None

STEP

PROCEDURE
Note 1:

Location of SWs, Straps, LEDs, and list of LED function
are shown in GSD-010.

Note 2:

These do not indicate failure conditions directly but may
be an aid to failure sectionalization.

Note 3:

When a failure has happened to the visual communication,
perform the troubleshooting checking LEDs of this unit.

REFERENCE NO.

Verify that the PN ERR of VDSW unit is lit.
If YES, go to Step 2.
If NO, go to Step 3.

When the PN ERR of this unit is lit.

TCP-004

It lights up when the judgment of abnormality is given as a result of loopback
pattern comparison at the time of MCU loop test.
Then, go to Step 12.
3

Check the lighting condition of LEDs on the VDSW unit.

Does CONF A LED light when group A communication is performed?
(Does CONF B LED light when group B communication is performed?)
If YES, go to Step 6.
If NO, go to Step 5.

Turn the toggle switch to CONF A =Conference A (CONF B = conference
B), and then verify the state of LED.
If it is lit, go to Step 7.
If not, go to Step 6.

Check the power-up and setup of VL 5000s in the participating conference
rooms.

NECA 340-414-500 Revision 2.0

Page 1 of 2

TCP-022

MCU 5000A Multipoint Control Unit

TROUBLESHOOTING OF VDSW UNIT
STEP
7

PROCEDURE

REFERENCE NO.

Are broadcast sending station LEDs (VIDEO RC1 to 4) lit?
If YES, go to Step 11.
If NO, go to Step 8.

Request the system operator to send the voice signal from the conference room
(send his own voice).

Are broadcast sending station LEDs (VIDEO RC1 to 4) lit?
If YES, go to Step 11.
If NO, go to Step 12.

This unit operates normally. Then, go to Step 12.

The VDSW unit is faulty. Replace it.

End of procedure.

Page 2 of 2

NECA 340-414-500 Revision 2.0

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.4
Linearized                      : No
Page Count                      : 702
Page Mode                       : UseOutlines
Has XFA                         : No
Page Layout                     : SinglePage
Creation Date                   : 1998:09:25 09:04:21Z
Producer                        : Acrobat Distiller 3.01 for Windows
Creator                         : FrameMaker 5.5.2L11a
Mod Date                        : 2002:01:30 08:37:51-06:00
Author                          : EZ Manuals
Create Date                     : 1998:09:25 09:04:21Z
Modify Date                     : 2001:11:16 09:31:10-08:00
Metadata Date                   : 2002:01:30 08:37:51-06:00
Title                           : Titlepg.bk

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools

Pg.bk PDF NEC MCU 5000A Equipment Manual

MCU 5000A Equipment Manual MCU 5000A Equipment Manual

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation